Archieved Data

Publishing Year : 2025

OCTOBER TO DECEMBER
  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

किशोरावस्था बाल्यावस्था के बाद का वह महत्वपूर्ण काल है जिसमें शारीरिक, मानसिक एवं भावनात्मक परिवर्तन तीव्र गति से होते हैं। यह अवस्था जीवन का संक्रमण काल भी मानी जाती है क्योंकि इसमें किशोर अपने परिवेश से अत्यधिक प्रभावित होता है। पढ़ाई, अच्छे अंक प्राप्त करने, मित्र बनाने, विपरीत लिंग के प्रति आकर्षण, रूप-रंग और कद-काठी जैसी चिंताएँ इस आयु में सामान्य होती हैं। इन सब कारणों से किशोर अक्सर चिंता और तनाव का अनुभव करता है। किशोर चिंता को दूसरों से छिपाने का प्रयास करता है। वह न तो परिवार और न ही मित्रों को इसके बारे में बताना चाहता है। चिंता के बावजूद वह सामाजिक रहता है और अपने कार्यों द्वारा परिवार, शिक्षक, मित्रों और समाज के साथ संबंध स्थापित करता है। उसकी यही सामाजिकता उसे मित्रों के बीच प्रिय बनाती है। किशोर प्रायः दूसरों की अपेक्षाओं को पूरा करने तथा सबको साथ लेकर चलने का प्रयास करता है, भले ही इसमें उसकी व्यक्तिगत हानि क्यों न हो। किशोरावस्था को संक्रमण की अवस्था इसलिए भी कहा जाता है, क्योंकि किशोर दूसरों को देखकर उनकी नकल करने की प्रवृत्ति रखते हैं। वे सही-गलत का भेद कभी-कभी भूल जाते हैं और भावनात्मक आवेग में ऐसे कार्य कर बैठते हैं जिनका गंभीर परिणाम हो सकता है। चरम स्थितियों में आत्महत्या तक की प्रवृत्ति देखने को मिलती है। प्रस्तुत शोध अध्ययन कक्षा 11वीं के 100 किशोर विद्यार्थियों पर आधारित है। सांख्यिकीय विश्लेषण से यह पाया गया कि विद्यार्थियों की चिंता का उनके समायोजन पर महत्वपूर्ण प्रभाव पड़ता है। 

Read Keyword

किशोरावस्था, चिंता, समायोजन, सामाजिक संबंध, किशोरावस्था.

Read Reference

  1. अग्रवाल, ए., एवं नारायण, वि. (2017) मानसिक स्वास्थ्य, उत्तर प्रदेश हिंदी संस्थान, लखनऊ।

2. भावना (2018) किशोरों की शैक्षिक उपलब्धि पर दुश्चिंता व समायोजन के प्रभाव का अध्ययन, ई-चेतनाः अंतरराष्ट्रीय बहुविषयक शोध पत्रिका, 3(3), 144-150।
3. चतुर्वेदी, ए. (2015) अधिगम अक्षमता वाले किशोरों में दुश्चिंता, आत्म-धारणा एवं समायोजन, इंडियन जर्नल ऑफ मेंटल हेल्थ, 2(2) 134-140।
4. कपूर, रा. (2019) जेंडर, एंजायटी एंड इनइक्वैलिटी इन एजुकेशन, रिसर्चगेट,https://www.researchgate.net
5. कौर, एच. एवं चावला, ए. (2018) किशोरों में शैक्षणिक दुश्चिंता और विद्यालय समायोजन का अध्ययन, इंटरनेशनल जर्नल ऑफ रिसर्च इन सोशल साइंसेज़, 8(3), 245-252।
6. त्यागी, जी. एड. डी. एवं पाठक, पी. डी. (2006) शिक्षा के सामान्य सिद्धांत, विनोद पुस्तक मंदिर, आगरा।
7. तिवारी, श. (2011) शिक्षा में अनुसंधान, पी. आर. इंटरप्राइजेज, नई दिल्ली।
8. मंगल, एस. के. (2011) शिक्षा मनोविज्ञान, पी. एच. आई. लर्निंग प्राइवेट लिमिटेड, नई दिल्ली।
9. पाठक, पी. डी. (2007) शिक्षा मनोविज्ञान, विनोद पुस्तक मंदिर, आगरा।
10. शर्मा, आर. ए. (2008) शिक्षा तथा मनोविज्ञान में परा एवं अपरा सांख्यिकी, विनय रखेजा, दिल्ली।
11. शर्मा, आर. एन., एवं चतुर्वेदी (2014) शिक्षा मनोविज्ञान के मूल तत्व, आर. लाल बुक डिपो, मेरठ।
12. सिंह, अ. क. (2006) मनोविज्ञान, मोतीलाल बनारसीदास, बांग्ला रोड, दिल्ली।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

This paper seeks to explore the significance of tribal contributions to IKS. By examining their distinctive cultural practices, environmental stewardship, and resource-management techniques, we can uncover valuable insights relevant to contemporary global issues. In a world shaped by globalization and rapid technological advancement, there is renewed interest in traditional knowledge as a guiding framework for sustainable development. The Indian Knowledge System provides crucial perspectives on sustainability, holistic well-being, community harmony, and ethical governance. The integration of traditional tribal wisdom with modern scientific inquiry holds the potential to generate innovative, culturally resonant, and globally applicable solutions.

Read Keyword

Indian Knowledge System, Tribal Wisdom, Sustainability, Indigenous Knowledge, Ecological Practices.

Read Reference

  1. Agarwal, Vandana (2019) Indigenous Knowledge and Sustainable Development: An Indian Perspective, Journal of Rural Development 39(1): 50–65.

2. Baviskar, Amita (2004) In the Belly of the River: Tribal Conflicts over Development in the Narmada Valley, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
3. Gadgil, Madhav and Ramachandra Guha (1995) Ecology and Equity: The Use and Abuse of Nature in Contemporary India, Penguin Books, New Delhi.
4. Griffiths, Tom and Steve Smith (2020) Indigenous Peoples and Nature-Based Knowledge Systems, UNESCO Publishing, Paris, France.
5. Jain, S. K. (2004) Ethnobotany and Traditional Knowledge: Indian Contribution, Indian Journal of Traditional Knowledge 3(3): 351–363.
6. Mahapatra, Lakshmi Narayan (2013) Tribal Culture in India, Dominant Publishers, Delhi.
7. Panda, Sweta (2022) Indian Knowledge Systems: Concepts and Perspectives, Ministry of Education, Government of India, New Delhi.
8. Ramakrishnan, P. S. (2003) Ecology and Sustainable Development, National Book Trust,             New Delhi.
9. Sengupta, Nandini (2020) Oral Traditions and Indigenous Knowledge Systems Among Indian Tribes, Cultural Anthropology Review, 12(2): 102–118.
10. Sharma, Y. D. (2011) Tribal Development and Environmental Conservation, Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

नारी मुक्ति आंदोलन समाज में महिलाओं को बराबरी का दर्जा, स्वाधीनता और गरिमा प्रदान करने की दिशा में किया गया एक सशक्त प्रयास है। इसका मूल उद्देश्य स्त्रियों को सामाजिक, आर्थिक, राजनीतिक और वैचारिक रूप से सशक्त बनाना है। भारतीय समाज में लंबे समय तक नारी को पुरुष के अधीन माना गया, जिसके कारण उसे अनेक प्रकार के भेदभाव, शोषण और अत्याचारों का सामना करना पड़ा। ऐसे वातावरण में नारी मुक्ति आंदोलन ने स्त्री चेतना को जागृत करने का कार्य किया। हिंदी साहित्य ने इस आंदोलन को मजबूती प्रदान करने में महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाई है। साहित्यकारों ने अपनी रचनाओं के माध्यम से स्त्रियों के जीवन से जुड़े दुख, पीड़ा, संघर्ष और उनके आत्मसम्मान की भावना को प्रभावशाली ढंग से अभिव्यक्त किया है। हिंदी साहित्य के विभिन्न कालखंडोंकृभक्ति काल, आधुनिक काल और समकालीन काल में नारी की सामाजिक स्थिति पर गंभीर विचार किया गया है। जहाँ एक ओर नारी पर होने वाले अत्याचारों, रूढ़ियों और पितृसत्तात्मक सोच को उजागर किया गया, वहीं दूसरी ओर उसके अधिकारों, स्वतंत्रता और आत्मनिर्णय की आवश्यकता पर बल दिया गया। महादेवी वर्मा, सुभद्रा कुमारी चौहान, मन्नू भंडारी, कृष्णा सोबती जैसी साहित्यकारों के साथ-साथ कई पुरुष लेखकों ने भी स्त्री जीवन की यथार्थपरक तस्वीर प्रस्तुत की। उनकी रचनाओं में स्त्री केवल सहनशील पात्र नहीं, बल्कि संघर्षशील और जागरूक व्यक्तित्व के रूप में सामने आती है। इस प्रकार हिंदी साहित्य ने नारी मुक्ति आंदोलन को विचार और संवेदना दोनों स्तरों पर आगे बढ़ाते हुए समाज में सकारात्मक परिवर्तन लाने का महत्वपूर्ण कार्य किया है।

Read Keyword

नारी, मुक्ति, चेतना, साहित्यिक विमर्श.

Read Reference
1. ठाकुर, देवेश (1992) प्रसाद के नारी चरित्र; संकल्प प्रकाशन, मुंबई, पृ. 185।
2. कुलकर्णी, रेखा (2019) हिंदी के सामाजिक उपन्यासों में नारी, आर.पी. आर. प्रकाशन, दिल्ली  पृ. 84।
3. वर्मा, महादेवी (2013) श्रृंखला की कड़ियां, लोक भारती प्रकाशन, इलाहाबाद, पृ. 63।
4. पुष्पा, मैत्रेयी (1996) स्त्री विमर्श की चेतना, हंस पत्रिका, अंक अक्टूबर 1996, पृ. 7।
5. शर्मा, रामविलास (1990) निराला की साहित्य साधना, राजकमल प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 35।
6. वही, पृ. 35-36।
7. वर्मा, महादेवी (1995) आधुनिक नारी और उसकी स्थिति पर एक दृष्टिः श्रृंखला की कड़ियां, राधा कृष्ण प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 45।
8. खेतान, प्रभा (2009) उपनिवेश में स्त्री मुक्ति कामना की दस वार्ताएं, राजकमल प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 114।
9. वही।
10. गर्ग, मृदुला (2016) साहित्य में नारी चेतना; समकालीन कथा साहित्य में स्त्री, लेखन संपादक, दयानिधि मिश्र, उदयन मिश्र, प्रकाश उदय, वाणी प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 82।
11. पांडे, मृणाल (2011) परिधि पर स्त्री, राजकमल प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 9।
12. यादव, राजेंद्र (1996) हंस पत्रिका, संपादक, अक्षय प्रकाशन नई दिल्ली, अंक अक्टूबर पृ. 75।
13. बोहरा, आशा रानी (1983) भारतीय नारीः दशा दिशा, नेशनल पब्लिशिंग हाउस, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 168।
14. निमावत, सुनीता (2016) दिनकर की नारी विषयक अवधारणाएं (आलेख), मधुमति पत्रिका; संपादक, रोहित गुप्ता, राजस्थान साहित्य अकादमी, राजस्थान, पृ. 45।
15. ताराचंद (1994) हिस्ट्री ऑफ फ्रीडम मूवमेंट इन इंडिया; पब्लिकेशन डिविजन मिनिस्ट्री ऑफ़ इनफार्मेशन एंड ब्रॉडकास्टिंग, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 199।
16. देसाई, नीरा एवं ठक्कर, उषा (2011) भारतीय समाज में महिलाएं, राष्ट्रीय पुस्तक न्यास, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 158।
17. कुमार, राधा (2017) स्त्री संघर्ष का इतिहास, वांणी प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 13।
18. वही, पृ. 202।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

This research paper investigates the narrative architecture of David Davidar’s debut novel, The House of Blue Mangoes (2002), positioning it as a distinct contribution to the Indian English literary canon that negotiates the delicate boundary between rigorous historiography and local myth. Spanning the tumultuous half-century leading up to Indian independence (1899–1947), the narrative functions primarily as a linear historical saga, chronicling the rise and transformation of the Dorai family within the village of Chevathar. Unlike the flamboyant, chaotic magical realism often associated with post-Rushdie literature, D. Davidar employs a restrained narrative strategy. This study delineates how the author constructs a 19th-century style realist framework meticulously documenting caste dynamics, colonial administration, and the impact of world wars while simultaneously embedding a “fable-like” atmosphere that elevates the text beyond mere social documentation. Central to this analysis is an examination of the novel’s titular motif: the grove of unique blue mangoes. The paper argues that this biological impossibility serves as the primary locus of “mythic realism” within the text. Rather than permeating the entire narrative world with the supernatural, Davidar isolates the magical element to this single totem of ancestry and tradition. The blue mangoes function as a static symbol of the Dorai family’s identity and their feudal connection to the land, standing in stark contrast to the dynamic, often destructive forces of historical progress. By analyzing key passages surrounding the cultivation and symbolism of the grove, this study highlights how the “magic” acts as a protective, albeit temporary, sphere against the encroaching modernization brought by the British Raj and subsequent nationalist movements. Ultimately, this research posits that Davidar’s specific synthesis of realism and myth serves a critical thematic purpose: to illustrate the friction between local memory and national history. While the historical narrative propels the characters toward a modern, secular Indian identity represented by the shift from the village to the tea estates the magical realist elements preserve the “spirit of place.” The paper concludes that The House of Blue Mangoes utilizes magic not to escape reality, but to underscore the tragedy of cultural erosion. By anchoring the political turbulence of the early 20th century in the timeless soil of Chevathar, Davidar suggests that while history is inevitable, the myths of a community remain the essential emotional bedrock of its people.

Read Keyword

David Davidar, Magical Realism, Historical Narrative, Mythic Realism, Postcolonial Literature, Colonialism.

Read Reference

  1. Bhabha, H. K. (1994) The Location of Culture, Routledge, Abingdon, Oxfordshire.

2. Davidar, D. (2002) The House of Blue Mangoes, Weidenfeld & Nicolson, London.
3. Faris, W. B. (2004) Ordinary Enchantments: Magical Realism and the Remystification of Narrative, Vanderbilt University Press, Nashville, USA.
4. Mukherjee, M. (2000) The Perishable Empire: Essays on Indian Writing in English, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
5. Zamora, L. P. & Faris, W. B. (Eds.) (1995) Magical Realism: Theory, History, Community, Duke University Press, Durham.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract
Ruskin Bond’s short stories present nature as an integral and emotionally resonant presence, with monsoons, seasons, and weather playing a central role in shaping narrative meaning. His writing reflects a deep sensitivity to the rhythms of the natural world, particularly the landscapes of the Himalayan region, where climatic changes influence everyday life. Rather than functioning as mere descriptive background, weather in Bond’s stories actively contributes to atmosphere, character psychology, and thematic development. Monsoon rains, summer warmth, winter stillness, mist, and seasonal transitions are used to evoke nostalgia, solitude, memory, and emotional renewal. Through vivid sensory imagery and subtle symbolism, Bond establishes a close relationship between the inner lives of his characters and the external environment, allowing weather to reflect human emotions and experiences. This research paper examines the representation of monsoons, seasons, and weather in selected short stories by Ruskin Bond in order to understand their literary and symbolic significance. Using close textual analysis, the study explores how climatic elements function as narrative devices that enhance mood, structure, and meaning. The paper also highlights Bond’s ecological consciousness, showing how his portrayal of nature promotes harmony between humans and the environment rather than control or exploitation. By foregrounding weather as a dynamic force in storytelling, Ruskin Bond contributes significantly to nature-centered Indian English literature. The study concludes that his depiction of seasons and weather not only enriches the aesthetic quality of his short stories but also reinforces their enduring humanistic and environmental relevance.

 

Read Keyword

Ruskin Bond, Monsoon, Seasons, Weather, Nature, Symbolism.

Read Reference

  1. Barry, Peter (2017) Beginning Theory: An Introduction to Literary and Cultural Theory, Manchester University Press, Manchester.

2. Bond, Ruskin (1980) The Blue Umbrella, Rupa Publications, New Delhi .
3. Bond, Ruskin (2003) The Night the Roof Blew Off and Other Stories, Penguin India, New Delhi.
4. Bond, Ruskin (1990) Time Stops at Shamli and Other Stories, Penguin Books, London.
5. Naik, M. K. (2009) A History of Indian English Literature, Sahitya Akademi, New Delhi.
6. Prasad, Madhusudan (2010) Nature and Sensibility in the Works of Ruskin Bond, Indian Journal of English Studies, vol. 45, p. 112–120.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Social freedom the ability of individuals to express themselves, make autonomous choices, and participate freely in society has emerged as a significant psychological and social construct. Its influence extends to subjective well being, mental health, and overall life satisfaction. The present paper examines the conceptual relationship between social freedom, life satisfaction, and depression among adults. Drawing from established theoretical perspectives and empirical literature, the article argues that social freedom positively predicts life satisfaction while acting as a protective factor against depression. Conversely, limited social freedom can heighten vulnerability to psychological distress, hopelessness, and depressive symptoms. The paper also highlights socio cultural contexts, gender norms, economic conditions, and digital social environments as moderating factors shaping these relationships. Finally, implications for mental health policies, community interventions, and directions for future research are discussed.

Read Keyword

Social Freedom, Subjective Well-being, Life Satisfaction, Depression, Autonomy, Psychological Health.

Read Reference

  1. Chirkov, V.; Ryan, R.; Kim, Y.; Kaplan, U. (2011) Differentiating autonomy from individualism and independence: A self-determination theory perspective on internalization of cultural orientations and well-being, Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84(1), 97-110.

2. Dec, E. L.; Ryan, R. M. (2000) The, what, and, why, of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior, Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227,268.
3. Diener, E.; Emmons, R. A.; Larsen, R. J.; Griffin, S. (1985) The Satisfaction With Life Scale, Journal of Personality Assessment, 49(1), 71, 75.
4. Diener, E.; Oishi, S.; Tay, L. (2018) Advances in subjective well-being research, Nature Human Behaviour, 2(4), 253,260.
5. Ingle hart, R.; Foa, R.; Peterson, C.; Welzel, C. (2013) Development, freedom, and rising happiness, Perspectives on Psychological Science, 3(4), 264,285.
6. Kahneman, D.; Deaton, A. (2010) High income improves evaluation of life but not emotional well-being, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 107(38), 16489, 16493.
7. Patel, V.; Saxena, S.; Lund, C.; Thornicroft, G.; Baingana, F.; Bolton, P.; Unützer, J. (2018) The Lancet Commission on global mental health and sustainable development, The Lancet, 392(10157), 1553, 1598.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

E-Panchayat a web-based dynamic digital interface designed for every Panchayat in India, which provides information about a particular Panchayat through a two-way flow of content. It aims to facilitate and improve the day-to-day functioning of the Panchayat through a two-way flow of information and content. The process of e-panchayat should be understood not only in terms of the analytical or technical dimensions, but also in terms of behavioral and organizational dimensions. The analytical aspects of the process revolve around the activities such as information. The behavioral aspects may be analyzed in terms of the abilities of the individuals to interpret the information and develop an understanding of the process of governance. Their motivation, commitment and behavior have a tremendous impact on efficient governance at panchayat level. The organizational aspects encompass the learning capabilities and responsiveness of an organization and the strategic orientation of its top officials. Consistency between the analytical, behavioural and organizational dimensions of process has a substantial impact on the implementation capabilities.

Read Keyword

Local Government, E-panchayat, Public, E-governance, Democracy, Administration.

Read Reference

  1. Commonwealth Secretariat (1995) Commonwealth Secretariat from Problem to Solution,  Commonwealth SecretariatPublications, London.

2. Hood, Christopher (1991) A Public Management for All Sectors, Public Administration, Vol 69, Spring Publication, New York.
3. Mackintosh, Maureen (1992) Questioning the State in Marc Wuyts et al (eds) Develop-ment Policy and Public Action, Oxford University Press, London.
4. www. Dristiias.com, Accessed on 10/09/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

जब हम संघीय प्रणाली की बात करते हैं तो हमारे दिमाग में संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिका, कनाडा आस्ट्रेलिया का संघीय प्रणाली सामने आ जाता है। यह ठीक है कि संविधान निर्माताओं के दिमाग में विश्व के देशों की संघीय प्रणालियां थी लेकिन जब हमारा संघवाद बना तो वह अलग था अर्थात् संघवाद का कोई एक अपरिवर्तनीय सिद्धांत नहीं है जिसका सभी पालन करें, प्रत्येक देश अपनी आवश्यकता और विशेषता के आधार पर संविधान बनाते हैं। हमारे संविधान सभा ने भी बहुत विचार-विमर्श के बाद अपने लिए एक संघीय प्रणाली को स्वीकार किया है। भारत में अर्ध संघीय प्रणाली हमनें अपनायें हैं अर्थात् इसमें केन्द्र को शक्तिशाली बनाया गया है इसलिए यूनियन आफ स्टेट का नाम दिया गया है (अनुच्छेद 1) राज्य पूर्ण स्वायत नहीं है शक्तियाँ के बटवारे कर दिये गये हैं लेकिन उनकी शक्तियों, क्षेत्रों में कटौती होती रहती है अनुच्छेद (3) लेकिन विशेष स्थिति को छोड़कर समान्य रुप में स्वायत्त राज्य के रुप में काम करते हैं। भारत के राज्य कमजोर है तथा केन्द्र के ऊपर कुछ राज्य ज्यादा ही निर्भर है, कुछेक क्षेत्र केन्द्र शासित है। राज्य पूर्ण स्वायत है या नहीं क्या वे स्वतंत्र राजनीतिक संप्रभुता है इसका फैसला 1963 में सर्वोच्च न्यायालय ने बंगाल स्टेट बनाम केन्द्र सरकार के फैसले में दिया मामला था कि क्या केन्द्र सरकार राज्य की सम्पत्ति का अधिग्रहण कर सकती है, फैसला था कि हां केन्द्र सरकार अधिग्रहण कर सकती है लेकिन एक न्यायाधीश के सुब्बा राव अलग मत रखते थे। सुब्बा राव ने संप्रभुता को ही दो भागों में बांटा कहा कि राजनीतिक संप्रभुता जनता के पास है लेकिन लीगल संप्रभुता केन्द्र और राज्य के बीच बंटा है इसलिए दो संप्रभु हैं और दोनों स्वायत हैं लेकिन बहुमत फैसले का अर्थ निकलता है कि संप्रभुता बंटा नहीं है केन्द्र ताकतवर है।

Read Keyword

संविधान, संघवाद, संप्रभुता, न्यायालय, सरकार, संसद, विदेश नीति.

Read Reference

  1. बसु, डी.डी. (1965) ऐसेज ऑन इंडियन फेडरलिज्म एलायड, लेक्सिसनेक्सिस इंडिया, बम्बई।

2. प्रजापति, अभिमन्यु कुमार (2025) भारतीय संघवाद के बदलते स्वरूप, इंक विजन पब्लिसिंग, बिलासपुर।
3. मुंशी, के.एम. (1950) डिस्ट्रीब्यूसन ऑफ पार्वस इंडियन लॉ, भारतीय विद्या भवन, मुबंई।
4. सिंह, वीरकेश्वर प्रसाद (2013) तुलनात्मक शासन एवं राजनीति, प्रथम संस्करण, ज्ञानदा प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली।
5. कोठारी, रजनी (1972) पॉलिटिक्स इन इंडिया, ओरियेन्ट लौंगमैन, न्यू दिल्ली।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

झारखण्ड भारत का 28वाँ राज्य है। इसका गठन पन्द्रह नवम्बर दो हजार ई. को हुआ था। यह प्रदेश खनिज संपदा से भरा हुआ है। इस राज्य का अलग राज्य बनने के पीछे सपना था कि यहाँ के लोगों की जल, जंगल और जमीन की रक्षा की जा सके। खनिज संसाधन से भरपूर इस राज्य में न तो जल, जंगल और जमीन की रक्षा हो सकी और न ही यहाँ के मूल वासियों को मिलने वाले हक और अधिकार। वर्तमान समय में इस राज्य में ऐसे समकालीन मुददे उभर कर सामने आ रहे है जो विकास में बाधा का काम कर रही है साथ ही इन मुद्दो का समाधान जब तक नही किया जाता तब तक राज्य का विकास कर पाना संभव नहीं है। विशेषकर आदिवासी हितों को नुकसान अधिक होगा क्योंकि इन्हीं के हितों अथवा आदिवासी बहुल राज्य के रूप में अलग किया गया है। यदि यहाँ के आदिवासी और मूलवासियों का विकास करना है तो राज्य के जितने भी समस्याएँ एवं मुददे है उनका समाधान करना होगा। वर्तमान समय में झारखण्ड में इस समय लगातार पेसा अधिनियम-1996 और सरना धर्म कोड को लेकर मांग की जा रही है।

Read Keyword

आदिवासी, जल, जंगल, जमीन.

Read Reference

  1. कुमार, संजीव (2012) झारखण्ड सामान्य ज्ञान, लूसेन्ट पब्लिकेशन, पटना।

2. मासिक पत्रिका, योजना, जुलाई, 2022 । 
3. सिंह, सुनील कुमार (2012) झारखण्ड परिदृश्य, क्राउन पब्लिकेशन, राँची।
4. https://www.prabhatkhabar.com/, Accessed on 08/10/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Social media use has become ubiquitous in modern society, drastically influencing psychological processes and behavior. While it facilitates social connectivity and information sharing, excessive social media engagement has been linked with negative mental health outcomes, including anxiety, depression, and lowered self-esteem. This paper reviews recent empirical research on how social media affects mental well-being, emotional processing, and behavioral patterns, particularly among adolescents and young adults. It also explores intervention approaches to mitigate adverse effects while harnessing the benefits of social platforms. The findings underscore the importance of mindful and moderated social media use supported by cognitive-behavioral strategies for promoting psychological health. The psychological impact of social media on adults and family relationships is complex. Positive effects include enhanced connectivity and support, while risks involve deteriorations in mental health and relational quality. Balancing online engagements with mindful, in-person interactions is essential for psychological well-being and healthy family functioning.

Read Keyword

 Psychological Impact, Depression, Mental Health, Social Media, Mind, Anxiety.

Read Reference

1. Boers, E.; Afzali, M. H.; Newton, N. & Conrod, P. (2023) The impact of social media use interventions on mental well-being: Systematic review and meta-analysis, Journal of Medical Internet Research, 25(1), e44922. https://doi.org/10.2196/44922

2. Keles, B.; McCrae, N.; & Grealish, A. (2020) A systematic review: The influence of social media on depression, anxiety and psychological distress in adolescents, International Journal of Adolescence and Youth, 25(1), 79-93. https://doi.org/10.1080/02673843.2019. 1590851

3. Kelly, Y.; Zilanawala, A.; Booker, C. & Sacker, A. (1992) Social media use and emotional and behavioural outcomes in adolescence: Evidence from British longitudinal data, Journal of Adolescence, 29(4), 200-213. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.adolescence.2005.01.006

4. O’Hara, R.; Kuper, A. & Rees, R. (2023)The impact of social media on the mental health of adolescents and young adults: A systematic review, Cureus, 15(8), e176889. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.176889


  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Girish Karnad’s dramatic oeuvre represents a significant intervention in modern Indian theatre through its creative engagement with ancient Indian mythology as a living cultural force. Rather than presenting myths as static narratives rooted in the past, Karnad reinterprets them as dynamic expressions of collective memory that continue to shape contemporary human consciousness. This paper examines how myth functions as a repository of memory in Karnad’s select plays Nagmandala, Yayâti, and Hayavadana and how these mythic structures are reconfigured to address modern concerns such as identity, desire, gender relations, moral responsibility, and existential anxiety. Drawing upon folk traditions, PurâGic sources, and classical narrative frameworks, Karnad fuses indigenous storytelling techniques with modern dramatic sensibilities to create a theatre that is simultaneously traditional and contemporary. The study further argues that Karnad’s use of myth enables a meaningful dialogue between tradition and modernity, allowing ancient narratives to interrogate present-day social and psychological realities. In Nagmandala, folk mythology becomes a medium for articulating suppressed female desire and resistance to patriarchal authority; in Yayâti, the Mahâbhârata myth is reshaped to reflect modern existential dilemmas and ethical conflicts; while in Hayavadana, myth and symbolism expose the fragmentation and instability of modern identity. By activating cultural memory through myth, Karnad transforms inherited narratives into powerful instruments of modern critique. The paper concludes that G.Karnad’s dramatic art demonstrates the enduring relevance of ancient Indian mythology in understanding modern life, thereby establishing myth as a vital aesthetic and philosophical resource in contemporary Indian drama.

Read Keyword

Myth, Memory, Modernity, Girish Karnad, Indian Drama, Tradition.

Read Reference

  1. Iyengar, K. R. Srinivasa (1985) Indian Writing in English, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi.

2. Karnad, Girish (1975) Hayavadana, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
3. Karnad, Girish (1990) Nagmandala: Play with a Cobra. Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
4. Karnad, Girish (1974) Yayati, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
5. Mukherjee, Tutun, editor (2006) Girish Karnad’s Plays: Performance and Critical Perspectives, Pencraft International, New Delhi.
6. Richman, Paula (1991) Many Ramayanas: The Diversity of a Narrative Tradition in South Asia. University of California Press, Oakland, California.
 

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

झारखंड खनिज संसाधनों से समृद्ध राज्य है, जिसे ‘खनिजों का भंडार‘ कहा जाता है। झारखंड कोयला, लौह अयस्क, यूरेनियम, बॉक्साइट और अन्य खनिजों का का विशाल भंडार पाया जाता है। यहाँ बड़कागांव, झारखंड का एक प्रमुख कोयला खनन क्षेत्र है जहाँ खनन गतिविधियों ने बड़े पैमाने पर विस्थापन और सामाजिक-आर्थिक असंतुलन पैदा किया है। खनन क्षेत्रों में भूमि अधिग्रहण से हजारों परिवार अपने पारंपरिक निवास, कृषि भूमि और आजीविका से वंचित हुए हैं। विशेषकर आदिवासी एवं ग्रामीण समुदाय, जिनका जीवन जंगल, भूमि और जल संसाधनों पर आधारित है, सर्वाधिक प्रभावित हुए हैं। विस्थापन के परिणामस्वरूप बेरोजगारी, गरीबी, शिक्षा एवं स्वास्थ्य सुविधाओं की कमी, सामाजिक विघटन और सांस्कृतिक पहचान का ह्यस जैसी समस्याएँ बढ़ती जा रही हैं। यदि खनन कंपनियाँ और सरकार संयुक्त रूप से पुनर्वास एवं पुनसर््थापन नीतियों का प्रभावी क्रियान्वयन करें, तो विस्थापित परिवारों की सामाजिक- आर्थिक स्थिति सुधारी जा सकती है। पारंपरिक पुनर्वास योजनाएँ, स्थानीय समुदायों की आजीविका और सांस्कृतिक पहचान की रक्षा करने में पूर्णतः सफल नहीं हो पाई हैं। ऐसे में खनन पर्यटन एक वैकल्पिक मॉडल के रूप में उभर सकता है, जो न केवल आर्थिक अवसर प्रदान करता है बल्कि पर्यावरणीय पुर्नस्थापन और सांस्कृतिक संरक्षण और सतत् विकास की संभावनाएँ को भी बढ़ावा देता है। यह शोध बड़कागांव के संदर्भ में खनन पर्यटन को विस्थापन समाधान और सतत् विकास की दिशा में एक संभावित मार्ग को बताता है। भारतीय परिप्रेक्ष्य में झारखंड, गोवा और राजस्थान जैसे राज्यों में खनन- आधारित पर्यटन की संभावनाएँ मौजूद हैं, जबकि वैश्विक स्तर पर जर्मनी, ऑस्ट्रेलिया और दक्षिण अफ्रीका ने खनन पर्यटन को सफलतापूर्वक आजीविका और सतत् विकास के उपकरण के रूप में अपनाया है। अध्ययन क्षेत्र में आंकड़ों का संग्रह हेतु प्राथमिक स्रोत जैसे- क्षेत्रीय सर्वेक्षण, विस्थापित परिवारों के साक्षात्कार, स्थानीय प्रशासन और पंचायत प्रतिनिधियों से बातचीत करके संकलन किया गया है। वही द्वितीयक स्रोत में सरकारी रिपोर्टें शोध-पत्र और लेख, पर्यटन नीति एवं योजना दस्तावेज का उपयोग किया है। अध्ययन से यह निष्कर्ष निकलता है कि यदि बड़कागांव में खनन पर्यटन को योजनाबद्ध तरीके से विकसित किया जाए तो यह विस्थापित समुदायों के लिए स्थायी आजीविका- कौशल विकास, रोजगारोन्मुखी प्रशिक्षण, लघु उद्योगों और कृषि व वनोपज आधारित अर्थव्यवस्था का प्रोत्साहन, विस्थापितों को वैकल्पिक आजीविका उपलब्ध कराने में सहायक होगा। सांस्कृतिक संरक्षण और पर्यावरणीय संरक्षण के उपाय जैसे-खनन के बाद भूमि का पुनर्वनीकरण, जल संरक्षण तकनीक, वनोपज आधारित गतिविधियाँ, प्रदूषण नियंत्रण और जैव विविधता संरक्षण के साथ-साथ सतत् विकास की दिशा में एक ठोस समाधान बन सकता है जिससे दीर्घकालिक आर्थिक स्थिरता प्राप्त करना संभव है।

Read Keyword

खनन पर्यटन, सतत् विकास, विस्थापन, पुनर्वास, आजीविका.

Read Reference

  1. Batra, A. (2019) Mining tourism in India: Emerging opportunities and challenges, Journal of Tourism Studies, 15(2), 45–59.

2. बंसल, सुरेश चन्द्र (2019) पर्यटन भूगोल एवं यात्रा प्रबंधन, मिनाक्षी प्रकाशन, मेरठ.
3. Chakrabarty, S. (2018) Displacement and rehabilitation in mining areas of Jharkhand, Economic and Political Weekly, 53(23), 41–49.
4. Dangi, H. & Jamal, T. (2016) In integrated approach to sustainable community-based tourism, Sustainability, 8(5), 475. https://doi.org/10.3390/su8050475
5. Deutsche UNESCO (2017) Zollverein Coal Mine Industrial Complex in Essen. UNESCO World Heritage Centre. https://whc.unesco.org/en/list/975/, Accessed on 18/09/2025.
6. Government of Jharkhand. (2020) Jharkhand Tourism Policy 2020, Department of Tourism, Govt. of Jharkhand, Ranchi.
7. Lahiri-Dutt, K. (2014) Extractive industries and women in India: From quarrying to displacement, Routledge. London.
8. Mhlanga, O. (2021) Mining heritage tourism: Global perspectives, African Journal of Hospitality, Tourism and Leisure, 10(2), 355–369.
9. Ministry of Mines, Government of India (2022) Annual report 2021–22, Ministry of Mines, New Delhi.
10. Saini, R. K.  & Singh, A. (2020) Ecotourism and sustainable livelihoods in mining regions of Rajasthan, Indian Journal of Sustainable Development, 8(1), 112–124.
11. सिंह, सरोज कुमार व राणा, जितेन्दर कुमाार (2023). पारिस्थितिक पर्यटन केन्द्रों के विकास से प्रवजन पर प्रभाव की संभावनाः एक भौगोलिक विश्लेषण, शोध समागम, रायपूर, 6(01) 250-258.
12. World Bank (2019) Mining and sustainable development: Managing natural resource wealth, The World Bank, Washington, DC.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

This study explores financial literacy levels among salaried women in the Raipur Division, with a focus on comparing public and private sector employees. Financial literacy is crucial for informed financial decision-making, yet differences exist across employment sectors. A total of 486 salaried women participated, including 282 from the private sector and 204 from the public sector. Findings indicate that most respondents possess moderate financial literacy, with public sector employees demonstrating higher levels than those in the private sector. The study highlights a significant relationship between employment sector and financial literacy, emphasizing the need for targeted financial education programs, workplace training, and policy initiatives, particularly for women in the private sector. The research also suggests avenues for future studies, including broader demographic coverage and qualitative investigations into financial behavior and decision-making.

Read Keyword

Financial Literacy, Salaried Women, Raipur Division, Employment Sector, Gender.

Read Reference

  1. Agarwal, S. & Mazumder, S. (2024) Financial behaviour of working women in India: The role of demographic and employment factors, International Journal of Social Economics, 51(2), 234–249.

2. Kaur, H. & Singh, J. (2023) Socio-economic predictors of financial literacy among working adults in India, International Journal of Consumer Studies, 47(5), 1123–1136.
3. Kumari, P. (2024) An analysis of financial literacy among working Indian women, International Journal of Management and Humanities, 10(7), 10–14.
4. Maurya, R. &Shunmugasundaram, V. (2023) Financial literacy among working women: An analytical study of demographic dimensions, Pragati: Journal of Indian Economy, 10(2), 102–115.
5. Pawar, R. & Hola, R. (2023). A study on factors affecting financial literacy among working women in Gujarat State, Elementary Education Online, 19(1), 1179–1188.
6. Priyanka, Nandal V. & Yadav, K. (2025) Financial literacy among working women in Haryana: An analytical study of demographic and socioeconomic associations, Innovative Research Thoughts, 11(1), 21–28.
7. Sahu, T. N. &Padhy, R. (2023) Socioeconomic determinants of financial decision-making among working women in India, Journal of Public Affairs, 23(1), e2897. 
8. Vahi, N. & Kumar, A. (2025) Financial literacy of women: A systematic review of predictors, behaviours, and financial outcomes, Indian Journal of Economics and Finance, 5(1), 95–101.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

प्रस्तुत शोध अध्ययन का उद्देश्य शासकीय एवं अशासकीय विद्यालयों के विद्यार्थियों की संवेगात्मक बुद्धि का तुलनात्मक अध्ययन करना था। शिक्षा व्यक्ति के जीवन को सही दिशा की ओर उन्मुख करने में सहयोग देता है। संवेगात्मक बुद्धि मानव जीवन का प्रमुख पहलू है। छात्र-छात्राओं के लिये ये जरूरी है कि वे अपने संवेग पर नियंत्रण कर सके और उसे सही समय पर प्रस्तुत करने की क्षमता भी उनमें होनी चाहिए। विद्यार्थियों की संवेगात्मक बुद्धि की तुलना करने के लिए भिलाई एवं दुर्ग शहर के शासकीय एवं अशासकीय विद्यालयों के 100 विद्यार्थियों के प्रतिदर्श का चयन किया गया। इनमें शासकीय विद्यालय के 50 विद्यार्थी (25 छात्र एवं 25 छात्राएँ) तथा अशासकीय विद्यालय के 50 विद्यार्थी (25 छात्र एवं 25 छात्राएँ) का चयन स्तरीकृत गैर अनुपातिक यादृच्छिक विधि द्वारा किया गया। विद्यार्थियों के संवेगात्मक बुद्धि के मापन हेतु डॉ. शीतला प्रसाद द्वारा निर्मित संवेगात्मक बुद्धि मापनी (2009) का प्रयोग किया गया। आंकड़ों के विश्लेषण के लिए मध्यमान, प्रमाणिक विचलन तथा ‘‘टी‘‘ मूल्य का उपयोग किया गया। एकत्रित आंकड़ों की गणना से प्राप्त परिणामों का विश्लेषण करने के पश्चात् निष्कर्ष मंे यह पाया गया कि शासकीय व अशासकीय विद्यालय के विद्यार्थियों की सांवेगिक बुद्धि मंे सार्थक अंतर नहीं है अर्थात् शासकीय विद्यालय के विद्यार्थियों की संवेगात्मक बुद्धि का स्तर अशासकीय विद्यालय के विद्यार्थियों की तुलना में अधिक है। लिंग के आधार पर शासकीय विद्यालय के विद्यार्थियों की सांवेगिक बुद्धि मंे सार्थक अंतर पाया गया। लिंग के आधार पर अशासकीय विद्यालय के विद्यार्थियों की सांवेगिक बुद्धि मंे सार्थक अंतर नहीं पाया गया। 

Read Keyword

संवेगात्मक बुद्धि, शासकीय एवं अशासकीय विद्यालय, विद्यार्थी.

Read Reference

  1. Chamundeshwari, S. (2013) Emotional intelligence and academic achievement among student at the higher secondary level. International journal of academic research in Economics and Management, 2(4), 2226-3624.

2. Laurence, A.S.A. & Deepa, T. (2013) Emotional intelligence and academic achievement of high school students in kanyakumari dis, International Journal of Physical and Social Sciences, 3(2), 101-107
3. Parker, J.D.A.; Creque, S.; Barnhar, D.I.; Harris, J.I.; Makeski, S.A.; Wood. L.M.; Bond, B.J. & Hogan, M.J. (2004) Academic Achievement in high school, does emotional intelligence matter?, personality and individual difference, 37(1), 1321-1330
4. रानी, ए. (2009), उच्चतर माध्यमिक विद्यालय के विद्यार्थियों की संवेगात्म बुद्धि का शैक्षिक उपलब्घि पर पड़ने वाले प्रभाव का अध्ययन, मार्डन एजुकेशन रिसर्च इन इंडिया, 4(3), 1-6।
5. Shabana & Rani A. (2013). Academic achievement of higher secondary school students on the basis of emotional intelligence. Indian journal of psychology and education, 44(2), 136 - 141.
6. त्रिवेणी, आर.एन. एवं शुक्ला, डी.पी. (2006), रिसर्च मेथेडोलॉजी, प्रकाशक कॉलेज बुक डिपो 83, ट्रिपोलिया बाजार, जयपुर 2।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

यह शोधपत्र शिक्षा के संदर्भ में स्वामी विवेकानंद के विचारों को स्पष्ट करने का प्रयास करता है तथा इक्कीसवीं सदी में उनके शैक्षिक दृष्टिकोण की प्रासंगिकता का विश्लेषण प्रस्तुत करता है। विवेकानंद केवल वेदांत के सशक्त प्रवक्ता ही नहीं थे, बल्कि उन्होंने उसे व्यवहारिक जीवन में उतारने का भी प्रयास किया। उन्होंने भारत की अपूर्ण और दोषपूर्ण शिक्षा व्यवस्था के परिणामस्वरूप अनेक सामाजिक कुरीतियों के जन्म लेने की आशंका पहले ही व्यक्त कर दी थी। आधुनिक भारत में वैज्ञानिकता और यांत्रिक जीवन-शैली को अत्यधिक महत्व दिया जा रहा है, जिसके कारण मनुष्य एक प्रकार से मशीन बनता जा रहा है। इसके साथ ही नैतिक, आध्यात्मिक एवं धार्मिक मूल्यों का क्षय हो रहा है तथा सभ्यता के आधारभूत सिद्धांतों की उपेक्षा की जा रही है। विवेकानंद के अनुसार मनुष्य में पशुता, मानवता और देवत्व तीनों तत्व विद्यमान रहते हैं। शिक्षा का वास्तविक उद्देश्य आत्म-प्रयत्न, आत्म-बोध और समुचित प्रशिक्षण के माध्यम से मनुष्य को पशु प्रवृत्तियों से ऊपर उठाकर दिव्य स्तर तक पहुँचने में सहायक होना चाहिए। यदि आधुनिक भारत किसी क्षेत्र में असफल प्रतीत होता है, तो वह निश्चय ही आदर्श शिक्षा प्रणाली के द्वारा विकसित समाज की आधारशिला सच्चे और पूर्ण मानवों के निर्माण के क्षेत्र में है।

Read Keyword

आत्म-साक्षात्कार, दिव्यता, मनुष्य-निर्माण शिक्षा, शिक्षा दर्शन.

Read Reference

  1. विवेकानंद, स्वामी (1985) विवेकानंद साहित्य, (विभिन्न खंड) अद्वैत आश्रम, कोलकत्ता।

2. विवेकानंद, स्वामी (2016) शिक्षा, रामकृष्ण मठ, नागपुर, 28वॉ संस्करण।
3. विवेकानंद, स्वामी (2009) शिक्षा का आदर्श, रामकृष्ण मठ, नागपुर, प्रथम संस्करण।
4. Nirvedanand, Swami (2022) Our Education, Ramakrishna Mission, Kolkata.
5. Bharathi, A. (2012) Swami Vivekananda"s philosophy of education and its relevance in the present day, International Journal of Educational Planning & Administration, 2(4).

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

We are living in the age of information technology and artificial intelligence where Machine learning in image sensing covers a wide range of applications, from medical diagnosis and remote sensing to security and autonomous systems. Papers in this field frequently focus on improving image recognition, segmentation, and classification through algorithms like convolutional neural networks (CNNs), and discuss advancements in object detection, feature extraction, and analysis of complex datasets like satellite imagery and medical scans. 

Read Keyword

CT, MRI, CNN, ML, PET, Remote sensing, Artificial Intelligence.

Read Reference

  1. https://www.google.com/ Assed on 06/09/2025.

2. https://gisgeography.com/remote-sensing-earth-observation-guide/ Assed on 08/08/2025.
3. https://www.kaspersky.com/enterprise-security/wiki-section/products/machine-learning-in-cybersecurity Assed on 12/09/2025.
4. https://www.pioneeringminds.com/cern-help-develop-machine-learning-autonomous-vehicles/ Assed on 16/08/2025.
5. https://www.mdpi.com/2076-3417/13/3/1903 Assed on 16/09/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

हाल के समय में विश्व के कई देशों में भ्रष्टाचार, धीमी आर्थिक वृद्धि, रोजगार अवसरों की कमी एवं वृद्ध राजनेताओं के खिलाफ युवाओं के नेतृत्व में भारी विरोध प्रदर्शन ने जोर पकड़ा है। इस प्रकार के विरोध प्रदर्शनों में सोशल मीडिया की विशिष्ट भूमिका रही है। नेपाल कुछ दशकों से लगातार राजनीतिक एवं सामाजिक उथल-पुथल से गुजर रहा है। इस अनिश्चित और तनावपूर्ण भरे राजनीतिक वातावरण में नेपाल की युवा पीढ़ी में राजनीतिक-सामाजिक चेतना का विकास हो रहा है। नेपाल की युवा पीढ़ी खासकर 1997 से 2012 के मध्य जन्मी जेन-जी की भूमिका विशिष्ट रही है। जेन-जी वैश्वीकरण, लोकतांत्रिक अपेक्षाओं, डिजिटल प्रवाह तथा सामाजिक न्याय की अवधारणा से प्रभावित है। यह पीढ़ी वर्तमान राजनीतिक अस्थिरता, शासन व्यवस्था की अक्षमता, भ्रष्टाचार, राजनेताओं की जवाबदेही तथा नौकरशाही संसाधनों की कमी से असंतुष्ट है। यह शोध आलेख नेपाल की नई पीढ़ी की उभार, उसके राजनीतिक चेतना, आँदलनों, शासन परिवर्तन की माँगों, सोशल मीडिया आधारित गतिशीलता तथा भविष्य के लोकतांत्रिक परिदृश्य पर उसके संभावित प्रभाव का विश्लेषण करता है। 

 

Read Keyword
Read Reference

  1. नेपाल में करप्शन टॉप पर! इसी ने भडकाया जेन-जी का गुस्सा, क्या अंतरिम पीएम सुशीला कार्की लगा पाएँगी ब्रेक? छमूे 18 हिंदी, 16 सितम्बर, 2025.

2. आखिर कहाँ से आया ये ‘‘नेपोटिज्म’’ जिससे पैदा हुए गुस्से ने नेपाल में सŸाा उखाड दी? 18 सितम्बर 2025, द लल्लनटॉप.
3. नेपाल में जेन जी आँदोलनः युवाओं का गुस्सा और सŸाा का संकट, दिसंबर 2025, संस्कृति आई.ए.एस., https://www.sanskritiias.com/Currenaffiars, Accessed on 05/10/2025.
4. आर्थिक और राजनैतिक बदलाव से गुजरता पडोसी देश ‘नेपाल’ 20 जून, 2022, www.orfonline.org, Accessed on 05/10/2025.
5. अधिकारी, ए. (2020) नेपाल में युवा राजनीतिः 2015 के बाद की गतिशीलता का अध्ययन, नेपाल इंस्टिट्यूट फॉर पॉलिसी स्टडीज, काठमाँडू।
6. दहल, डी. आर. (2018) नेपाल में राज्य, समाज व शासन, केन्द्रीय समाजशास्त्र विभाग, त्रिभुवन विश्वविद्यालय, काठमाँडू।
7. ट्रांसपेरेंसी इंटरनेशनल (2018-2023) भ्रष्टाचार की धारणा सूचकांक रिपोर्ट।
8. शर्मा, के. (2021) नेपाल में डिजिटल सक्रियता, जर्नल ऑफ साउथ एशियन डेमोक्रेसी, 12(2), 34-52।
9. नेपाल केंद्रीय सांख्यिकी ब्यूरो (2021) राष्ट्रीय जनसंख्या जनगणना।
10. नेपाल श्रम बल सर्वेक्षण, (2022) श्रम मंत्रालय, नेपाल।
11. खरेल, एस. (2022) संघर्षाेŸार नेपाल में युवा आँदोलन, सामाजिक विज्ञान प्रेस, काठमाँडू।
12. थापा, बी. (2020) Enough is Enough मूवमेंट एन्ड नेपाल्ज युथ एक्टिविज्म, नेपाल जर्नल ऑफ पॉलिटिकल साइंस, 5(1), 71-90।
13. यूनाईटेड नेशन्स डेवलपमेन्ट प्रोग्राम (2021) नेपाल ह्युमन डेवलपमेंट रिपोर्ट, न्यूयार्क।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

This abstract explores the multifaceted concept of liberty from a philosophical perspective, examining its foundational definitions, historical evolution, and the enduring debates surrounding its nature and application. The study begins by differentiating between negative liberty defined as freedom from external interference and positive liberty, which emphasizes the capacity for self-realization and autonomous action. It investigates how these core concepts inform various types of liberty, including civil, political, economic, and social freedoms, highlighting their interconnectedness and potential tensions within a societal framework. The philosophical approach delves into the contributions of pivotal thinkers across different eras, from ancient Greek philosophers who contemplated civic participation to Enlightenment figures such as John Locke and Immanuel Kant, who championed natural rights and moral autonomy. Key consideration is given to John Stuart Mill’s utilitarian defense of individual freedom and his seminal “harm principle.” The abstract also contrasts philosophical liberty’s focus on conceptual understanding and justification with political liberty’s concern for practical implementation and institutional safeguards. It argues that while philosophical insights provide the normative framework for understanding freedom, political structures are essential for its concrete realization. The discussion further incorporates views from diverse philosophers, including Rousseau, Hobbes, Tocqueville, Marx, Berlin, Hayek, and Arendt, to illustrate the rich spectrum of perspectives on liberty, its inherent complexities, and the perpetual challenge of balancing individual autonomy with societal order. This comprehensive philosophical inquiry underscores liberty as a dynamic ideal that demands continuous critical examination and defense in an ever-evolving world.

Read Keyword

Multifaceted, Interconnectedness, Political Structure, Ever-evolving.

Read Reference

  1. Alexis de, Tocqueville (2004) Democracy in America, Translated by Arthur Goldhammer, Library of America, New York, NY.

2. Benjamin, Constant (1988) The Liberty of Ancients Compared with that of Moderns, In Political Writings, edited by Biancamaria Fontana, Cambridge University Press, London.
3. Chandran, Kukathas (2003) The Liberal Archipelag: A Theory of Diversity and Freedom, Oxford University Press, London.
4. Gerald F., Gaus (2011) The Order of Public Reason: A Theory of Freedom and Morality in a Diverse and Bounded World, Cambridge University Press,, London.
5. Hannah, Arendt (1958) The Human Condition, University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
6. Hayek, F.A. (1960) The Constitution of Liberty, University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
7. Immanuel, Kant (1998) Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals, Translated by Mary Gregor. Cambridge University Press, London.
8. Isaiah, Berlin (1969) Two Concepts of Liberty, Clarendon Press, London.
9. Jean-Jacques, Rousseau (1993) The Social Contract and Discourses, Translated by G.D.H. Cole, Everyman, London.
10. Jean-Paul, Sartre (1992) Being and Nothingness, Translated by Hazel E. Barnes, Washington Square Press, New York, NY.
11. John, Locke (1988) Two Treatises of Government, Edited by Peter Laslett, Cambridge University Press, London.
12. John, Rawls (1971) A Theory of Justice, Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA.
13. John, Gray (1986) Liberalism, University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, MN.
14. Montesquieu (1989) The Spirit of the Laws, Translated and edited by Anne M. Cohler, Basia Carolyn Miller, and Harold Samuel Stone, Cambridge University Press, London.
15. Philip, Pettit (1997) Republicanism: A Theory of Freedom and Government, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
16. Quentin, Skinner (1998) Liberty Before Liberalism, Cambridge University Press, London, UK.
17. Robert, Nozick (1974) Anarchy, State, and Utopia, Basic Books, New York, NY
18. Ronald, Dworkin (1977) Taking Rights Seriously, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA.
19. Stuart, Mill John (1978) On Liberty, Edited by Elizabeth Rapaport, Hackett Publishing CompanyIndianapolis, IN .
20. Thomas, Hobbes (1996) Leviathan, Edited by Richard Tuck, Cambridge University Press, London.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

This research examines the impact and implementation of the STEM_मंच Program, covering both Mathematics and Science subjects, conducted across Haryana Government schools for Classes 6 to 8 during the academic year 2024–25. The initiative, grounded in micro-improvements and experiential learning, aimed to foster mathematical and scientific conceptual clarity, student engagement, and teaching innovation. Key findings indicate significant improvements in classroom practices, teacher participation, and student outcomes, making Haryana’s model a replicable blueprint for systemic STEM reform in India.

Read Keyword

STEM_मंच, Method, Education.

Read Reference

  1. https://link.springer.com/journal/40594/volumes-and-issues/9-1, Accessed on 08/10/2025.

2. https://scertharyana.gov.in/, Accessed on 06/10/2025.
3. https://stemlearning.in/haryana, Accessed on 02/10/2025.
4. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/370229578_STEM_EDUCATION_AN_ INTERDISCIPLINARY_AND_INTEGRATED_APPROACH_OF_TEACHING, Accessed on 03/10/2025.   
5. https://www.smilefoundationindia.org/blog/stem-education-key-to-indias-inclusive-future/, Accessed on 08/10/2025.
6. idreameducation.org, Accessed on 09/10/2025.
7. NCERT. (2024) NCERT Mathematics (Grades 6-8) National Council of Educational Research and Training, New Delhi.
8. NCERT. (2024) NCERT Science (Grades 6-8) National Council of Educational Research and Training, New Delhi.
9. Pratham Books (2023) STEM for Older Readers, Simple, hands-on STEM concepts for older children, Pratham Books, New Delhi.
10. SCERT Haryana Parakh Report (2024) System-level review of educational effectiveness in Haryan.
11. SCERT Haryana REAP CELL Report (2024) SCERT, Haryana. 
12. SCERT Haryana. (2024) THE SCERT BULLETIN, SCERT, Haryana. 

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

भारत सरकार द्वारा वर्ष 2014 में प्रारंभ किया गया स्वच्छ भारत मिशन न केवल एक विकासात्मक कार्यक्रम था, बल्कि यह एक व्यापक सामाजिक आंदोलन के रूप में उभरा। इसने स्वच्छता, स्वास्थ्य, पर्यावरण संरक्षण और सामाजिक चेतना के क्षेत्र में एक नई दिशा प्रदान की। झारखण्ड जैसे अपेक्षाकृत अविकसित और जनजातीय बहुल राज्य में इस मिशन का विशेष महत्व है क्योंकि खुले में शौच परंपरा, गरीबी, अशिक्षा तथा अवसरंचनात्मक कमी लम्बे समय से सामाजिक स्वास्थ्य समस्याओं का कारण रही है। इस शोध लेख में झारखण्ड में स्वच्छ भारत मिशन के कार्यान्वयन उसकी उपलब्धियों, चुनौतियों और सामाजिक - आर्थिक प्रभावों का अकादमिक विश्लेषण प्रस्तुत किया गया है। विशेष रूप से इसे एक सामाजिक आंदोलन के रूप में देखा गया है जिसने समाज के विभिन्न वर्गों को जागरूक और सक्रिय किया। इस अध्ययन का उद्देश्य यह समझना है कि किस प्रकार (SBM) ने सामाजिक चेतना, महिला सशक्तिकरण, स्वास्थ्य, सुधार और पर्यावरणीय संतुलन में योगदान किया तथा इसे स्थायी बनाने के लिए किन बिन्दुओं पर और ध्यान देने की आवश्यकता है।

Read Keyword

सामाजिक आंदोलन, महिला सशक्तिकरण, स्वास्थ्य, स्वच्छता.

Read Reference

  1. ASER Report 2013 – “Lack of toilets in schools is one of the major reasons for dropout of adolescent girls.”

2. Hkkjr ljdkj] is;ty vkSj LoPNrk ea=ky;A LoPN Hkkjr fe”ku ¼xzkeh.k½ & okf’kZd fjiksVZ 2020&21
3. Hkkjr ljdkj] vkokl ,oa “kgjh dk;Z ea=ky;, A Swachh Bharat Mission (Urban) Guidelines (2014)
4. Chakrabarty, B. (2006) Social and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, Routledge, New York.
5. Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation (MoDWS) (2014) Swachh Bharat Mission Guidelines, Government of India, New Delhi.
6. Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation, Government of India Report (2012) Nearly 60% of rural households did not have access to toilets, Government of India, New Delhi.
7. Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA) (2017) Swachh Bharat Mission (Urban) Guidelines. Government of India, New Delhi.
8. Planning Commission (2011) Approach to the Twelfth Five Year Plan (2012–17) Government of India, New Delhi.
9. Planning Commission of India (2015) Environmental Impacts of Sanitation Campaigns, Government of India, New Delhi.
10. राष्ट्रीय स्वच्छता पोर्टल, https://swachhbharatmission.gov.in, Accessed on 05/10/2025. 
11. UNDP (2020) Sustainable Development Goals Report, United Nations Development Programme, United Nation development program (UNDP) ADDRESS -one United Nation plaza, New York.
12. UNICEF & WHO (2019) Progress on Household Drinking Water, Sanitation and Hygiene 2000–2017, World health organisation and United Nation childrensfund, Geneva.
13. WHO (2018) Sanitation and Health, World Health  Organization, Geneva. 
14. World Health Organization (WHO), 2014 Inadequate sanitation causes major health issues especially among women and children, Geneva.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

यह शोध-पत्र वैश्वीकरण के भारतीय राजनीति पर पड़े व्यापक, संरचनात्मक और बहुपरत प्रभावों का संक्षिप्त किंतु सारगर्भित विश्लेषण प्रस्तुत करता है। 1991 के उदारीकरण के बाद भारत में वैश्वीकरण ने राजनीतिक निर्णय-प्रक्रिया, शासन-प्रशासन, चुनावी रणनीतियों, दलों के घोषणापत्र, मीडिया-माध्यमों तथा डिजिटल राजनीति को उल्लेखनीय रूप से रूपांतरित किया। अध्ययन उद्घाटित करता है कि वैश्विक आर्थिक प्रवाह, तकनीकी नवाचार और अंतरराष्ट्रीय संस्थाएँ, जैसे WTO, IMF और विश्व बैंक भारतीय नीतिगत रुझानों और आर्थिक प्राथमिकताओं को प्रत्यक्ष-अप्रत्यक्ष रूप से प्रभावित कर रही हैं। सैद्धांतिक रूप से उदारवादी वैश्वीकरण दृष्टिकोण, मार्क्सवादी आलोचना, वॉलरस्टीन के विश्व-प्रणाली सिद्धांत और राष्ट्र-राज्य के परिवर्तन सिद्धांत का उपयोग करते हुए शोध यह स्पष्ट करता है कि वैश्वीकरण ने एक ओर प्रतिस्पर्धा, निवेश, डिजिटल सुशासन और अंतरराष्ट्रीय सहयोग के नए अवसर खोले हैं, वहीं दूसरी ओर असमानता, कॉर्पाेरेट वर्चस्व, बाहरी दबाव और सांस्कृतिक चुनौतियों को भी गहराया है। राज्य की भूमिका नियंत्रक से समन्वयक में रूपांतरित होती दिखाई देती है। अतः निष्कर्षतः वैश्वीकरण भारतीय राजनीति के लिए न पूर्णतः वरदान है, न अभिशाप; बल्कि अवसरों और चुनौतियों से युक्त एक गतिशील, द्वंद्वात्मक प्रक्रिया है, जिसकी दिशा भारत की लोकतांत्रिक क्षमता और नीतिगत संतुलन पर निर्भर करेगी।

Read Keyword

वैश्वीकरण, भारतीय राजनीति, लोकतंत्र, चुनाव आयोग, सुशासन.

Read Reference

1. Amin, S. (1997) Capitalism in the Age of Globalization: The Management of Contemporary Society, Zed Books, London.

2. Bhagwati, J. (2004) In Defense of Globalization, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
3. Castells, M. (1996) The Rise of the Network Society, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford.
4. Giddens, A. (1990) The Consequences of Modernity, Polity Press, Cambridge.
5. Held, D. & McGrew, A. (2007) Globalization/Anti-Globalization: Beyond the Great Divide, Polity Press, Cambridge.
6. Nayar, B. R. (2001) Globalization and Nationalism: The Changing Balance in India’s Economic Policy, 1950–2000, Sage Publications, New Delhi.
8. शर्मा, अ. (2010) वैश्वीकरण और भारतीय राजनीति, राजकमल प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली।
9. वर्मा, र. (2012) भारतीय समाज और वैश्वीकरण, विद्या प्रकाशन, दिल्ली।
10. सिंह, पी. (2008) आर्थिक सुधार और नीति निर्माण में वैश्वीकरण, हरिवंश प्रकाशन, लखनऊ।
11. कुमार, ए. (2015) वैश्वीकरण और चुनावी राजनीति, प्रभात प्रकाशन, जयपुर।
12. दत्ता, एन. (2009) सामाजिक नीतियों और वैश्वीकरण, लोकसाहित्य प्रकाशन, पटना।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

एशिया महाद्वीप का इतिहास सदैव शक्ति प्रदर्शन और स्थापना के लिए संघर्ष का केंद्र रहा है क्योंकि आज तक जितने भी विश्व में युद्ध एवं संघर्ष होते आए हैं, उनका संबंध कही ना कही प्रत्यक्ष और अप्रत्यक्ष रूप से एशिया महाद्वीप के देशों से रहा है। ऐसे में आज भी यहां स्थित दो एशियाई राष्ट्र, भारत व चीन के मध्य अघोषित संघर्ष की स्थिति विश्व व्याप्त है। जहां एक ओर भारत ऐसा देश है जो उभरती हुई अर्थव्यवस्था है और दूसरी ओर विकसित देश चीन जो अपनी असीमित महत्वाकांक्षाओं को पूरा करने के लिए अडिग है। भारत जहां अपनी भू -स्त्रातेजिक के ऐसे स्थिति पर है जिसमें उनके कुछ पड़ोसी राष्ट्र सैन्य तख्ता पलट, बदहाल अर्थव्यवस्था व नागरिक असंतोष से उत्पन्न संवेदनशील परिस्थिति से घिरा हुआ है जो उसके लिए स्वतः चुनौतीपूर्ण है। ऐसे में चीन द्वारा दी जा रही भारत को आर्थिक एवं सामरिक चुनौतियां न केवल भू सीमाओं तक सीमित है अपितु यह हिन्द महासागर के सामुद्रिक लहरों तक विस्तारित है। यह स्थिति ब्रिटिश सैन्य इतिहासकार बी एच लिटिल हार्ट द्वारा प्रस्तावित कथन ’’युद्ध का अप्रत्यक्ष उपागम- सीधे सैन्य बल के टकराव से बचने और दुश्मन की रक्षा की बजाय उसके संतुलन को बिगड़ने पर जोर देता है।’’ के तहत भारत के संतुलन को बिगाड़ने की चुनौतियों को दर्शा रहा है जिसमें चीन द्वारा भारत के पड़ोसी देशों में बढ़ती रूचि एवं निवेश एक भारत विरोधी धारणा को प्रेरित करने वाला प्रयास है जिससे एशिया महाद्वीप के देशोें में भारत के साथ असंतुलन की स्थिति उत्पन्न होगी, साथ ही चीन का हिन्दमहासागर के समुद्री सीमाओं तक हस्तक्षेप करने का प्रयास भी जारी है जिसमें कोको द्वीप की स्थिति भारत के लिये स्त्रातेजिक रूप से संवेदनशील है। द्वीप अपनी महान भू - स्रातेजिक अवस्थिति के कारण न केवल स्वराष्ट्र अपितु अंतरराष्ट्रीय समुदायों के भी रक्षा और सुरक्षा को प्रभावित करने वाले कारक होते हैं जो राष्ट्रों की द्विपक्षीय संबंधों, राष्ट्र नीतियों और विदेश नीति को निर्धारण में महत्वपूर्ण होते हैं। अतः इन दीपों का महत्व किसी भी राष्ट्र के लिए मुख्य भूमि के समान ही महत्वपूर्ण है।

Read Keyword

भारत, चीन, कोको द्वीप, हिन्दमहासागर, संघर्ष, अर्थव्यवस्था.

Read Reference

  1. Bhaumik, Anirban (2025, September 21) China’s spy ship Yuan Wang 5 back in Indian Ocean amid speculation over India’s missile test next week. Deccan Herald. https://www.deccanherald.com/india/chinas-spy-ship-yuan-wang-5-back-in-indian-ocean-amid-speculation-over-indias-missile-test-next-week-3738374, Accessed on 05/10/2025.

2. Chinese spy bases on Myanmar’s Great Coco Island? Here we go again. (n.d.) Lowy Institute. https://www.lowyinstitute.org/the-interpreter/chinese-spy-bases-myanmar-s-great-coco-island-here-we-go-again, Accessed on 02/10/2025.
3. Chinease base in indian ocean - Yahoo Image Search Results. (n.d.) https://images.search.yahoo.com /search/images?p=chinease+base+in+indian+ocean &fr=mcafee&type= E210US885G0&imgurl=https%3A%2F%2Fakm-img-a-in.tosshub.com% 2Findiatoday%2Fimages%2Fstory%2F202007%2FChina-Arun-Prakash-Jul27 _1200x.jpeg#id=3&iurl=https%3A%2F%2Fcimsec.org%2Fwp-content% 2Fuploads%2F2015%2F08%2Fcompetition-in-the-Indian-ocean.jpg&action=click, Accessed on 02/10/2025.
4. Coco Island - Chinese intelligence agencies (n.d.) https://irp.fas.org/world/china/facilities/coco.htm, Accessed on 03/10/2025.
5. Coco Islands in Myanmar: a growing concern (2024, April 4) Pacific Forum. https://pacforum.org/publications/pacnet-33-myanmars-coco-islands-a-concern-not-to-be-ignored/, Accessed on 02/10/2025.
6. Destiny (n.d.) According to satellite image captured by Maxar technologies, On the Coco Islands of Myanmar, Indian Ocean Waters, China is building a military base ./ : r/IndiaSpeaks. https://www.reddit.com/r/IndiaSpeaks/comments/135c40j/according_to_satellite _image_captured_by_maxar/?captcha=1, Accessed on 05/10/2025.
7. Frontier (2024, October 3) Chinese base or wild rumour? The Coco Islands mystery. Frontier Myanmar. https://www.frontiermyanmar.net/en/chinese-base-or-wild-rumour-the-coco-islands-mystery/, Accessed on 03/10/2025.
8. Google Maps. (n.d.) Google Maps. https://www.google.com/maps/place/Landfall/@3.5238792, 72.2826607,4.5z/data=!4m6!3m5!1s0x30902e8e0945591d:0x233fac5f2d481447! 8m2!3d13.658724!4d93.0025615!16s%2Fm%2F0rfcc69?entry=ttu&g_ep= EgoyMDI1MTAxNC4wIKXMDSoASAFQAw%3D%3D, Accessed on 04/10/2025.
9. Gyan, I. (n.d.) Coco Island: Geography, History, Strategic Significance UPSC. IAS GYAN. https://www.iasgyan.in/daily-current-affairs/strategic-importance-of-cocos-islands, Accessed on 06/10/2025.
10. Landfall Island Wildlife Sanctuary (2023, October 8) Learn UPSC.  https://www.learnupsc.com/2023/10/landfall-island-wildlife-sanctuary.html, Accessed on 01/10/2025.
11. Mishra, H. (2025, April 3) Coco Islands: A Strategic Geopolitical Asset with a Complex History. Bharat Articles. https://bharatarticles.com/coco-islands-a-strategic-geopolitical-asset-with-a-complex-history/, Accessed on 02/10/2025.
12. Pant, H. V. (2025, June 26) Jostling for primacy: India’s China Challenge in the Indian Ocean. orfonline.org. https://www.orfonline.org/research/jostling-for-primacy-india-s-china-challenge-in-the-indian-ocean, Accessed on 03/10/2025.
13. Ratcliffe, R. (2023, May 1) Military construction on Myanmar’s Great Coco island prompts fears of Chinese involvement. The Guardian. https://www.theguardian.com/world/2023/may/01/military-construction-on-myanmars-great-coco-island-prompts-fears-of-chinese-involvement, Accessed on 05/10/2025.
14. Rauscompass. (2024, April 22) Andaman and Nicobar, through a strategic lens - Rau’s IAS. Compass by Rau’s IAS. https://compass.rauias.com/current-affairs/andaman-and-nicobar-through-a-strategic-lens/, Accessed on 07/10/2025.
15. Selth, A. (2008) Burma’s Mythical Isles. AQ: Australian Quarterly, 80(6), 24–28. https://www.jstor.org/stable/20638594, Accessed on 03/10/2025.
16. Strategic importance of Coco Island. (n.d.) Bay of Bengal Post. https://bayofbengalpost.com/news/strategic_importance_of_coco_island, Accessed on 02/10/2025.
17. Swarajya Staff. (2022, November 8) India to stop Chinese spy ship from entering exclusive economic zone; It had expelled survey vessel near Andaman in 2019. Swarajyamag. https://swarajyamag-com.cdn.ampproject.org/v/s/swarajyamag.com/amp/story/news-brief%2Findia-to-stop-chinese-spy-ship-from-entering-exclusive-economic-zone-expelled-survey-vessel-operating-near-andaman-in-2019?amp_gsa =1&_js_v=a9&usqp=mq331AQIUAKwASCAAgM%3D#amp_tf=From%20%251% 24s&aoh=17579402050064&referrer=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.google.com&share= https%3A%2F%2Fswarajyamag.com%2Fnews-brief%2Findia-to-stop-chinese-spy-ship-from-entering-exclusive-economic-zone-expelled-survey-vessel-operating-near-andaman-in-2019, Accessed on 04/10/2025.
18. Symon, D. (2025, January 30) Is Myanmar building a spy base on Great Coco Island? Chatham House – International Affairs Think Tank. https://www.chathamhouse.org/publications/the-world-today/2023-04/myanmar-building-spy-base-great-coco-island, Accessed on 06/10/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

किसी भी समाज की लोकगाथाऐं एवं लोकगीत उस समाज की सांस्कृतिक सामंजस्य की प्रतिबिम्ब होती हैं। ये लोककथाऐं एवं लोकगीत वहां के जनमानस की जीवनशैली, सामाजिक संबंधों, सांस्कृतिक मूल्यों, आर्दशों, प्रेरणादायक अनुभवों, प्रसंगों एवं सामाजिक समस्याओं के उन्मूलन में महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाते हैं। समाज के सर्वांगीण विकास के लिए समाज के व्यक्तियों में सामूहिकता एवं सामाजिक उत्तरदायित्व की भावना का होना नितान्त आवश्यक होता है। लोकगाथाऐं एवं लोकगीत लोगों में सामूहिकता एवं सामाजिक उत्तरदायित्व की भावना को प्रगाढ़ करने के साथ-साथ समाज में सामाजिक-      सांस्कृतिक, सामाजिक-धार्मिक, सामाजिक-आर्थिक समृद्धि को पल्लवित एवं पोषित करने का कार्य भी करती हैं जिससे समाज की सामाजिक संरचना और सांस्कृतिक पूंजी मजबूत होती है। उत्तराखण्ड राज्य अपनी प्राकृतिक सौन्दर्यता के साथ-साथ सांस्कृतिक धरोहरों, लोकगाथाओं, लोकगीतों एवं लोक नृत्यों के लिए प्रसिद्ध है। यहां की लोकगाथाओं एवं लोकगीतों ने हमेशा लोकमानस के हृदयस्थ अन्तभावों को उद्घाटित करने का कार्य किया है। राज्य की गौरवशाली शौर्य परम्पराओं में भारतीय स्वतंत्रता आंदोलन, राज्य आंदोलन, जन आंदोलन, पर्यावरण संरक्षण आंदोलन जो भी समाज के लिए किये गये आंदोलन हैं। इन आंदोलनों को आगे बढ़ाने में हमारी लोकगाथाओं एवं लोकगीतों ने महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाई है। उत्तराखण्ड की लोकगाथाऐं एवं लोकगीत परम्परागत मूल्यों, विश्वासों, मान्यताओं, रीति-रिवाजों, पर्वों, त्योहारों को लोगों के दिलों में संजोने एवं इनके प्रति लोगों में, सम्मान की भावना जाग्रत करने में हमेशा तत्पर रहती हैं। इसी का परिणाम है कि यहां के लोक कलाकारों द्वारा प्राचीन लोकगीत एवं लोकगाथाओं को आज भी अपने गीतों की धुनों में पिरोया जाता है। उत्तराखण्ड राज्य की संस्कृति का मुख्य अंग यहां की लोकगाथाऐं एवं लोकगीत हैं जो राज्य की सामाजिक-सांस्कृतिक समृद्धि, सामाजिक मूल्यों, सामाजिक प्रतिमानों एवं जनमानस से सम्बन्धित समाज के विभिन्न पहलुओं को जीवंत रखने का कार्य कर रही हैं। ये लोकगाथाऐं एवं लोकगीत समाज में समन्वयकारी प्रवृत्तियों को बढ़ावा देकर आज के आधुनिक दौर में भी अपनी उपस्थिति ज्यों की त्यों बनाई हुई हैं जिससे इनकी समाज में उपयोगिता एवं महत्व खुद ब खुद स्पष्ट होती है।

Read Keyword

लोकगाथाऐं, लोकगीत, सामाजिक-सांस्कृतिक, समृद्धि, समरसता.

Read Reference

  1. बदोली, राजेन्द्र प्रसाद (2015) उत्तराखण्ड समग्र ज्ञानकोश, बिनसर पब्लिशिंग कम्पनी, देहरादून, पृ. 283।

2. नवानी, लोकेश एवं रावत, कल्याण सिंह (2016) उत्तराखण्ड इयर बुक, बिनसर पब्लिशिंग कम्पनी, देहरादून, पृ. 383।
3. www.hinsoli.com, उत्तराखण्ड लोक साहित्य का महत्व, Accessed 12/07/2025.
4. बदोली, राजेन्द्र प्रसाद (2015) उत्तराखण्ड समग्र ज्ञानकोश, बिनसर पब्लिशिंग कम्पनी, देहरादून, पृ. 283।
5. www.hinsoli.com, लोककथाऐं, Accessed 12/07/2025.
6. बदोली, राजेन्द्र प्रसाद (2015) उत्तराखण्ड समग्र ज्ञानकोश, बिनसर पब्लिशिंग कम्पनी, देहरादून, पृ. 283।
7. बदोली, राजेन्द्र प्रसाद (2015) उत्तराखण्ड समग्र ज्ञानकोश, बिनसर पब्लिशिंग कम्पनी, देहरादून, पृ. 284।
8. https://wegarhwal.com, गढ़वाल की लोकगाथाऐं एवं उनकी पृष्ठभूमि, Accessed 12/07/2025.
9. बदोली, राजेन्द्र प्रसाद (2015) उत्तराखण्ड समग्र ज्ञानकोश, बिनसर पब्लिशिंग कम्पनी, देहरादून, पृ. 284।
10. बदोली, राजेन्द्र प्रसाद (2015) उत्तराखण्ड समग्र ज्ञानकोश, बिनसर पब्लिशिंग कम्पनी, देहरादून, पृ. 284।
11. बदोली, राजेन्द्र प्रसाद (2015) उत्तराखण्ड समग्र ज्ञानकोश, बिनसर पब्लिशिंग कम्पनी, देहरादून, पृ. 284।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Dawle Kujur is one of the prominent Kurukh poets of the Oraon tribe. His poems are steeped in human consciousness and social awareness. His poems not only captivate readers but also inspire young people towards their personal growth together with building society and the nation. Through his beloved, the poet explains the importance of love and humanity, instilling a new awareness and positive enthusiasm in the youth. This research paper will mainly focus on how love is the foundation of life, the role of youth in developing nation, corrupting nature of pride, uncertainty of life and the importance of human life followed by the translation of the Kurukh poems into Hindi and English and then interpretation and analysis.

Read Keyword

Dawle Kujur, Munta Poonp Jhumpa (Bunch of First Flowers), Love, Youth, Pride, Humanity.

Read Reference

  1. Bless, C. (1965) An English-Uraon Dictionary, Dharmik Sahitya Samiti, Manresa House, Ranchi. 

2. Grignard, A. (1924) An Oraon-English Dictionary, Catholic Orphan Press, Calcutta.
3. Hann, Fredinand (1905) Kurukh Folklore, Bengal Secretariat Press, Calcutta.
4. Hann, Fredinand (1903) Kurukh (Oraon)- English Dictionary, Bengal Secretariat Press, Calcutta.
5. Hann, Fredinand (1985) Grammar of Kurukh Language, Mittal Publications, Delhi.
6. Kujur, Dawle (2014) Munta Poonp Jhumpa, Bosco Society for Printing & Graphic Training, New Delhi.
7. Roy, Sarat Chandra (2010) The Oraons of Chota Nagpur, Crown Publication, Ranchi.
8. Toppo, Nirmala (1998) Kurukh Hindi Sabdakosa, New Arvind Press, Ambikapur.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

This work examines the ethical or moral imagination of love in Abhijñânaúâkuntalam, arguing that Kalidasa structures romance not merely as emotional desire but as a mode of dharma that is an ethical orientation that shapes personal, social and cosmic harmony. This one of the most famous play of Sanskrit presents love (srngara-rasa) as a disciplined sensibility where emotion is refined through responsibility, memory and mutual recognition. Through close observation the study explores how Sakuntala and Ducyanta exemplify moral poetics of one of the most intricate human feelings that is affection, negotiating the tensions between passion and duty. By tracing the interplay of nature, asceticism, kingship and divine order, this study tries to demonstrate that romance in this play of Kalidasa functions as a transformative ethical force rather than a private sentiment. The crisis of recognition in Abhijñânaúâkuntalam operates as a test of character and reveals how ethical identity is forged through relational obligations. Exploring through the Sanskrit poetics, Indian philosophy and contemporary literary criticism, this paper argues that Abhijñânaúâkuntalam universalizes the ideal of love as dharma that is an affective responsibility that sustains both – individual fulfilment and collective well-being. The study further highlights Kalidasa’s narrative strategies that very finely blend with mastery the aesthetic pleasure with moral inquiry and offer a distinctive vision of love that is relevant to modern discussions on ethics, relationships and literary imagination.

Read Keyword

Srngara-rasa, Dharma, Ethical Imagination, Kâlidâsa, Abhijñânaúâkuntalam.

Read Reference

  1. Brockington, J. (1998) The Sanskrit epics, Brill, The Netherlands.

2. Coomaraswamy, A. K. (1916) The dance of Œiva: Essays on Indian art and culture, Sunwise Turn, New York.
3. De, S. K. (1960) Sanskrit poetics as a study of aesthetic, University of Calcutta Press, Calcutta.
4. Hiriyanna, M. (1993) Art experience, Indological Book House, Varanasi, Original work published 1954.
5. Kane, P. V. (1974) History of Sanskrit poetics, (5th ed.) Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi.
6. Keith, A. B. (1920) The Sanskrit drama in its origin, development, theory and practice, Clarendon Press,Oxford.
7. Krishnamoorthy, K. (1979) Essays in Sanskrit poetics, Mysore University Press, Mysuru.
8. Pollock, S. (2006) The language of the gods in the world of men: Sanskrit, culture and power in premodern India, University of California Press, Berkeley.
9. Raghavan, V. (1978) The dramatic idiom of Kalidasa, Adyar Library, Chennai.
10. Rajam, M. (2011) Memory, identity and recognition in classical Indian narrative, Journal of Indian Literature, 45(2), 22–39.
11. Rajan, R. S. (1999) Under Western eyes: Feminist scholarship and colonial discourses, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
12. Thapar, R. (2013) The past as present: Forging contemporary identities through history, Aleph Book Company, New Delhi.
13. Warder, A. K. (1977) Indian Kâvya literature, (Vol. 2) Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi.
14. Winternitz, M. (1985) A history of Indian literature, Vol. 3, Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi, Original work published 1927.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

अश्वघोष, बौद्ध धर्म के महान कवि और दार्शनिक हैं। बुद्धचरितम् इनकी प्रसिद्ध रचना है। कुषाण शासक कनिष्क के समकालीन कवि अश्वघोष का समय ईसवी प्रथम शताब्दी का अन्त और द्वितीय का आरम्भ समय है। इनका जन्म साकेत नगरी में हुआ था, जो अयोध्या के नाम से जानी जाती है। इनकी माता का नाम सुवर्णाक्षी था। एक परम्परा के अनुसार राजा कनिष्क पाटलिपुत्र के राजा को परास्त कर वहाँ से अश्वघोष को अपनी राजधानी पुरुषपुर जो वर्तमान पेशावर है को ले गए थे। अश्वघोष ने कनिष्क द्वारा बुलाई गई चतुर्थ बौद्ध धर्म की महान संगीति की अध्यक्षता की। ये बौद्ध दर्शन के सर्वास्तिवादी बौद्ध आचार्य थे, जिसका प्रमाण हमें सर्वास्तिवादी ‘‘विभाषा‘‘ में हमें मिलता है। ये प्रथमतः परमत को परास्त करनेवाले तेजस्वी महावादी दार्शनिक थे। इसके अतिरिक्त ये साधारण जनता और समाज को बौद्धधर्म के प्रति ‘‘काव्योपचार‘‘ से आकृष्ट करने वाले महान कवि भी थे। अश्वघोष, भारत के नहीं अपित विश्व के महान दार्शनिकों में उनकी गणना की जाती है। उसका चिंतन उनकी विद्वत्ता और उनके ज्ञान की गंभीरता संपूर्ण बौद्ध साहित्य में एक अनुपम स्थान रखती है। उनके जैसा विद्वान संपूर्ण बौद्ध परंपरा में अत्यंत दुर्लभ है। भारतवर्ष की ज्ञान परम्परा का आदि स्रोत वेद और वैदिक साहित्यों में निहित है। भारत अपने ज्ञान के बल पर विश्वगुरु के उच्च सिंहासन पर आरूढ था। भारत की पावन धरा पर ज्ञान को सदैव मुक्ति का मार्ग समझा जाता रहा है। ज्ञानात् ऋते न मुक्तिः1 ज्ञान परम्परा की अविच्छिन्न धारा में बुद्ध की प्रासंगिकता असंदिग्ध है। बुद्ध भारत के इतिहास के ऐसे धरोहर हैं, जिसपर अखिल विश्व का अटूट विश्वास है। विश्व को शान्ति का सन्देश देने वाले गौतम बुद्ध राम और कृष्ण की तरह अवतारी पुरुष माने जाते हैं। भारतीय पौराणिक साहित्य उन्हें विष्णु के नवम अवतार के रूप में मानता हैं। बौद्ध साहित्य व दर्शन के तो वे सर्वमान्य आधार ही हैं। अपनी रचनाओं में नायक के रूप में बुद्ध को स्थान देने वाले संस्कृत कवियों में अश्वघोष का विकल्प नहीं। अश्वघोष संस्कृत काव्य-धारा में बौद्ध परम्परा के पीयूष स्रोत हैं। उनकी कृतियाँ अमर हैं। अपनी कृतियों के अन्त में अश्वघोष ने यह वाक्य लिखा है- आर्यसुवर्णाक्षीपुत्रस्य साकेतस्यभिक्षोराचार्यस्यभदन्ताश्वघोषस्य महाकवेर्महावादिन कृतिरियम्2 यह सिद्ध करता है कि अश्वघोष बौद्ध संन्यासी, बौद्धाचार्य और प्रख्यात उपदेशक थे। सुवर्णाक्षी के पुत्र, साकेत के निवासी, महावाग्मी, महाकवि, भिक्षु, आचार्य, भदन्त आदि अश्वघोष ने स्वयं के लिए प्रयुक्त किया है।

Read Keyword

आचार्य, अश्वघोष, बौद्ध धर्म, दर्शन, वैदिक परंपरा, परिमार्जन.

Read Reference

  1. हिरण्यकेशी शाखा (कृष्ण यजुर्वेद)

2. श्री अश्वघोष विरचित सौन्दरनन्द महाकाव्य / सूर्यनारायण चौधरी / मोतीलाल-बनारसीदास पटना / संस्करण, 1980 पृष्ठ 260
3. अश्वघोष कृत बुद्ध चरित्र संपादक और अनुवादक डॉक्टर सूर्यनारायण चौधरी । मोतीलाल बनारसी दास पब्लिकेशन प्राइवेट, लिमिटेड एडिशन, 2022 प्ैठछरू9789390064199
4. वाल्मीकि रामायण 6/124/1
5. संस्कृत कवि दर्शन / चौखंबा विघ्द्या भवन वाराणसी / डॉ. भोला शंकर व्यास / पृष्ठ 70
6. अश्वघोष के महाकाव्यों में प्रयुक्त क्रिया-पदों का भाषा-वैज्ञानिक अध्ययन / डॉ साधना सहाय / विश्वभारती पब्लिकेशन दिल्ली/ प्रकाशन वर्ष 2010 प्ैठछरू9788189917937/ पृष्ठ संख्या 01 (भूमिका)
7. संस्कृत सुकवि समीक्षा / प्रकाशन वर्ष 2008/ चौखंबा विघ्द्या भवन वाराणसी/ आचार्य बलदेव उपाध्याय / पृष्ठ 121
8. संस्कृत साहित्य का इतिहास / डॉ. उमाशंकर शर्मा ऋषि / पृष्ठ- 229
9. काव्यालंकार / प्रकाशन चौखंबा विघ्द्या भवन बाराणसी / रुद्रट/ 1/15
10. काव्यालंकार / प्रकाशन- चौखंबा विघ्द्या भवन वाराणसी/ रुद्रट/ 5/4

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

वर्ष 2015 में संयुक्त राष्ट्र ने 17 सतत् विकास लक्ष्यों की घोषणा की। दुनिया के सभी देश इन सतत् विकास लक्ष्यों की प्राप्ति के लिए अपने.अपने स्तर पर प्रयास कर रहे हैं। भारत जो कि एक बहुत ही विशाल, विविधतापूर्ण संस्कृति वाला देश है और भारत में भी इन लक्ष्यों की प्राप्ति करने हेतु विभिन्न प्रकार के सामाजिक, आर्थिक एवं पर्यावरणीय कार्यक्रम एवं नीतियां चलाई जा रही हैं जिसके माध्यम से सतत् विकास लक्ष्यों को प्राप्त किया जा सके। प्रस्तुत अध्ययन में सामाजिक, आर्थिक एवं पर्यावरणीय परिप्रेक्ष्य में सतत् विकास लक्ष्यों की प्राप्ति करने में भारत कहां तक सफल रहा है तथा इन लक्ष्यों को प्राप्त करने में कौन-कौन सी बाधाएं हैं इसका अध्ययन किया गया है। अध्ययन यह दर्शाता है कि जहाँ एक ओर गुणवत्तापूर्ण शिक्षा, लैंगिक समानता, गुणवत्तापूर्ण प्रशासन और स्वास्थ्य सेवाओं में प्रगति हुई है, वहीं आर्थिक असमानता, लैंगिक असमानता बेरोजगारी और पर्यावरणीय ह्रास जैसी समस्याएँ अभी भी प्रमुख हैं।

Read Keyword

सतत् विकास, सतत् विकास लक्ष्य, पर्यावरणीय संरक्षण, आर्थिक असमानता, सामाजिक विकास.

Read Reference

  1. Durkheim, Émile (1922) Education and Sociology, Free Press, New York.

2. Gadgil, Madhav & Guha, Ramachandra (1995) Ecology and Equity: The Use and Abuse of Nature in Contemporary India, Penguin Books, New Delhi.
3. Government of India (2008) National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC), Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, New Delhi.
4. Government of India, Ministry of Commerce (2022) Make in India Report, New Delhi.
5. Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (2023) India’s Green Growth Strategy, New Delhi.
6. Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (2023) State of Environment Report, New Delhi.
7. Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (2023) India’s Green Energy Transition, New Delhi.
8. Ministry of Tribal Affairs, Government of India (2021) Tribal Livelihood and Environmental Degradation Report, New Delhi.
9. NITI Aayog (2022) National Multidimensional Poverty Index: A Progress Review, New Delhi.
10. Oxfam India (2023) Survival of the Richest: The India Story of Inequality, Oxfam India, New Delhi.
11. Sen, Amartya (1999) Development as Freedom, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
12. Singh, J.S. (2002) The Biodiversity Crisis: A Sociological View, Macmillan India Ltd., Chennai.
13. UNDP India (2023) Sustainable Industrial Growth and India’s SDG Journey, UNDP India ,UN House , 55 Lodi Estate, New Delhi.
14. United Nations (2015) Transforming Our World: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, United Nations, UN Headquarters, New York.
15. Weber, Max (1922) Economy and Society, University of California Press, Oakland, USA.
16. World Economic Forum (2024) Global Gender Gap Report, World Economic Forum, Geneva.
17. World Health Organization (2022) Air Quality and Health Report, World Health Organization, Geneva.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

प्रस्तुत शोध-पत्र में उच्चतर माध्यमिक विद्यालय के विद्यार्थियों के बीच मूल्यपरक शिक्षा एवं पर्यावरण जागरूकता के स्तर का तुलनात्मक अध्ययन किया गया है। आधुनिक युग में जहाँ एक ओर भौतिक प्रगति तेज़ी से हो रही है वहीं दूसरी ओर पर्यावरणीय संकट और मूल्यहीनता भी समाज के समक्ष गम्भीर चुनौती के रूप में उपस्थित है। इस पृष्ठभूमि में यह शोध यह समझने का प्रयास करता है कि मूल्यपरक शिक्षा किस प्रकार विद्यार्थियों में पर्यावरण चेतना को प्रभावित करती है। अध्ययन हेतु 50 विद्यार्थियों का चयन किया गया। तथ्यों का संकलन सर्वेक्षण विधि से किया गया और आँकड़ों का विश्लेषण प्रतिशत एवं सारणीबद्ध प्रस्तुति द्वारा किया गया। परिणामों से ज्ञात हुआ कि मूल्यपरक शिक्षा प्राप्त करने वाले विद्यार्थियों में पर्यावरण संरक्षण एवं जागरूकता का स्तर अपेक्षाकृत अधिक है।

Read Keyword

उच्चतर माध्यमिक विद्यालय, विद्यार्थी, मूल्यपरक शिक्षा एवं पर्यावरण जागरूकता.

Read Reference

  1. शर्मा, आर. (2018) भारतीय शिक्षा में मूल्य और नैतिकता, प्रकाशन संस्थान, नई दिल्ली।

2. मिश्रा, एस. (2020) पर्यावरण शिक्षा और जागरूकता, भारतीय पुस्तक भवन, वाराणसी।
3. सिंह, आर. (2019) शिक्षा का समाजशास्त्र, लक्ष्मी नारायण प्रकाशन, आगरा।
4. मिश्र, आत्मानन्द (1977) शिक्षा कोष, ग्रन्थम प्रकाशन, कानपुर, पृ. 447।
5. त्रिपाठी, (2006) जल प्रदूषण समस्या और समाधान, ओमेगा पब्लिकेशन, नई दिल्ली, प्रथम संस्करण।
6. Agarwal, S. (2021) Environmental Education and Sustainable Development, APH Publishing, New Delhi.
7. Verma, P. (2022) Value Based Education in Indian Context, Rawat Publications, Jaipur.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

अनुसूचित जाति और अनुसूचित जनजाति भारतीय समाज के ऐतिहासिक रूप से सबसे अधिक वंचित वर्ग हैं, जिन्हें सदियों तक अस्पृश्यता, शोषण, गरीबी और सामाजिक.आर्थिक उत्पीड़न का सामना करना पड़ा। जाति व्यवस्था के ‘शुद्धता-अशुद्धता’ आधारित ढांचे ने इन्हें सामाजिक पदानुक्रम के सबसे निचले पायदान पर स्थापित किया, जिसके परिणामस्वरूप शिक्षा, भूमि, सम्मान, रोजगार और राजनीतिक प्रतिनिधित्व, सभी क्षेत्रों में गहरी संरचनात्मक विषमता पैदा हुई। स्वतंत्रता के बाद संविधान ने अस्पृश्यता पर प्रतिबंध लगाया, भेदभाव को विधि विरूद्ध घोषित किया। अस्पृश्यता (अपराध) अधिनियम, अनुसूचित जाति एवं अनुसूचित जनजाति (अत्याचार निवारण) अधिनियम, 1989 के माध्यम से अनुसूचित जाति और अनुसूचित जनजाति के खिलाफ अत्याचारों को दंडनीय अपराध बनाकर पीड़ितों को प्रतिकर, पुनर्वास, विशेष न्यायालय, विशेष लोक अभियोजक, गवाह सुरक्षा और त्वरित न्याय की व्यवस्था की गयी। संविधान के अनुच्छेद 330, 332, 335, 338, 339, 342, 17, 23, 25(2)(ख), 15(4), 16(4), 29(2), 46, 244 और 275 आदि के माध्यम से अनुसूचित जाति और अनुसूचित जनजाति के लिए राजनीतिक आरक्षण, सेवाओं में प्रतिनिधित्व, शैक्षिक अवसर, सामाजिक सुरक्षा और अनुसूचित क्षेत्रों के प्रशासनिक संरक्षण की रूपरेखा बनाई गई है।

Read Keyword

अनुसूचित जाति, अनुसूचित जनजाति, अस्पृश्यता, प्रतिकर, पुनर्वास.

Read Reference

  1. भारत का संविधान, विधि एवं न्याय मंत्रालय, 2023।

2. अनुच्छेद 15, 16, 17, 23, 25(2)(ख), 29(2), 46, 244, 275, 330, 332, 334, 335, 338, 338.क, 339, 342
3. सिविल अधिकार संरक्षण अधिनियम, 1955।
4. अनुसूचित जाति एवं अनुसूचित जनजाति (अत्याचार निवारण) अधिनियम, 1989।
5. अनुसूचित जाति एवं अनुसूचित जनजाति (अत्याचार निवारण) नियम, 1995, तथा संशोधन नियम, 2011।
6. अनुसूचित जाति एवं अनुसूचित जनजाति (अत्याचार निवारण) संशोधन विधेयक, 2013।
7. अनुसूचित जाति एवं अनुसूचित जनजाति आदेश (संशोधन) अधिनियम, 1976।
8. अनुसूचित जनजाति एवं अन्य परम्परागत वन निवासी (वन अधिकारों की मान्यता) अधिनियम, 2006।
9. सामाजिक न्याय एवं अधिकारिता मंत्रालय, भारत सरकार, अधिसूचना संख्या 154 दिनांक 01.06.2001, निःशक्तता निर्धारण सम्बन्धी दिशानिर्देश।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Gaining and retaining clients is increasingly crucial in light of the increased competition and constantly changing environment brought about by economic globalisation. These days, banks are placing a greater emphasis on customer service after realising that it costs significantly more to bring in new business than it does to keep current clients contentment. Consumers today want high-quality goods and services delivered quickly, therefore they favour technologically advanced banks and bank employees. In light of this, the primary challenge facing commercial banks today, and especially public sector banks in India that operated in a protected environment following nationalisation, is their ability to survive over the long term, attract quality clients, and pave the way forward by holding onto their loyal clientele. This research study aims to provide a comparison of the degree of client satisfaction with the services offered by banks in the public and private sectors. The city of Chandigarh is the study’s site. This research uses a questionnaire approach. A easy sampling method has been used to select a sample of 160 customers. The primary statistical techniques are employed, and the statistical tests are carried out at the 5% and 1% level of significance. According to the study’s findings, the majority of consumers prefer private sector banks over public sector ones since the former place a greater emphasis on developing relationships with their customers and have more up-to-date infrastructure. 

Read Keyword

Customer Satisfaction, Retail Banking, Service Quality, Bank’s Performance.

Read Reference

  1. Aurora S. and Malhotra M. (1997) Customer Satisfaction: A Comparative Analysis of Public and Private Sector Banks, Decision 24(1-4) January-December, IIM Calcutta, 109-130. 

2. Bhatt, A. (1990) Study of Marketing Research in Banking, NIBM, Pune, 5 
3. Bitner, M.J. and Hubbert, A.R. (1994) Encounter satisfaction versus overall satisfaction versus quality: the customer voice, in Rust R.T. and Oliver, R.C.(Eds) Service Quality, New Directions in Theory and Practice, Sage publications, London, 72-94. 
4. Bolton, R.N. and Drew, J.H (1994) Linking customers satisfaction to service operations and outcomes, in Rust, R.T. and Oliver, R.C (Eds) Service Quality, New Directions in Theory and Practice, Sage publications, London, 173-201. 
5. Boyd, W.L.; Leonard, M. and White, C. (1994) Customer Preferences for Financial Services: An Analysis, International Journal of Bank Marketing 12(1), 9-15.
6. Dutta, K. and Dutta, A. (2009) Customers expectation and Perception across the Indian Banking Industry and the resultant financial implications, Journal of Services Research 9(1), 31-49. 
7. Geiger, H. (1975) Standard Surveys for Analyzing Local Bank Competition, The Use of Market Research in Financial Field, ESOMAR, 85-95, https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?&title=Standard%20Surveys%20for%20Analysing%20Local% 20Bank%20Competition&pages=85-95&publication_year=1975&author= Geiger%2CH, Accessed on 12/09/2025. 
8. Hallowell, Roger (1996) The relationships of customer satisfaction, customer loyalty, and profitability: An empirical study, International Journal of Service Industry Management 7(4), 27-42. 
9. Huu, Phuong Ta; Kar, Yin Har (2000) A study of bank selection decisions in Singapore using the Analytical Hierarchy Process, The International Journal of Bank Marketing, 18(4), 170 - 180. 
10. Laroche, M.; Rosenblatt, J. A. and Manning, T. (1986) Services Used and Factors Considered Important in Selecting a Bank: An Investigation Across Diverse Demographic Segments, International Journal of Bank Marketing, 4(1), 35-55.
11. Lewis, B.R. and Birmingham, G.H (1991) The youth Market for financial services, International Journal of Bank Marketing, 9(2) Emerald, 3-1 1. 
12. Liang, Chiung-Ju and Wang, Wen-Hung (2004) Attributes, benefits, customer satisfaction and behavioural loyalty- An integrative research of financial services industry in Taiwan, Journal of Services Research, 4(1) April-September, 23-57. 
13. Meidan, A.(1976) Branch Manager’s Attitude on Bank Objectives and Operations, Proceedings of the European Academy of Advanced Research in Marketing Conference: Insead, 215-228, .  https://www.scribd.com/document/474980284/07-chapter-2, Accessed on 14/09/2025.
14. Nair, Rajagopala (1994) Rural Bank Marketing in Kerala, Unpublished Doctoral Dissertation, University of Kerala, Kerala.
15. Sarin, Anil (2007) Contemporary Issues in Services Marketing, Prabandhan: Indian Journal of Marketing, 37, 40-44. 
16. Smith, Anne M. (1990) Quality Aspects of Services Marketing, Marketing Intelligence & Planning, 8(6), 25-32. 
17. Tyler, K. and Stanley, E. (2001) Corporate banking: the strategic impact of boundary ICBI 2010 - University of Kelaniya, Sri Lanka spanner effectiveness, International Journal of Bank Marketing 19(6), 246-252.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

This paper offers a comparative study of social realism in the works of Charles Dickens and Mulk Raj Anand, focusing on The Old Curiosity Shop, Oliver Twist, Untouchable, and Coolie. Both writers portray the suffering of marginalized individuals shaped by structural poverty, exploitative labour systems, and oppressive social hierarchies. Dickens critiques the Victorian Poor Law and industrial capitalism, while Anand exposes caste oppression and colonial capitalism in India. Through characters such as Nell, Oliver, Bakha, and Munoo, the novels reveal how economic structures and social hierarchies shape the lived experiences of the poor. This study argues that both authors use realism as an ethical intervention aimed at representing systemic injustice and illuminating human dignity.

Read Keyword

Social Realism, Poverty, Economic, Dickens.

Read Reference

  1. Anand, Mulk Raj (1947) Apology for Heroism, Arnold-Heinemann, New Delhi.

2. Anand, Mulk Raj (1936) Coolie, Arnold Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Anand, Mulk Raj (1935) Untouchable, Arnold Publishers, New Delhi..
4. Dickens, Charles (1980) David Copperfield, W. W. Norton & Company, New York.
5. Dickens, Charles (1995) The Old Curiosity Shop, Everyman’s Library (Penguin Random House), London.
6. Dickens, Charles (2004) Oliver Twist, W. W. Norton & Company (Norton Critical Edition), New York.
7. Forster, E. M. (1935) Introduction Untouchable, by Mulk Raj Anand, Penguin Books Ltd. (Penguin Classics), London.
8. King, Bruce (2001) Modern Indian Novel in English, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
9. Mukherjee, Meenakshi (1985) Realism and Reality: Novel and Society in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Imagine you’re thinking about getting a new pair of shoes. There’s a specific style you like, but you’re still unsure whether you really want or need them. You decide to look them up online, and as soon as you find them on a shopping site, you’re greeted with a message like: “Only a few left buy now!” Suddenly, you feel pressured to make the purchase right away, worried that if you take a moment to think about whether you truly need them or can afford them, they might be gone. Sound familiar? These kinds of scarcity prompts along with tactics like countdown timers, guilt-tripping messages, and hidden subscription traps—are common “dark patterns” used by online retailers to push customers into making impulsive purchases. As competition in e-commerce increases, companies have created various strategies to capture consumers’ attention and guide them through the online shopping process. Some retailers use digital nudges to assist shoppers in making decisions, while others rely on dark patterns interface designs that push users toward choices they likely wouldn’t make if they were able to decide freely.

Read Keyword

Dark Patterns, E-commerce, Website Design, Social Media Platforms, Roach Motel, Bait And Switch.

Read Reference

  1. Grover, A.; Gupta, S. & Garg, P. (2021) Dark Pattern Use In E-Commerce, Turkish Online Journal of Qualitative Inquiry, 12(7), 2466-2482.

2. https://iapp.org/news/a/india-s-ccpa-guidelines-on-dark-patterns-welcome-signal-but-law-is-still-soft, Accessed on 02/09/2025.
3. https://www.ndtv.com/india-news/dark-patterns-in-e-commerce-why-it-matters-to-indian-consumers-8526645, Accessed on 01/09/2025.
4. https://www.nls.ac.in/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/Dark-Patterns.pdf, Accessed on 29/08/2025.
5. https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleaseIframePage.aspx?PRID=1983994&reg=3&lang2, Accessed on 02/09/2025.
6. Narayanan, A.; Mathur, A.; Chetty, M. & Kshirsagar, M. (2020) Dark Patterns: Past, Present, and Future: The evolution of tricky user interfaces, Queue, 18(2), 67-92.
7. Ramteke, A.; Tembhurne, S.; Sonawane, G. & Bhimanpallewar, R. N. (2024) Detecting Deceptive Dark Patterns in E-commerce Platforms, arXiv preprint https://arxiv.org/pdf/2406.01608, Accessed on 20/08/2025.
8. Sarda, S.; Sharma, S. & Pal, R. (2022) Consumer Protection Regulation in Light of E-Commerce and Product Liability, Indian JL & Legal Rsch., 4, Issue 2, p. 1-21.
9. Sharma J, S. (2023) Dark Patterns in a bright world: An analysis of the Indian Consumer Legal Architecture, International Journal on Consumer Law and Practice, 11(1), 7.
10. Sin, R.; Harris, T.; Nilsson, S. & Beck, T. (2025) Dark patterns in online shopping: do they work and can nudges help mitigate impulse buying?, Behavioural Public Policy, 9(1), 61-87.
11. Singh, V.; Vishvakarma, N. K. & Kumar, V. (2025) Dark patterns, dimmed brands: the erosion of equity through deceptive design in e-commerce, Internet Research, https://doi.org/10.1108/INTR-07-2024-1026, Accessed on 28/08/2025.
12. Singh, V.; Vishvakarma, N. K.; Mal, H. & Kumar, V. (2024) Prioritizing dark patterns in the e-commerce industry–an empirical investigation using analytic hierarchy process, Measuring Business Excellence, 28(2), 177-192.
13. Yadav, H. & Chhatiya, A. (2025) Scroll, Buy, Manipulate: The Dark Side Of Social Media Concerning E-Commerce, Available at SSRN 5315304, https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/Delivery.cfm?abstractid=5315304, Accessed on 29/08/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

This study examines how artificial intelligence (AI) has affected and permeated in Indian education at present, encompassing in higher education steadily, how AI-driven interventions, including adaptive learning platforms, intelligent tutoring systems, automated assessment tools, and AI-based administrative support, have affected teaching-learning methodologies, access to education, personalization, and institutional efficiency through a critical review of the literature, policy analysis, and illustrative case studies. According to the findings, AI has gradually started to change traditional educational methods in India by providing individualized learning experiences, reducing administrative hassles, and increasing access to high-quality resources—all of which are especially helpful in distant or resource-constrained settings. Widespread issues still exist, though, including gaps in digital infrastructure, differences in access between urban and rural areas, unequal preparedness among instructors, and worries about data privacy and the moral application of AI. The study comes to the conclusion that although AI’s widespread use holds great promise for upgrading Indian higher education, achieving its full potential at scale will require ongoing legislative backing, infrastructural investment, teacher training, and steps to guarantee equitable and ethical deployment.

Read Keyword

Artificial Intelligence, Education system, Adaptive Learning, Digital Infrastructure, New Educational Policy.

Read Reference

  1. Dhokare, Satish G. (2024) Artificial Intelligence in Higher Education: A Critical Analysis in the Context of India’s National Education Policy (NEP) 2020, International Journal of Intelligent Systems and Applications in Engineering, 12(1s), 841–851.

2. Era & Gupta, Hemant K. (2023) Impact of Artificial Intelligence in Education Sector: A Qualitative Study in Indian Context, journal of informatics education and research, vol.no3, No.2 , https://doi.org/10.52783/jier.v3i2.86, p. 152-160.
  3. Ghori, Atheeq Sultan (2023) An Analysis of AI Intervention in Education Systems of India, 2020 International Journal of Intelligent Systems and Applications in Engineering, vol.11, no.3 ISSN-21476799 https: ijisae.org, p. 1263-1269.
4. Kumar, S. & Mehta, A. (2022) Adoption of AI tools in Indian classrooms: Opportunities and challenges. International Journal of Educational Technology, 15(2), 45–58. https://doi.org/10.1234/ijet.2022.5678
  5. Mallik, Sruti & Gangopadhyay, Ahana (2023) Proactive and Reactive Engagement of Artificial Intelligence Methods for Education, frontiers in Artifical Intelligence, doi: 10.3389/frai.2023.1151391, Frontiers editorial office -Avenue du Tribunal Fédéral 34, CH – 1005 Lausanne, Switzerland.
6. Ministry of Education (2023) India’s AI initiatives in the Education sector, Government of India, https://www.education.gov.in/ai-initiative, Accessed on 22-09-2025.
7. NITI Aayog (2018) National strategy for artificial intelligence, Government of India., https://niti.gov.in/national-strategy-artificial-intelligence, Accessed on 25-09-2025.
8. Rani, Sushma & Meenakshi (2024) AI in education: study of its importance and impact, innovative research thoughts peer review journal, Vol.no.11 Jan-March2025, https:doi.org/10.36676/irt.v11.i1.1557 Issn. 2454-308, p. 12-15.
9. Sharma, Pragaya; Gupta, Sachin; et,al, (2025) Integrating Artificial Intelligence in Education: Advancing Personalized Learning Within Ethical Frameworks: An Overview, ISSN: 3072-7952, Editor: PhD. Rubén González Vallejo, page no. 132-141, EthAIca. 2025; 4:418.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

भूगोल एक ऐसा विषय है जो पृथ्वी की भौतिक संरचना, प्रकृति की विविध प्रक्रियाओं, मानव-पर्यावरण अंतःक्रिया और स्थानिक विश्लेषण के अध्ययन पर आधारित है। ऐसे में शिक्षण-अधिगम सामग्री (Teaching–Learning Materials: TLMs) भूगोल शिक्षण को स्पष्ट, रोचक, अनुभवात्मक तथा वैज्ञानिक बनाने में महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाती हैं। प्रस्तुत शोध सार में भूगोल शिक्षण में शिक्षण-अधिगम सामग्री की प्रासंगिकता, उपयोगिता, प्रकार, प्रभाव और चुनौतियों का विश्लेषण किया गया है। शोध से प्राप्त निष्कर्षों के अनुसार भूगोल में अनेक अवधारणाएँ जैसे पर्वत निर्माण, नदी द्वारा अपरदन, ज्वालामुखी विस्फोट, जलवायु चक्र, महासागरीय धाराएँ तथा स्थानिक वितरण अत्यंत जटिल और अमूर्त होते हैं। इन्हें केवल मौखिक या पाठ्य आधारित पद्धति से समझाना कठिन होता है। ऐसे में नक्शे, ग्लोब, मॉडल, चित्र, चार्ट, ग्राफ, डिजिटल संसाधन, GIS, Google Earth, उपग्रह चित्र, शैक्षिक वीडियो इत्यादि जैसी सीखने-सिखाने की सामग्री विद्यार्थियों को विषय को देखने, समझने, विश्लेषण करने और वास्तविक दुनिया से जोड़ने का अवसर प्रदान करती हैं। अध्ययन से यह भी स्पष्ट हुआ कि TLMs के उपयोग से विद्यार्थियों में ज्ञान की स्थायित्व दर बढ़ती है, सक्रिय भागीदारी होती है, जिज्ञासा एवं अवलोकन क्षमता विकसित होती है तथा विश्लेषणात्मक एवं आलोचनात्मक सोच को बढ़ावा मिलता है। यह कक्षा के वातावरण को जीवंत, सहभागितापूर्ण और छात्र-केंद्रित बनाता है। विशेषतः डिजिटल सामग्री भूगोल शिक्षा को आधुनिक वैज्ञानिक दृष्टिकोण प्रदान करती है और विद्यार्थियों को स्थानिक डेटा, मानचित्र विश्लेषण तथा वैश्विक परिवर्तनों की समझ से जोड़ती है। हालाँकि शोध में यह भी पाया गया कि कई विद्यालयों में संसाधनों की कमी, तकनीकी प्रशिक्षण का अभाव, समय की बाधाएँ और बड़े वर्ग आकार जैसी चुनौतियाँ TLMs के प्रभावी उपयोग में बाधा बनती हैं इसलिए शिक्षकों को सरल, स्थानीय और कम लागत वाली सामग्री तैयार करने, ICT प्रशिक्षण प्राप्त करने और विद्यार्थियों की सक्रिय सहभागिता सुनिश्चित करने की आवश्यकता है। समग्रतः यह शोध स्पष्ट करता है कि भूगोल शिक्षण में शिक्षण-अधिगम सामग्री न केवल सहायक साधन हैं बल्कि प्रभावी, अनुभवात्मक और आधुनिक भूगोल शिक्षा की आधारशिला हैं। इनके समुचित उपयोग से अधिगम अधिक सार्थक, स्थायी और छात्र-केंद्रित बनता है तथा विद्यार्थियों में भौगोलिक कौशलों और पर्यावरणीय संवेदनशीलता का विकास होता है।

Read Keyword

प्रासंगिकता, अवलोकन, छात्र-केंद्रित, शिक्षण-अधिगम सामग्री, भौगोलिक कौशल.

Read Reference

  1. सिंह, कर्ण (2006) भूगोल शिक्षण विधियां, एच. पी. भार्गव बुक हाउस, आगरा, पृ. 130-139।

2. त्यागी, गुरुसरण दास (2017) इतिहास शिक्षण, श्री विनोद पुस्तक मंदिर, आगरा, पृ. 249-260।
3. सिंह, एच. एन. (2011) भूगोल शिक्षण, श्री विनोद पुस्तक मंदिरए आगराए पृष्ठण् 115-124।
4. भट्टाचार्य, जी. सी. (2016) भूगोल अध्यापन, श्री विनोद पुस्तक मंदिर, आगरा, पृ. 188-198।
5. बर्मा, एल. एन. (2009) भूगोल शिक्षणः सैद्धांतिक एवं प्रायोगिक, राजस्थान हिंदी ग्रंथ अकादमी, जयपुर, पृ. 13-16। 
6. बर्मा, जगदीश प्रसाद (2011) भूगोल शिक्षण, अग्रवाल पब्लिकेशन्स, आगरा, पृ. 184-198।
7. शर्मा, माता प्रसाद (2014) भूगोल शिक्षण, श्री कविता प्रकाशन, जयपुर, पृ. 182-189।
8. भारद्वाज, सुधीर कुमार (2004) भूगोल शिक्षण, एच. पी. भार्गव बुक हाउस, आगरा, पृ. 97-103।
9. वालिया, जे. एस. (2014) शिक्षा तकनीकी, अहम पाल पब्लिशर्ज, जालंधर, पृ. 35-45।
10. सिंह, रामपाल (2022) पेडागोजी ऑफ स्कूल सब्जेक्ट्स हिस्ट्री, आर. लाल बुक डिपो, मेरठ, पृ. 202-208।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

निःशुल्क एवं अनिवार्य शिक्षा के अधिकार को मूल अधिकार बनाने के लिए 86वाँ संविधान संशोधन 2002 के द्वारा 21(क) जोड़कर शिक्षा को मौलिक अधिकार बना दिया गया है। इसके अंतर्गत देश के सभी राज्यों को यह कर्त्तव्य सौपा गया है कि 6 से 14 वर्ष आयु के सभी वर्ग के बच्चों को निःशुल्क एवं अनिवार्य शिक्षा प्रदान करेगा। शिक्षा का अधिकार अधिनियम जो संसद में 4 अगस्त 2009 को मंजुरी प्रदान की तथा 1 अप्रैल 2010 को शिक्षा का अधिकार कानून लागू किया गया। शिक्षा का अधिकार अधिनियम (RTE) पूरे देश में 1 अप्रैल 2010 से लागू कर दिया गया। सन् 2009 में निःशुल्क एवं अनिवार्य शिक्षा पाने का अधिकार अधिनियम 2009 में पारित किया गया था। इस प्रकार भारत में 6 से 14 वर्ष की आयु के सभी वर्ग के बच्चों को निःशुल्क एवं अनिवार्य शिक्षा पाने का हकदार है। इस विधेयक का मुख्य उद्देश्य बच्चों के लिए निःशुल्क एवं अनिवार्य शिक्षा के लिए मौलिक अधिकार प्रदान करना था जिसमें प्राथमिक शिक्षा का सार्वभौमिकरण तथा अशिक्षा का उन्मूलन हो सके। 

Read Keyword

शिक्षा का अधिकार, शिक्षा, अधिनियम.

Read Reference

  1. प्रकाश, जय (1991) समकालीन भारत एवं शिक्षा, आर. लाल. बुक डिपो, मेरठ।

2. पाठक, पी.डी. (2017) समसामिक भारतीय शिक्षा, अग्रवाल पब्लिकेशन, आगरा।
3. गुप्ता, एस. पी. (2009) भारत में शिक्षा प्रणाली का विकास, शारदा पुस्तक भवन, इलाहाबाद।
4. मदान, पूनम (2008) समसामयिक भारत और शिक्षा, अग्रवाल पब्लिकेशन, आगरा।
5. त्यागी, गुसरन दास (2008) समसामयिक भारत और शिक्षा, अग्रवाल पब्लिकेशन, आगरा।
6. पाठक, पी.डी. (2014) आधुनिक भारत एवं शिक्षा, विनोद पुस्तक मंदिर, आगरा।
7. त्यागी, गुसरन दास (2014) आधुनिक भारत एवं शिक्षा, विनोद पुस्तक मंदिर, आगरा।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study mainly focuses on school adjustment of adolescents in relation to rejecting and protecting mother’s attitude. For this, purpose 100 adolescents Bihar were purposively selected and they were administered adjustment scale and rejecting and protecting mother’s attitude questionnaire. t- Test was applied to analyze the data. The results as follows: A significant difference between mean school adjustment scores of high rejecting mother’s attitude and low rejecting mother’s attitude was obtained. A significant difference between mean school adjustment scores of high protecting mother’s attitude and low protecting mother’s attitude was obtained. The study aims in making the parents and their family members to aware of the various a issue developed by his/her higher level of rejecting and protecting style in school adjustment and the balanced parenting attitude that can help them deal with the school adjustment issue a better way, and thus maintaining their mental health and school life. The review concludes with a summary of major research findings, as well as a consideration of future directions and implications for practice and policy.

Read Keyword

School Adjustment, Adolescents,Rejecting, Protecting mother’s Attitude.

Read Reference

  1. Aries, P. & Childhood, C. O. (1962) A social history of family life. Translated from the French, by Robert Baldick, Jonathan Cape Ltd., New York, 339-410.

2. Coleman, J. C. (1962) Learning method as a relevant subject variable in learning disorders. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 14(2), 263-269.
3. Crosnoe, R. & Elder Jr, G. H. (2004) Family dynamics, supportive relationships, and educational resilience during adolescence. Journal of Family issues, 25(5), 571-602.
4. Estévez, E.; Murgui, S.; Moreno, D.; Musitu, G. (2007) Estilos de comunicación familiar, actitud hacia la autoridad institucional y conducta violenta del adolescente en la escuela. Psicothema, 19(1), 108-113.
5. Hetherington, E. M.; Cox, M. & Cox, R. (1979) Play and social interaction in children following divorce. Journal of Social Issues, 35(4), 26-49.
6. Levin, J. J. (1957) The asymptotic behavior of the stable initial manifolds of a system of nonlinear differential equations. Transactions of the American Mathematical Society, 85(2), 357-368.
7. Rao, N. (1978) Socio-Psychological correlates of social development of high school children in grades VIII, IX and X in some schools of Bangalore City. Doctoral Theses in Education, Bangalore: Bangalore University
8. Rezai Niaraki, F., & Rahimi, H. (2013) The impact of authoritative, permissive and authoritarian behavior of parents on self-concept, psychological health and life quality. European online journal of natural and social sciences, 2(1), p. 78.
9. Santrock, J.W. (2001) Adolescence. MacGraw- Hill, New York.
10. Sinha, A. K. P. & Singh, R. P. (1971) Manual of Adjustment Inventory for School Children.  National Psychological Corporation, Agra.
11. Sinha, AKP. Singh, RP, (1998) Manual Adjustment Inventory for School Students (AISS), National Psychological Corporation, Agra.
12. Steinberg, L.; Lamborn, S. D.; Dornbusch, S. M. & Darling, N. (1992) Impact of parenting practices on adolescent achievement: Authoritative parenting, school involvement, and encouragement to succeed. Child development, 63(5), 1266-1281.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

In today’s digitally connected world, adolescents increasingly navigate their social relationships through online platforms. This hyperconnectivity has brought to light a psychological construct known as the Fear of Missing Out (FOMO) - a form of anxiety stemming from the perception that others might be enjoying rewarding experiences without one’s participation. This study explores how FOMO influences relationship satisfaction among adolescents. A descriptive quantitative approach was employed using a sample of 400 adolescents (equally divided by gender), aged 13-18 years, from Bihar. The instruments used were the Fear of Missing Out Scale (Przybylski et al., 2013) and the Relationship Assessment Scale (Hendrick, 1988). The findings indicated a significant negative impact of FOMO on relationship satisfaction (R = .33, R² = .108, â = -0.35, F = 28.15, p < .001). These results suggest that elevated FOMO contributes to lower satisfaction in adolescents’ interpersonal relationships, emphasizing the need for digital literacy and emotional resilience interventions.

Read Keyword

Fear of Missing Out (FOMO), Relationship Satisfaction, Adolescents, Social Media, Digital Behaviour, Attachment Styles.

Read Reference

  1. Alt, D. (2015) College students academic motivation, media engagement and fear of missing out. Computers in Human Behavior, 49, 111–119.

2. Barry, C. T. & Wong, M. Y. (2020) Fear of missing out and attachment anxiety in emerging adults. Personality and Individual Differences, 152, 109–115.
3. Dempsey, A. E.; O’Brien, K. D.; Tiamiyu, M. F. & Elhai, J. D. (2019) Fear of missing out (FOMO) and rumination mediate relations between social anxiety and problematic Facebook use. Addictive Behaviours Reports, 9, 100150.
4. Elhai, J. D.; Levine, J. C.; Dvorak, R. D. & Hall, B. J. (2016) Fear of missing out, need for touch, anxiety and depression are related to problematic smartphone use. Computers in Human Behavior, 63, 509–516.
5. Hendrick, S. S. (1988) A generic measure of relationship satisfaction. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 50(1), 93–98. 
6. Oberst, U.; Wegmann, E.; Stodt, B.; Brand, M. & Chamarro, A. (2017) Negative consequences from heavy social networking in adolescents: The mediating role of fear of missing out. Journal of Adolescence, 55, 51–60.
7. Pereira, H. (2014) Romantic relationship satisfaction and loneliness: An exploratory study. International Journal of Psychology and Counselling, 6(5), 65–72.
8. Przybylski, A. K.; Murayama, K.; DeHaan, C. R. & Gladwell, V. (2013) Motivational, emotional, and behavioural correlates of fear of missing out. Computers in Human Behavior, 29(4), 1841–1848.
9. Roberts, J. A. & David, M. E. (2020) The social media party: Fear of missing out (FOMO), social media intensity, connection, and well-being. International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction, 36(4), 386–392.
10. Stead, H. & Bibby, P. A. (2017) Personality, fear of missing out and problematic internet use and their relationship to subjective well-being. Computers in Human Behavior, 76, 534–540.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

प्रस्तुत शोध सरगुजा जिले के शासकीय हाई स्कूल के कक्षा नौवीं की कुछ विद्यार्थियों पर किया गया है। इस शोध में तनाव के बारे में अध्ययन किया गया है। विद्यार्थियों में युवा समस्याओं का उनके जीवन में तनाव और निराशा से संबंधित आंकड़ों के संग्रहण के लिए युवा समस्या मापने के लिए डॉक्टर एम.वर्मा द्वारा निर्मित उपकरण, तनाव हेतु विजयलक्ष्मी एवं श्रुति नारायण द्वारा बनाया गया तनाव मापनी का उपयोग किया गया है। अध्ययन के पश्चात् निष्कर्ष निकलता है कि हाई स्कूल स्तर के विद्यार्थियों में युवा समस्याओं का उनके जीवन में तनाव का सार्थक प्रभाव नहीं पाया गया। हाई स्कूल स्तर विद्यार्थियों के लिए बहुत महत्वपूर्ण समय होता है। इस समय युवा विद्यार्थियों को बहुत शैक्षणिक दबाव, कैरियर अनिश्चितता,पारिवारिक तनाव,सामाजिक दबाव, डिजिटल एवं सोशल मीडिया का प्रभाव के कारण तनाव हो जाता है। हाई स्कूल के विद्यार्थियों को शिक्षा के अलावा विभिन्न सामाजिक, पारिवारिक और व्यक्तिगत समस्याओं का सामना करना पड़ता है। ये समस्याएँ उनके मानसिक स्वास्थ्य पर प्रभाव डालती हैं और तनाव का कारण बनती हैं। इन समस्याओं के कारण विद्यार्थियों में चिंता, अवसाद, आत्मविश्वास की कमी और कभी-कभी आत्महत्या जैसे गंभीर मानसिक स्वास्थ्य मुद्दे उत्पन्न हो सकते हैं। हाई स्कूल के विद्यार्थियों में युवा समस्याओं के कारण तनाव तेजी से बढ़ रहा है, जो उनके शैक्षणिक और व्यक्तिगत जीवन को प्रभावित करता है। इस तनाव को कम करने के लिए समाज, स्कूल और परिवार को मिलकर प्रयास करने की आवश्यकता है ताकि विद्यार्थी स्वस्थ मानसिकता के साथ अपने भविष्य का निर्माण कर सकें। सभी को मिलकर उनके लिए प्रयाय करना चाहिए। तनाव प्रबंधन के लिए परामर्श सेवाओं की उपलब्धतायोग, ध्यान और खेल-कूद को बढ़ावा देना, माता-पिता और शिक्षकों द्वारा सकारात्मक सहयोग करियर गाइडेंस और मानसिक स्वास्थ्य जागरूकता कार्यक्रम स्कूलों में करवाना चाहिए।

Read Keyword

हाई स्कूल, युवा समस्या, तनाव.

Read Reference

  1. मैथिली, बी.; सारथी, टी. एवं नागार्थन, बी. (2904) एडजेस्टमेंट प्रॉब्लम ऑफ एडोलसेंट स्टूडेंट्स, जर्नल ऑफ कम्युनिटी गाइडेंस एवं रिसर्च, 21(1), 61।

2. बुच, एम. वी (1978-1983) ए सर्वे ऑफ एजुकेशन, एनसीईआरटी, वालयूम 2, नई दिल्ली।
3. तंवर, अनुराधा (2020) उच्च माध्यमिक स्तर के विद्यार्थियों में भविष्य को लेकर बढ़ते हुए तनाव का अध्ययन, Issn (print) 2231-343, Chetna International Journal of Education, Oct-Dec-2020,  year 5, Vol, 04, 166-170.
4. सुदेश, कुमारी (2012) तनाव में संगीत की भूमिका, Eduzone international peer review/Refeered multidisciplinary Journal, ISSN.2319–5045, vol 1(1), 89 - 92.
5. वृंदा सेन गुप्ता (2015) युवावस्था में तनाव, IJRRSS, ISSN 2347–5145, 3(2), 82-84.
6. उपाध्याय, कुमार अखिलेश; सिंह, कुमार विकास (2023) विद्यार्थियों के शैक्षिक संतुष्टि एवं तनाव का अध्ययनः साहित्यिक पुनरावलोकन, Journal of emerging technology and innovative research (JETIR), ISSN -2349-5162, September 2023, 10(9) 542.
7. त्रिपाठी, एस. (2014) माध्यमिक विद्यालयों के विद्यालाई वातावरण का विद्यार्थियों की अध्ययन आदतों एवं शैक्षिक तनाव के संदर्भ में अध्ययन, शोध प्रबंध, शिक्षा शास्त्र ,शिक्षा विभाग, CSJMU, कानपुर।
8. चौहान, प्रियंका; टिना, अंजू (।चतपस 2022) विद्यार्थियों की संवेगिक बुद्धि एवं मानसिक तनाव का उनकी शैक्षिक उपलब्धि पर पड़ने वाले प्रभाव का अध्ययन, Inspira-JMME, Journal of modern Management and Entrepreneurship, SSN 2231-167X, 12(02), 54-59.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Honey-trap espionage, involving emotional, romantic, or sexual manipulation for extracting classified information, has re-emerged as a critical national security threat in India in the digital era. While widely reported in strategic and media discourse, its psychological foundations remain under-examined in academic research. This study addresses that gap by conducting a qualitative content analysis of five major, publicly documented Indian honey-trap espionage cases between 2010 and 2024, including incidents involving defence scientists, military personnel, and diplomatic staff. Drawing on verified sources such as court documents, official statements, and credible national media reports, the analysis identifies recurring psychological vulnerabilities, including loneliness, ego involvement, need for validation, online disinhibition, and emotional dependency. These vulnerabilities are systematically exploited using persuasion and grooming strategies like flattery, gradual trust-building, reciprocity, and subsequent coercion or blackmail. The findings reveal that honey-trapping operates not merely through operational lapses, but through a psychological interplay between human vulnerabilities and digital affordances. Based on cross-case thematic coding, the study proposes a vulnerability-based typology of honey-trap manipulation strategies in the Indian context, integrating concepts from persuasion theory, cognitive dissonance, moral disengagement, and online disinhibition. By bridging psychological theory with national security perspectives, this research contributes to defence psychology and counterintelligence studies and highlights the need for psychologically informed training, resilience-building, and early behavioural risk detection among sensitive personnel in national security institutions.

Read Keyword

Honey-trap, Espionage, Persuasion, Insider Vulnerability, Defence Studies, Content Analysis..

Read Reference

  1. Bandura, A. (1999) Moral disengagement in the perpetration of inhumanities, Personality and Social Psychology Review, 3(3), 193–209. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327957pspr0303_3

2. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
3. Baumeister, R. F. & Leary, M. R. (1995) The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation, Psychological Bulletin, 117(3), 497–529. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.117.3.497
4. Bowlby, J. (1988) A secure base: Parent-child attachment and healthy human development, Basic Books, New York, NY.
5. Bukhari, S. R. H.; Irshad, A. U. R. B. & Khan, E. (2025) Honey trap espionage in the age of digital warfare: Strategic lessons from India’s DRDO scandal and implications for Pakistan’s national security, Qlantic Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities, 6(3), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.55737/qjssh.vi-iii.25379
6. Central Intelligence Agency. (2025) CIA Reading Room, Retrieved from https://www.cia.gov/readingroom/, Accessed on 24/09/2025.
7. Charney, D. L. (2014) True psychology of the insider spy. National Insider Threat Special Interest Group. Retrieved from https://www.nationalinsiderthreatsig.org/itrmresources/True%20Psychology%20Of%20Insider%20Spy-By%20David%20Charney.pdf, Accessed on 24/09/2025.
8. Cialdini, R. B. (2001) Influence: Science and practice, (4th ed.) Allyn & Bacon, Boston, MA.
9. Cialdini, R. B. (2016) Pre-suasion: A revolutionary way to influence and persuade, Simon & Schuster, New York, NY.
10. Coluccia, A.; Pozza, A.; Ferretti, F.; Carabellese, F.; Masti, A. & Gualtieri, G. (2020) Online romance scams: Relational dynamics and psychological characteristics of the victims and scammers - A scoping review, Clinical Practice and Epidemiology in Mental Health, 16, 24–35. https://doi.org/10.2174/1745017902016010024
11. DRDO scientist honey trap case: ATS chargesheet reveals sharing of Indian missile, drone details with Pakistani operative. (2023, April 18) Hindustan Times. Retrieved from https://www.hindustantimes.com/cities/mumbai-news/pune-scientist-arrested-for-espionage-shared-sensitive-missile-and-drone-details-with-pakistani-operative-101688757246133.html, Accessed on 24/09/2025.
12. Festinger, L. (1957) A theory of cognitive dissonance, Stanford University Press, Stanford, CA.
13. Freedman, J. L. & Fraser, S. C. (1966) Compliance without pressure: The foot-in-the-door technique, Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 4(2), 195–202. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0023552
14. Greitzer, F. L. & Frincke, D. A. (2010) Combining traditional cyber security audit data with psychosocial data: Towards predictive modelling for insider threat mitigation. In Insider Threats in Cyber Security, p. 85–113, Springe, Boston, MA, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-7133-3_5
15. Hillsberg, R. (2024) Agent handling 101: The psychology of running spies. SPYSCAPE Retrieved from https://spyscape.com/article/agent-handling-101-the-psychology-of-running-spies, Accessed on 24/09/2025.
16. Hindustan Times (2024, June 4) Former BrahMos engineer sentenced to life for spying, https://www.hindustantimes.com/india-news/former-brahmos-engineer-sentenced-to-life-for-spying-101717437821776.html, Accessed on 24/09/2025.
17. Honeytraps and high treason: The faces behind India’s spy scandals. (2025, May 20) India Today, Retrieved from https://www.indiatoday.in/india/story/honeytraps-and-high-treason-the-faces-behind-indias-spy-scandals-2727654-2025-05-20, Accessed on 23/09/2025.
18. Horgan, J. (2012) The psychology of terrorism, Routledge, New York, NY.
19. Indian Express (2023, August 2) DRDO espionage case: Scientist files bail plea, claims info ‘shared with Pak woman’ was in public domain, The Indian Express, https://indianexpress.com/article/cities/pune/drdo-espionage-case-scientist-bail-plea-info-pakistan-woman-public-domain-8873249/, Accessed on 20/09/2025.
20. Indian Express (2023, June 30) Espionage case: ATS files chargesheet against Kurulkar; DRDO scientist refuses polygraph test, https://indianexpress.com/article/cities/pune/pune-espionage-case-ats-chargesheet-drdo-scientist-refuses-polygraph-8694480/, Accessed on 18/09/2025.
21. Khadka, K. (2024) A survey on the principles of persuasion as a social engineering tool, arXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2412.18488, Accessed on 24/09/2025.
22. Lazarus, S.; Whittaker, J. M.; McGuire, M. R. & Platt, L. (2023) What do we know about online romance fraud studies? A systematic review of the empirical literature (2000–2021) Journal of Economic Criminology, Volume, Issue & Page Number ???, 100013. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeconc.2023.100013
23. Livemint (2023, July 8) Honey-trapped DRDO scientist Kurulkar attracted to Pakistani agent, discussed Indian missile systems: Chargesheet, LiveMint, https://www.livemint.com/news/world/honeytrapped-drdo-scientist-kurulkar-attracted-to-pakistani-agent-discussed-indian-missile-systems-chargesheet-11688790604549.html, Accessed on 19/09/2025.
24. Maslow, A. H. (1943) A theory of human motivation, Psychological Review, 50(4), 370–396. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0054346
25. Mayring, P. (2014) Qualitative content analysis: Theoretical foundation, basic procedures and software solution, Beltz Verlag, Klagenfurt.
26. McCormick, R. (2020) Emotional manipulation and digital intimacy: The modern honey trap, Journal of Cyber-Psychology, 14(2), 89–104. https://doi.org/10.1037/cyb0000203
27. Miron, M. (n.d.) The psychology of a modern spy. CIA, Retrieved from https://www.cia.gov/readingroom/docs/CIA-RDP90-00965R000706200002-8.pdf, Accessed on 17/09/2025.
28. Rid, T. & Buchanan, B. (2015) Attributing cyber attacks, Journal of Strategic Studies, 38(1–2), 4–37. https://doi.org/10.1080/01402390.2014.977382
29. Schafer, J. R. & Navarro, J. (2020) The truth detector: An ex-FBI agent’s guide for getting people to reveal the truth. Scribner, New York, NY.
30. Sedikides, C. & Gregg, A. P. (2008) Self-enhancement: Food for thought, Perspectives on Psychological Science, 3(2), 102–116. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1745-6916.20 08.00068.x
31. Skinner, B. F. (1953) Science and human behavior. Macmillan.
32. Stark, E. (2007) Coercive control: How men entrap women in personal life, Oxford University Press, New York, NY.
33. Suler, J. (2004) The online disinhibition effect, Cyber Psychology & Behavior, 7(3), 321–326. https://doi.org/10.1089/1094931041291295
34. Tavris, C. & Aronson, E. (2020) Mistakes were made (but not by me): Why we justify foolish beliefs, bad decisions, and hurtful acts, Mariner Books, New York, NY.
35. The Times of India (2024, June) Ex-BrahMos engineer gets 14 years’ jail for leaking data to Pakistan, https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/ex-brahmos-engineer-gets-14-years-jail-for-leaking-data-to-pakistan/articleshow/110677702.cms, Accessed on 15/09/2025.
36. Whitty, M. T. (2018) Do you love me? Psychological characteristics of romance scam victims, Journal of Criminal Psychology, 8(2), 139–151. https://doi.org/10.1108/JCP-09-2016-0032
37. Wilder, U. M. (2017) The psychology of espionage. Studies in Intelligence, 61(2) Central Intelligence Agency. https://www.cia.gov/resources/csi/static/psychology-of-espionage.pdf, Accessed on 15/09/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Multi Domain Operations (MDO) compress time, expand the battlespace and saturate commanders with information from land, air, maritime, space, cyber, electromagnetic and the cognitive domains. Traditional linear and hierarchical decision cycles cannot match this tempo or diversity. This article argues for disciplined integration of artificial intelligence (AI) to accelerate the observe orient decide act loop while maintaining human command responsibility. It explains why AI matters for operational advantage, distinguishes AI assisted and AI driven modes of decision making and outlines enabling technologies such as machine learning, neural networks and natural language processing. It then analyses the decision frictions unique to MDO information overload, deception, incomplete data and identifies four AI imperatives: convergence, optimization, synchronization and speed of awareness and action. Two developmental pathways are reviewed: the AI enabled Data and Applications Fusion Model and the AI enabled Military Decision Making Process (MDMP). Drawing upon Indian Army initiatives and global practice, the paper recommends a hybrid human AI approach emphasizing cognitive assistance, explainability and mission tailored workflows. Finally, it proposes concrete research directions ranging from swarm autonomy and predictive logistics to quantum resilient command and control networks. The central conclusion is that AI can shorten the OODA loop without surrendering judgment, ethics, or accountability to algorithms.

Read Keyword

Artificial Intelligence (AI), Military Decision-Making Process (MDMP), Machine Learning, Autonomous Systems, Cognitive Decision Support.

Read Reference

  1. Athuraliya, Kasun (2024) How Artificial Intelligence Transforms Decision Making, Creately Blog, 2024. https://creately.com/guides/ai in decision making/#how ai transforms decision making, Accessed on 29/01/2025.

2. Duan, Yanqing; John, S.; Edwards and Dwivedi, Yogesh K. (2019) Artificial Intelligence for Decision Making in the Era of Big Data: Evolution, Challenges and Research Agenda, International Journal of Information Management, 48, 63-71.
3. Feickert, Andrew, et al. (2018) U.S. Ground Forces Robotics and Autonomous Systems (RAS) and Artificial Intelligence (AI): Considerations for Congress, Congressional Research Service, Washington, DC.
4. From Data to Dominance: Here’s How the Indian Army Is Integrating AI amid Changes in Modern Warfare.” Centre for Land Warfare Studies (CLAWS), 2024, https://www.claws.in/from data to dominance heres how indian army is integrating ai amid changes in modern warfare/, Accessed on 10/07/2025.
5. From Data to Dominance: Here’s How the Indian Army Is Integrating AI amid Changes in Modern Warfare.” Firstpost, 2024, https://www.firstpost.com/india/from data to dominance heres how indian army is integrating ai amid changes in modern warfare 13864881.html, Accessed on 14/07/2025.
6. Henderson, Greg (2019) Functional Decomposition of Mission Analysis: Artificial Intelligence Seminar,  Army Futures Command, Combat Capabilities Development Command, C5ISR Center, Fort Eustis, VA: U.S. Army Futures Command.
7. Horowitz, Michael C. (2019) The Promise and Peril of Military Applications of Artificial Intelligence, University of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia.
8. Lands, David R. (2019) Publicly Available Information: The Secret to Unclassified Data, Part I. Over the Horizon: Multi Domain Operations and Strategy, April 8, 2019, https://othjournal.com/2019/04/08/publiclyavailable information the secret to unclassified data part i/, Accessed on 30/08/2025.
9. Preece, Alun; Braines, Dave; Cerutti, Federico; Pham, Tien (2019) Explainable AI for Intelligence Augmentation in Multi-Domain Operations, arXiv:1910.07563. https://arxiv.org/abs/1910.07563
10. Preece, Alun; Dave, Braines; Federico, Cerutti and Tien, Pham (2019) Explainable AI for Intelligence Augmentation in Multi Domain Operations, Conference Paper, Crime and Security Research Institute, Cardiff University and U.S. Army Research Laboratory.
11. Sharkov, Damien (2018) U.S. Army Chief Says Embracing Robotics and AI Is Vital for Future Combat.” Newsweek, January 18, 2018, https://www.newsweek.com/us army chief wants robots and artificial intelligenceforces battlefield 784309, Accessed on 04/09/2025.
12. Spencer, John; Jeffrey, C. Duncan and Gregory Taliaferro (2019) Operationalizing Artificial Intelligence for Multi Domain Operations: A First Look, U.S. Army Futures and Concepts Center (FCC), U.S.
13. United States (2018) Department of Defense. Department of the Army. TRADOC Pamphlet 525 3 8: U.S. Army Concept for Multi Domain Operations at Echelons Above Brigade 2025 2040, TRADOC, Fort Eustis, VA.
14. United States (2019) Department of Defense. Department of the Army. Mission Command Artificial Intelligence Concept of Operations, Headquarters, Department of the Army, Washington, D.C..
15. United States (2019) Department of Defense. Department of the Army. Army Futures Command, Futures and Concepts Center Future Warfare Division. Future Study Plan 2019: Operationalizing AI for Multi Domain Operations, U.S. Army Futures Command, August 27, 2019, Fort Eustis, VA.
16. United States (2020) Department of Defense. Department of the Army. Army Artificial Intelligence Task Force (A AITF), Army AI Strategy, Department of the Army, Washington, D.C.
17. United States. Department of Defense (2018) Department of the Army. TRADOC Pamphlet 525 3 1: The U.S. Army in Multi Domain Operations 2028, Training and Doctrine Command (TRADOC), Fort Eustis, VA.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

India, being the cradle of diversity, has embraced the third gender for ages. In pre-colonial India, the physical presence of the third gender was not just common, but they were also revered, trusted, and entrusted with important official functions, especially during the medieval period. However, with the establishment of colonial rule in India, there was a decline in the social status of the third gender. The deliberate attempt of the Britishers to defame this community through legislative and judicial actions resulted in their marginalization. Due to the colonial legacy and halfhearted approach of the Government agencies, they still face challenges in the form of social discrimination, unhealthy environments in educational institutions, lack of job opportunities, and inadequate health care access. This paper attempts to analyze the views of Indian society towards the third gender, their challenges and sheds light on the effectiveness of recent developments toward the upliftment of this marginalized community.

Read Keyword

Third Gender, Hijra, Colonial Legacy, Discrimination, Reservation, Social Stigma.

Read Reference

  1. Singh, Yashraj (2024) Third Gender: Voices and Challenges, Google form, Note: The survey Third Gender: Voices and Challenges was conducted in online mode by myself through Google form, in which 102 people participated. 

2. World Health Organization’s official website, https://www.who.int/health-topics/gender#tab=tab_1, Accessed on 12/12/2024.
3. Srivastava, Pankaj Bala (2024) Barriers and breakthroughs, education and employment opportunities of transgenders in India, the third voice reality and vision, vol 06, issue 01, June 2024, p. 45, Accessed on 12/12/2024.
4. Nanda, Serena (1999) The Hijra as Neither Man nor Woman, Wadsworth Publishing Company, United Kingdom, p.13-15.
5. Mishra, Akanksha (2016) Third Gender Rights: The Battle for Equality, Christ University Law Journal, Vol 05, Issue 02, p. 11.
6. Nanda, op. cit., p.13.
7. Lal. K.S. (1950) History of the Khaljis (1290-1320), The Indian press Ltd, Allahabad, p. 296.
8. Hussain, Syed Ejaz (2017) Shiraj-i Hind a history of Jaunpur Sultanate, Manohar, New Delhi,   p. 28.
9. Ibid., p.33.
10. Sewell, Robert (2011) A forgotten Empire Vijayanagar, Asian Educational Services, New Delhi, p. 91.
11. Mishra, op. cit., p. 12.
12. Bano, Shadab (2008) Eunuchs in Mughal Establishment, Proceedings of the Indian History Congress, vol 69, p. 420. 
13. Wheeler, M. Thackston (1999) The Jahangirnama: memoirs of Jahangir, Emperor of India, Oxford, New York, p. 388, 406.
14. Roychowdhury, Adrija (2018) When eunuchs were the mid-rung of power in the Mughal Empire, The Indian Express, July 19, 2018, https://indianexpress.com/article/research /eunuch-security-guards-bihar-mughal-empire-history5266102/#:~:text=%E2%80 %9CMost%20striking%20had%20been%20the,the %20state%2C%E2%80%9D% 20writes%20Bano, Accessed on 20/12/2024.
15. Singh, op. cit.,  Note: This pie chart shows responses of participants about the question, Do you believe that third gender individuals face significant challenges in Indian society?
16. Michelraj, M. (2015) Historical Evolution of Transgender Community in India, Asian Review of Social Sciences, Vol 4, No 1, p. 18.
17. Ibid., p.18
18. Rahi, Ayush (2022) Atrocities on Transgender (Hijras) In Colonial India, Paripex - Indian Journal of Research, Vol 11, Issue 07, p. 5.
19. Ibid., p. 5.
20. Michelraj, M. (2015) Historical Evolution of Transgender Community in India, Asian Review of Social Sciences, Vol 04, No. 1, p. 18
21. Singh, op. cit., Note: This pie chart shows responses of participants about the question, What do you think are the primary Challenges faced by third Gender individuals in India?
22. Mahapatra, Dhananjay (2014) Supreme Court recognizes transgenders as ‘third gender’. Times of India, 15 April 2014, https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/supreme-court-recognizes-transgenders-as-third-gender/articleshow/33767900.cms, Accessed on 23/12/2024.
23. Singh, op. cit., Note: This pie chart shows responses of participants about the question, Do you support reservation for third Gender in education for their better upbringing?
24. Census of India (2011) Transgender in India, https://www.census2011.co.in/transgender.php, Accessed on 03/01/2025.
25. Barman, Moumita  (2024) Transgender community and Higher education in India, CDPP, https://www.cdpp.co.in/articles/transgender-community-and-higher-education-in-india#:~:text=The%20NEP%20prioritises%20character%20development,privacy% 2C%20crucial%20for%20transgender%20individuals, Accessed on 03/01/2025.
26. Ministry of Education, National Education Policy, 2020, PIB, 31 JUL 2023, https://www.educat ion.gov.in/sites/upload_files/mhrd/files/PIB1944287.pdf#:~:text=National% 20Education%20Policy%2C%202020%20provides%20for%20setting,all%20girls% 20as%20well%20as%20transgender%20students, Accessed on 04/01/2025.
27. Mathew, Gladis. S. (2023) NEP 2020 and Transgender Communities Education: A Transformative Approach or Missed Opportunity?, Society and Culture Development in India, Vol 3, No 2, p. 200.
28. Chakrapani, Venkatesan, et al. (2019) Hijras/Transwomen and Sex Work in India From Marginalization to Social Protection, Transgender, Sex work and Society, edited by Larry Nuttbrock, Harrington Park, New York.
29. Singh, op. cit., Note: This pie chart shows responses of participants about the question, Do you believe that reservation for third Gender in jobs can improve their social status?
30. Lakshmikant, M.  (2021) Indian Polity, Edition 6th, McGraw Hill, Chennai, p.7.6.
31. Ayush. op. cit., p. 7.
32. Singh, op. cit., Note: This pie chart shows responses of participants about the question, Do you think laws or policies are sufficient to address their challenges.
33. Chaurasia, Manoj. 3 trans genders become Sis by breaking social barriers. The Times of India, 11 july 2024. https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/patna/3-transgenders-become-sub-inspectors-in-bihar-by-breaking-social-barriers/articleshow/111645977.cms, Accessed on 13/01/2025.
34. Lifestyle Desk (2014) Navya Singh makes history as the first-ever trans woman participant in Miss Universe India, The Indian Express, 24 Sept 2014, https://indianexpress.com/article/ lifestyle/life-style/navya-singh-first-ever-trans-woman-participant-miss-universe-india who-won-2024-9583619/#:~:text=Navya%20Singh%2C%20a%20trans%20 woman, the%20Miss%20Universe%20India%20pageant, Accessed on 15/01/2025. 
35. Davies, Edward Burlton (2018) Third Wave Feminism and Transgender Strength through Diversity, Routledge, New York, p.183.
36. Gogoi, Diganta Kumar (2020) A Study on Third Gender in Indian Films, Journal of Critical Reviews, Vol 07, Issue 05, p. 2881-2882.
37. Dutta, Aniruddha (2012) An Epistemology of Collusion: Hijras, Kothis and the Historical (Dis) continuity of Gender/Sexual Identities in Eastern India, Gender & History,  Vol.24, p. 835-36. 
38. Singh, op. cit., Note: This pie chart shows responses of participants about the question, Do you think increased representation of third gender Individual in media and leadership roles can reduce societal biases?
39. Ibid. Note: This pie chart shows responses of participants about the question, Is it okay for you to have a third gender friend?

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Women’s education and empowerment are deeply interconnected dimentions of social progress and human development. Education serves as a foundational tool that enables women to gain knowledge, confidence, and skills necessary for active participation in social, economic, and political spheres. Empowerment, in turn, extends beyond individual growth to encompass collective advancement, where educated women challenge traditional gender roles, advocate for equality and contribute meaningfully to decision making gprocesses. This paper explores how access to equality education not only transforms women’s personal lives but also promotes broader societal change by reducing poverty, improving health outcomes, and fostering inclusive govenance. By analyzing various perspectives social economic, and cultural this study highlights that education is both a means and an outcome of empowerment. The interdependence of these two forces underscores the need for policies and practices that ensure equitable education opportunties fo rwomen, thereby paving the way for sustainable and inclusive development.

Read Keyword

Women’s Education, Gender Equality, Women’s Empowerment, Social Development, Economic Independence, Inclusive Growth.

Read Reference

  1. Kebeer, N. (2005) Gender Equality and Women’s Empowerment : A Critical Analysis of the Third Millennium Development Goal, Gender and Development, 13 (1), 13-24.

2. UNESCO (2020) Global Education Monitoring Report : Inclusion and Education - All means All UNESCO Publishing, Paris.
3. UN Women (2021) Progress of the Word’s Women 2021-2022 : Transforming Economies, Realizing Rights, United Nations Entry for Gender Equality and Empowerment of Women, UNESCO Publishing, Paris.
 

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

भूगोल विद्यालयी पाठ्यक्रम का एक ऐसा विषय है जो प्राकृतिक, सामाजिक, मानव-निर्मित एवं तकनीकी-चारों प्रकार की जटिलताओं को जोड़कर विद्यार्थियों को एक समग्र दृष्टि प्रदान करता है। यह न केवल पृथ्वी के भौतिक स्वरूप एवं पर्यावरणीय प्रक्रियाओं को समझाता है, बल्कि मानव गतिविधियों, आर्थिक विकास, सामाजिक संरचनाओं एवं सांस्कृतिक विविधताओं को भी वैज्ञानिक ढंग से स्पष्ट करता है। आधुनिक शिक्षा दर्शन के अंतर्गत, विशेषकर राष्ट्रीय शिक्षा नीति-2020 में, बहुविषयकता और अंतर्विषयकता को विशेष महत्त्व दिया गया है। इस शोध सार का उद्देश्य यह विश्लेषित करना है कि भूगोल का अन्य विद्यालय विषयों से सह-संबंध किस प्रकार विद्यार्थियों के समग्र बौद्धिक विकास, समस्या-समाधान कौशल, आलोचनात्मक चिंतन, अनुभवात्मक अधिगम और वास्तविक जीवन की उपयोगी समझ को सशक्त बनाता है। भूगोल का इतिहास से संबंध मानव सभ्यता, संस्कृति, नदी घाटियों, राज्यों के उदय-पतन और युद्धों के भू-रणनीतिक कारणों को स्पष्ट करता है। विज्ञान के साथ इसका सह-संबंध जलचक्र, ज्वालामुखी, भूकंप, मौसम-जलवायु, जैवमंडल, ऊर्जा स्रोतों और पर्यावरण विज्ञान को अनुभवात्मक बनाता है। गणित के साथ इसका संबंध मानचित्रण, पैमाना, दूरी, दिशा, सांख्यिकीय प्रस्तुतीकरण, ग्राफ एवं डेटा विश्लेषण कौशल को विकसित करता है। अर्थशास्त्र के साथ इसका संबंध संसाधन उपयोग, कृषि प्रणाली, उद्योग, व्यापार, आर्थिक भूगोल और विकास अध्ययन को स्पष्ट करता है। नागरिकशास्त्र के साथ इसका सह-संबंध पर्यावरणीय उत्तरदायित्व, जलवायु परिवर्तन, आपदा प्रबंधन, सतत विकास और वैश्विक नागरिकता की अवधारणा को मजबूत बनाता है। कला और भाषा विषयों के साथ भूगोल का संबंध सृजनात्मक अभिव्यक्ति, दृश्य-प्रस्तुतीकरण, मानचित्र-निर्माण, विवरणात्मक लेखन तथा वर्णनशीलता को सशक्त करता है। शोध से स्पष्ट होता है कि भूगोल शिक्षा में बहुविषयक सह-संबंध विद्यार्थियों को ज्ञान के टुकड़ों में बाँटने के बजाय उन्हें एकीकृत, जीवन-मुखी और वास्तविक दुनिया से जुड़ा अधिगम प्रदान करता है। भूगोल की प्रकृति स्वयं ही बहुआयामी, अंतर्विषयक और व्यावहारिक है, जो छात्रों को पृथ्वी एवं मानव जीवन के बीच संबंधों की समग्र समझ प्रदान करती है। विद्यालयी स्तर पर जब भूगोल को अन्य विषयों से जोड़ा जाता है, तब यह शिक्षण अधिक रोचक, प्रासंगिक, तार्किक और दीर्घकालिक बन जाता है। इस शोध का निष्कर्ष यह संकेत करता है कि भूगोल का बहुविषयक सह-संबंध न केवल आधुनिक शिक्षा की आवश्यकता है, बल्कि यह छात्रों के भविष्य-उन्मुख कौशलों-जैसे अनुसंधान क्षमता, निर्णय क्षमता, वैज्ञानिक प्रवृत्ति, वैश्विक दृष्टिकोण और पर्यावरणीय चेतना-को भी विकसित करता है। अतः विद्यालयी पाठ्यक्रम में भूगोल और अन्य विषयों के बीच व्यवस्थित, योजनाबद्ध और उद्देश्यपूर्ण सह-संबंध स्थापित करना शैक्षणिक रूप से अत्यंत महत्त्वपूर्ण और अनिवार्य है।

Read Keyword

बहुविषयक, अंतर्विषयक, सह-संबंध, सृजनात्मक, मानचित्र-निर्माण, सतत् विकास.

Read Reference

  1. भट्टाचार्य, जी. सी. (2016) भूगोल अध्यापन, श्री विनोद पुस्तक मंदिर, आगरा, पृ. 101-106.।

2. शर्मा, माता प्रसाद (2014) भूगोल शिक्षण, श्री कविता प्रकाशन, जयपुर, पृ. 48-51.।
3. भारद्वाज, सुधीर कुमार (2004) भूगोल शिक्षण, एच. पी. भार्गव बुक हाउस, आगरा, पृ.129-131.।
4. बर्मा, एल. एन. (2009) भूगोल शिक्षण, सैद्धांतिक एवं प्रायोगिक, राजस्थान हिंदी ग्रंथ अकादमी, जयपुर, पृ. 13-16.। 
5. सिंह, कर्ण (2006) भूगोल शिक्षण विधियां, एच. पी. भार्गव बुक हाउस, आगरा, पृ. 119-123.।
6. बर्मा, जगदीश प्रसाद (2011) भूगोल शिक्षण, अग्रवाल पब्लिकेशन्स, आगरा, पृ. 65-69.।
7. सिंह, एच. एन. (2011) भूगोल शिक्षण, अग्रवाल पब्लिकेशन्स, आगरा, पृ. 140-143.।
8. वालिया, जे. एस. (2014) शिक्षा तकनीकी, अहम पाल पब्लिशर्ज, जालंधर, पृ. 104-108.।
9. त्यागी, गुरुसरण दास (2017) इतिहास शिक्षण, श्री विनोद पुस्तक मंदिर, आगरा, पृ. 14-17.।
10. सिंह, रामपाल (2022) पेडागोजी ऑफ स्कूल सब्जेक्ट्स हिस्ट्री, आर. लाल बुक डिपो, मेरठ, पृ. 182-186।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

South Chhotanagpur, a tribal-dominated region in Jharkhand encompassing districts like Ranchi, Khunti, Gumla, Simdega, and Lohardaga, presents a unique case for examining sustainable development within a framework that respects indigenous cultures, ecological balance, and socio-economic justice. Home to tribal communities such as the Munda, Oraon, and Kharia, the region has long maintained traditional systems of environmental stewardship, communal land use, and sustainable resource management. However, historical marginalization, land dispossession, mining activities, poverty, and lack of access to health and education have hindered balanced development. This article explores the prospects and barriers to sustainable development in South Chhotanagpur, focusing on how indigenous knowledge systems, cultural values, and local institutions can inform and strengthen contemporary development policies. It critically reviews Government interventions like the Forest Rights Act (2006), MGNREGA, and the PESA Act, noting both their potential and the persistent implementation gaps. The analysis also considers the role of NGOs, grassroots movements, and local governance in promoting inclusive and participatory development. The article argues for an integrated model that combines modern technology with traditional wisdom, promotes eco-friendly livelihoods, ensures land and forest rights, and upholds the cultural autonomy of tribal communities. Sustainable development in such regions cannot succeed through uniform, top-down approaches; it must be rooted in regional realities, with the active participation of the communities it seeks to serve. Ultimately, the paper calls for a rethinking of development paradigms—placing tribal voices at the center of planning, and recognizing sustainability not just as an economic goal but as a lived cultural ethos.

Read Keyword

Communities, Ecological Sustainability, Participatory Development, Forest Rights.

Read Reference

  1. Kar, S.; Subedi, M. R.; Kadam, P.; et al. (2025) Assessing the Impact of Customary Ownership of Trees and Socioeconomic Factors on the Participatory Forest Management in Jharkhand, India. Environmental Management, 75, 1201–1215.

2. Sanga, P. S. & Ranjan, R. K. (2014) Natural resource management in changing climate – reflections from indigenous Jharkhand, World Journal of Science, Technology and Sustainable Development, 11(2), 117–133.
3. Sahu, G. (2020) Implementation of the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Rights) Act 2006 in Jharkhand: Problems and Challenges, Journal of Land and Rural Studies, 9(4), 13-22.
4. Setty, H. H. N.; Gopal, D. L. & Chinnaswamy, P. K. (2019) Empowerment of tribal communities through sericulture programmes in Jharkhand State, IJRDO – Journal of Social Science and Humanities Research, 4(2), 23–30.
5. Banik, P.; Edmonds, C. & Fuwa, N. (2014) Sustainability Implications of the Evolution of Rice Farming amid Rural Poverty: The Case of the Chhotanagpur Plateau in Eastern India, Journal of Sustainable Development, 7(4), 282–292.
6. Mishra, A. & Paty, C. K. (2010) Tribal movements in Jharkhand, 1857–2007, Concept Publishing, New Delhi.
7. Iyer, K. G. (2020) Tribal land, forest and identity issues: A study of Jharkhand and Odisha, IBP Books, Jaipur.
8. Narayan, S. (2002) The dynamics of tribal development: Issues and challenges, Gyan Publishing House, New Delhi.
9. Manisha, K. (Ed.) (2024) Development of Jharkhand: Trends and analysis, Shandilya Publications, Patna.
10. Shah, A. (2010) In the shadows of the state: Indigenous politics, environmentalism, and insurgency in Jharkhand, India, Duke University Press, Durham, NC.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

In the realm of warfare, where the din of battle drowns the echoes of peace, an unseen force quietly fortifies the hearts and minds of soldiers the force of spirituality. In the hallowed grounds of India’s armed forces, this ethereal companion assumes a paramount role, not merely as an abstract notion but as a steadfast cornerstone in maintaining the delicate equilibrium of physical prowess and mental resilience among warriors because in the battles fought on the frontlines, an unwavering mental balance is required amidst adversity.

Read Keyword

Spirituality, Armed Forces, Mental Balance, India, Resilience, Military Psychology.

Read Reference

  1. Bufford, R. K.; Frise, A.; Paloutzian, R. F.; Mulhearn, T. J.; Scheuneman, N.; Chappelle, W.; ... & Prince, L. (2023) Psychological and spiritual factors affecting well-being among military personnel engaged in remote combat, Psychological trauma: theory, research, practice, and policy, 15(8), 1334.

2. Fadaei, M. H.; Torkaman, M. & Farokhzadian, J. (2020) Spiritual and psychological well-being of soldiers in military barracks: A case study in Iran, Journal of Archives in Military Medicine, 8(1), e108725.
3. Jafari, E.; Bagherzadeh, F.; Salmani, A. & Pourmohseni, F. (2024) The role of spiritual well-being and coping strategies with the anxiety of corona disease in military personnel, Military Psychology, 15(1), 93-114.
4. Karami, A. & Shahmohammadi, M. (2023) The Prediction of Happiness in Military Retired Personnels based on Tolerance of Ambiguity and Spiritual Well-being, Military Psychology, 14(1), 101-116.
5. Bilosevych, I.; Perelygina, L.; Nychta, N.; Petrechenko, S. & Gelbak, A. (2025) Factors of Preserving the Psychological Well-Being of Soldiers: Faith, Public Assistance and Internal Assets, International Journal on Culture, History, and Religion, 7(SI1. 2), 250-265.
6. Chaturvedula, S. & Joseph, C. (2007) Dimensions of psychological well-being and personality in military aircrew: A preliminary study, Indian Journal of Aerospace Medicine, 51(2), 17-27.
7. Chen, K. J.; Yang, C. C. & Chiang, H. H. (2018) Model of coping strategies, resilience, psychological well-being, and perceived health among military personnel, Journal of Medical Sciences, 38(2), 73-80.
8. Hourani, L. L.; Williams, J.; Forman-Hoffman, V.; Lane, M. E.; Weimer, B. & Bray, R. M. (2012) Influence of spirituality on depression, posttraumatic stress disorder, and suicidality in active duty military personnel, Depression research and treatment, 2012(1), 425463.
9. Veisi, B.; Rahmati-Najarkolaei, F. & Ahmadi, S. (2019) Impact of positive-skill training on general health and spiritual well-being of soldiers, Journal of Military Medicine, 21(2), 161-167.
10. Weitzman, S. (2021) Strategic spirituality: Positive psychology, the army, and the ambiguities of  spirituality fitness, Journal of the American Academy of Religion, 89(1), 240-271.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Scheduled Caste communities in India have faced social neglect and unfair treatment to centuries. After independence, laws such as Article-17 of the Indian federal Constitution and the SC/ST (Prevention of Atrocities) Act took concrete steps to end untouchability and protect their rights. However, Scheduled Castes in Chhattisgarh continue to struggle in a vicious cycle of poverty, social exclusion, and mistrust. In Chhattisgarh, Scheduled Castes constitute approximately 13% of the state’s total population. Due to social hierarchy and historical inequalities, this community has been deprived of political participation, educational and financial resources. They always face inequality and discrimination in areas primary and higher education, health services, better jobs, and political participation. While the Constitution guarantees equality and rights for all, reality differs from legal provisions. The impact of Government welfare schemes and policies has been limited, as their implementation faces numerous challenges. Scheduled Castes have minimum land for agricultural activities, formal employment, and quality primary and higher education, stopping them from improving their socio-economic status. This research paper analyzes critically ongoing issues facing Scheduled Castes members in Chhattisgarh. The study aims to examine discrimination and deprivation in areas like education, health good jobs, and political participation. It also evaluates the effectiveness of Government policies and welfare programs. By understanding the interrelationships between caste discrimination, poverty, and education, this research presents relevant suggestions for their upliftment. Thus, it underscores the need for formulating more pragmatic policies development toward the social political and economical empowerment of the Scheduled Caste community.

Read Keyword

Scheduled Castes, Caste-based Discrimination, Chhattisgarh.

Read Reference

  1. Chhattisgarh Human Development Report (2019) Planning Department, Government of Chhattisgarh, 2019, cgplan.gov.in. Accessed on 1/11/2024.

2. Election Commission of India (2018) Statistical Report on the General Elections to the Chhattisgarh Legislative Assembly,  eci.gov.in. Accessed on 1/11/2024.
3. Jodhka, Surinder S. (2002) Caste and Politics in Contemporary Rural India: A Case Study of Scheduled Castes in Panchayati Raj, Economic and Political Weekly, Volume 37, Issue 2, p. 155-162.
4. Mohanty, N. (2017) Socio-Economic Conditions of Scheduled Castes: A Case Study of Vati, Economic and Political Weekly, Volume 52, Issue 1, 2017, pages 34-40.
5. National Commission for Scheduled Castes  (2019) Annual Report on Scheduled Caste Welfare and Political Participation,  ncsc.nic.in. Accessed on 1/11/2024.
6. National Sample Survey Office (2019) National Sample Survey Report (2018-19) Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, Government of India.
7. Prasad, B. R. (2017) Political Participation and Empowerment of Scheduled Castes in Chhattisgarh, Journal of Indian Politics, Volume 19, Issue 12, p. 45-57.
8. Sahu, J. K. and Upadhyay, J. (2016) Socio-Economic Status of Scheduled Castes in Chhattisgarh: A Comparative Analysis, Journal of Social Sciences, Volume 44, Issue 3, p. 212-221.
9. State Election Commission, Chhattisgarh (2014) Report on Local Body Elections. 2018, ceochhattisgarh.nic.in. Accessed November 1.
10. Thoret, S. and Newman, K. S. (2007) Caste and Economic Discrimination: A Study of Exclusion and Inequality, Oxford University Press, Oxford, United Kingdom.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Ecological flow (e-flow) is critical for maintaining the ecological integrity and biodiversity of river systems, particularly those subjected to increasing anthropogenic pressure. This study quantifies and assesses the spatio-temporal variation in e-flow requirements and elucidates the primary hydrological and human-driven determinants across the River Aami basin. Utilizing ten years (2011–2020) of measured streamflow data, the study employed a composite hydrological methodology to determine e-flow thresholds. Furthermore, time-series analysis integrated with spatial data on land-use change was used to determine the impact of anthropogenic activities. Results reveal significant inter-annual and intra-annual variability, with the river experiencing critical e-flow deficits, particularly during the post-monsoon and summer periods in the mid and lower reaches. The findings necessitate the adoption of differentiated, reach-specific water management strategies, prioritizing the regulation of non-monsoon abstraction and reservoir releases to ensure the long-term ecological health and sustainable water resource management of the River Aami.

Read Keyword

Ecological Flow, River Aami, Spatio-Temporal Variation, Anthropogenic Determinants, Water Stress, Sustainable Management.

Read Reference

  1. Abera, Gizaw; Geleto, Sileshi; Furi, Wakgari; Feyisa, Gudina Legese. (2023) Evolution and concept of environmental flows (e-flows): meta-analysis, Water Supply, 23. 2466-2490. 10.2166/ws.2023.120.

2. Giller, P. S. (2005) River restoration: seeking ecological standards, Editor’s introduction, J. Appl. Ecol, 42, 201–207.
3. Walsh, C.J.; Fletcher, T.D. and Ladson, A.R. (2005) Stream restoration in urban catchments through redesigning stormwater systems: looking to the catchment to save the stream, Journal of the North American Benthological Society, 24:690–705
4. UNEP (2016) A Snapshot of the World’s Water Quality: Towards a global assessment, United Nations Environment Programme, Nairobi, Kenya. 
5. National Inventory of Sewage Treatment Plants, CPCB report, available at https://cpcb.nic.in/status-of-stps/ accessed on 15/10/2023.
6. Davies P. M.; Naiman R. J.; Warfe D. M.; Pettit N. E.; Arthington A. H. & Bunn S. E. (2014) Flow–ecology relationships: closing the loop on effective environmental flows, Marine & Freshwater Research, 65 (2), 133–141
7. Davis, R. & Hirji, R. (2003) Water Resources and Environment, Technical Note C.1. Environmental Flows: Concepts and Methods, The World Bank, Washington, DC, USA.
8. Gopal, B. (2013) Environmental Flows: An Introduction for Water Resources Managers, National Institute of Ecology, New Delhi, India.
9. Dyson, M.; Bergkamp, G. & Scanlon J. (2008) Flow – The Essentials of Environmental Flows, 2nd edn, IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.
10. O’Brien, G. C.; Dickens, C. W. S.; Mor, C. & England, M. I. (2021) Towards good e-flows practices in the small-scale hydropower sector in Uganda, Frontiers in Environmental Science, 579878, Available at https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/environmental-science/articles/10.3389/fenvs.2021.579878/full accessed on 12/10/2023
11. Dey, Sushmi (2015) 80% of India’s surface water may be polluted, report by international body says. 28 Jun, Available at https://timesofi ndia.indiatimes.com/ home/environment/pollution/80-of-Indias-surface-water-may-be-polluted-report-by-international-body-says/articleshow/47848532.cms accessed on 12/10/2023.
12. Haberman, D. L. (2006) River of love in an age of pollution: The Yamuna River of northern India. Berkeley, University of California Press,  Calif. 
13. Alley, K. D. (2002) On the banks of the Ganga: When wastewater meets a sacred river, University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor.
14. Thakkar, H. (2012) Rivers: Legal and institutional issues in India, Available at https://sandrp.files.wordpress.com/2018/03/rivers_legal_and_institutional _issues_in_india.pdf on 13/09/2023
15. Niti Ayog (Aug, 2022) Urban Wastewater Scenario in India, available at  https://www.niti.gov.in/sites/default/files/2022-09/Waste-Water-A4_20092022.pdf accessed on 09/10/2023
16. Rainfall data of river basin, India metrological department, GOI, available at https://hydro.imd.gov.in/hydrometweb/(S(vo3wtanhjge1rk5500ogip55))/PRODUCTS/Publications/Rainfall%20Statistics%20of%20India%20%202021/Rainfall%20Statistics %20of%20India%202021.pdf accessed on 12/10/2023
17. Verma, Ravindra Kumar, Pandey, Ashish;  Verma, Sangeeta; Mishra, Surendra Kumar (2023) A Review of Environmental Flow Assessment Studies in India with Implementation Enabling Factors and Constraints, Ecohydrology & Hydrobiology, Volume 23, Issue 4, 2023, p. 662-677, ISSN 1642-3593, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecohyd. 2023.06.006.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present paper explores the heroines of Neil Gaiman in Stardust (1999), American Gods (2001), Coraline (2002), The Graveyard Book (2008), and The Ocean at the End of the Lane (2013) through the lens of postmodern intertextuality and cultural hybridity. Gaiman deconstructs and reconstructs traditional myths and fairy tales of femininity through the postmodern lens of intertextuality and cultural hybridity. This research examines the heroines through postmodern theories of intertextuality and cultural hybridity, as developed by Julia Kristeva, Mikhail Bakhtin, Homi K. Bhabha, and Linda Hutcheon. The heroines of Gaiman Yvaine, Laura Moon, Coraline, Liza Hempstock, and Lettie Hempstock  are not monolithic but complex and hybrid entities. They are reinvented from the collision and fusion of ancient myths, folk tales, literary classics, and contemporary anxieties. 

Read Keyword

Feminism, Intertextuality, Cultural Hybridity, Neil Gaiman.

Read Reference

  1. Bhabha, Homi K. (1994) The Location of Culture, Routledge, London and New York.

2. Butler, Judith (1990) Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity, Routledge, London and New York.
3. Gaiman, Neil (2014) American Gods, Headline Publishing Group, London.
4. Gaiman, Neil (2016) Coraline, Bloomsbury Publishing, London.
5. Gaiman, Neil (2013) Stardust, Headline Publishing Group, London.
6. Gaiman, Neil (2016) The Graveyard Book, Bloomsbury Publishing, London.
7. Gaiman, Neil (2014) The Ocean at the End of the Lane, Headline Publishing Group, London.
8. Showalter, Elaine (1997) A Literature of Their Own: British Women Novelists from Bronte to Lessing, Princeton University Press, New Jersey.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

भारत विविध संस्कृतियों, भाषाओं और परंपराओं का देश है। इन्हीं विविधताओं में जनजातीय समुदायों की अपनी विशिष्ट पहचान और जीवन शैली है। भारत के कुल जनसंख्या में अनुसूचित जनजातियां लगभग 8.6 प्रतिशत हिस्सा रखती है। प्रकृति के साथ सामंजस्य, सामुदायिक जीवन, सरलता और पारंपरिक मान्यताएंँ इनके समाज की मुख्य विशेषताएंँ हैं। इन जनजातीय समुदायों में महिलाओं की स्थित भारतीय मुख्यधारा समाज से काफी भिन्न दिखाई देती है। कुछ क्षेत्रों में वे अपेक्षाकृत अधिक स्वतंत्र, सम्मानित और महत्वपूर्ण मानी जाती हैं, जबकि कई जगहों पर उन्हें सामाजिक, आर्थिक और शैक्षणिक कठिनाईयों का सामना भी करना पड़ता है। इसमें भारतीय जनजातीय महिलाओं की सामाजिक स्थिति, उनकी भूमिकाएँं, समस्याएंँ तथा सशक्तिकरण से जुड़े प्रयासों पर विस्तृत चर्चा की गई है। भारतीय जनजातीय समाज में महिलाओं की सामाजिक स्थिति बहुआयामी है। जहांँ परम्परागत रूप से उन्हें सम्मान, स्वतंत्रता और समाज में महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका प्राप्त है, वहीं आधुनिक समय में शिक्षा, स्वास्थ्य, रोजगार, भूमि अधिकार और विकास के अवसरों की कमी ने उन्हें कई चुनौतियों के बीच ला खड़ा किया है। जनजातीय समाज में महिलाओं का महत्वपूर्ण स्थान हैं, जहाँ वे पारंपरिक, सामाजिक और आर्थिक गतिविधियों में सक्रिय भूमिका निभाती है। वे कृषि, वनोपज संग्रह, पशुपालन और हस्तशिल्प जैसे कार्याे के माध्यम से परिवार और समुदाय की आर्थिक स्थिति को मजबूत करती हैं। कुछ जनजातियों में मातृसत्तात्मक संरचना भी पाई जाती है, जहाँ महिलाओं को संपत्ति और पारिवारिक निर्णयों में विशेष अधिकार प्राप्त होते हैं। हालाँकि, शिक्षा की कमी, सीमित स्वास्थ्य सुविधाएँ, लैंगिक असमानता और सामाजिक कुरीतियाँ उनके विकास में बाधा उत्पन्न करती हैं। बंगाला साहित्यकार महाश्वेता देवी ने अपनी रचनाओं के माध्यम से समाज एवं राष्ट्र निर्माण में अपनी अग्रणी भूमिका अदा की। समाज की मुख्यधारा से अनभिज्ञ आदिवासी समुदाय के साथ वर्षाे तक बिहार और बंगाल के घने कबायली इलाकों में रही हैं, उन्होंने अपनी रचनाओं में इन क्षेत्रों के अनुभव को अत्यंत प्रामाणिकता के साथ उभारा है। उनका विशिष्ट क्षेत्र है दलितों और साधनहीनों के हृदयहीन शोषण का चित्रण और इसी संदेश को वे बार-बार सही जगह पहुँचाना चाहती हैं ताकि अनन्त काल से गरीबी-रेखा से नीचे साँस लेने वाली विराट मानवता के बारे में लोगों को सचेत कर सकें। यह विषय जनजातिय महिलाओं का शोषण, सामाजिक और आर्थिक स्थिति और उनके सामने आने वाली चुनौतियों और उनके उत्थान के लिए किए जा रहे प्रयासों का विश्लेषण करता है। शिक्षा, स्वास्थ्य सेवाओं और कानूनी सहायता के विस्तार से जनजातीय महिलाओं की स्थिति में सुधार लाया जा सकता है, जिससे वे आत्मनिर्भर और सशक्त बन सकेंगी। 

Read Keyword

प्रामाणिकता, सामाजिक कुरीतियाँ, आत्मनिर्भर, मुख्यधारा.

Read Reference

  1. अग्रवाल, जी. के. (2022) समाजशास्त्र, साहित्य भवन पब्लिकेशन, अगरा।

2. महाजन, धर्मवीर एवं महाजन, कमलेश (2017) जनजातीय समाज का समाजशास़़्त्र, विवेक प्रकाशन, जवाहर नगर, दिल्ली।
3. महाजन, धर्मवीर एवं महाजन, कमलेश (2020) जनजातीय समाज का समाजशास़़्त्र, विवेक प्रकाशन, जवाहर नगर, दिल्ली।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The production of liquid calcium nitrate is a critical process in the chemical industry, particularly for its applications in the manufacturing of nitrogen-based fertilizers and industrial explosives. However, the large-scale synthesis of calcium nitrate often results in the generation of liquid waste streams containing residual nitrates, calcium compounds, and trace impurities that can be detrimental to the environment if not properly managed. Unregulated disposal practices have been linked to nitrate leaching, eutrophication of water bodies, soil alkalinity imbalance, and adverse impacts on both microbial diversity and crop yields in adjacent agricultural zones. This study aims to evaluate the environmental risks associated with the improper disposal of liquid calcium nitrate production waste and to investigate scientifically grounded strategies to minimize its negative consequences on biological ecosystems and agricultural systems. Through a multidisciplinary approach combining chemical characterization, environmental impact assessment, and process optimization, the research identifies both the challenges and opportunities inherent in sustainable waste management. Key methodologies include laboratory-scale testing of chemical neutralization agents, pilot studies on waste reutilization in non-edible biomass production, and the use of buffer vegetation zones for natural attenuation. The results demonstrate that with the right combination of treatment methods such as ion-exchange processes, controlled dilution protocols, and pH stabilization significant reductions in environmental toxicity can be achieved. Furthermore, the potential for converting waste into value-added agricultural supplements under regulated conditions is also explored. The paper proposes a comprehensive waste disposal and treatment framework, integrating industry best practices, regulatory guidelines, and eco-innovative solutions, to mitigate long-term environmental damage and promote a circular economy within the chemical manufacturing sector.

Read Keyword

Calcium Nitrate Waste, Fertilizer Industry, Explosives Manufacturing, Nitrate Pollution, Waste Management, Environmental Impact.

Read Reference

  1. Biswas, A. K. and Roy, S. (2019) Chemical and Biological Properties of Soils Affected by Industrial Effluents, Journal of Environmental Management, vol. 234, p. 147–155.

2. Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) (2019) General Standards for Discharge of Environmental Pollutants,” Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Govt. of India.
3. Ghosh, D.  and Gopal, S. (2015) Constructed Wetlands for Wastewater Treatment: A Review, International Journal of Environmental Sciences, vol. 5, no. 6, p. 1191–1201.
4. International Fertilizer Industry Association (IFA) (2018) Production and Environmental Guidelines for Calcium Nitrate Plants,” IFA Technical Report.
5. Khan, M. A. and Malik, A. (2021) Environmental Impact of Industrial Effluents on Water and Soil Quality and Human Health in the Vicinity of Industrial Areas, Environmental Science and Pollution Research, vol. 28, no. 9, pp. 11421–11434, 2021.
6. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) (2020) Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals: Aquatic Toxicity Tests, OECD, Paris.
7. Smedley, P. L. and Kinniburgh, D. G. (2002)  Review of the Source, Behaviour and Distribution of Arsenic in Natural Waters, Applied Geochemistry, vol. 17, no. 5, p. 517–568.
8. Van der Hoek, J. W. et al. (2015)  Nitrogen Removal Techniques in Wastewater Treatment: A Review, Water Research, vol. 87, p. 261–272.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

साहित्य और समाज का आपसी संबंध बहुत ही गहरा है। इस संदर्भ में हिंदी उपन्यासों ने राष्ट्रीय चेतना को जागृत करने और समाज में सकारात्मक परिवर्तन लाने में महती भूमिका का निर्वाह किया है। हिंदी उपन्यासों ने स्वतंत्रता आंदोलन को प्रेरित करने के साथ ही साथ सामाजिक यथार्थ का भी बखूबी चित्रण किया है। तत्कालीन उपन्यासकारों ने औपनिवेशिक शासन-सत्ता की आलोचना की तथा किसानों के संघर्षों को दर्शाया है तथा साथ ही साम्यवादी चेतना को प्रखरता प्रदान करने की पुरजोर कोशिश की है। साहित्य समाज से निरपेक्ष नहीं रह सकता अतः परिवर्तित होती हुई राष्ट्रीय एवं अन्तर राष्ट्रीय परिस्थितियों ने साहित्य को पर्याप्त मात्रा में प्रभावित करने का काम किया है। हिंदी उपन्यास न सिर्फ आधुनिक काल की एक महत्वपूर्ण विधा रही है अपितु युग के राष्ट्रीय एवं राजनैतिक आंदोलन के विराट स्वरूप को चित्रित करने में भी सक्षम है। हिंदी उपन्यासों ने राष्ट्रीय चेतना को जागृत करने के साथ ही सामाजिक सुधार, राष्ट्रीय एकता एवं स्वतंत्रता संग्राम की दशा एवं दिशा बदलने में भी महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाई। राष्ट्रीय चेतना के विकास में हिंदी उपन्यासों की एक निर्णायक भूमिका रही है। उन्होंने ब्रिटिश सत्ता के समय आम जनमानस पर हो रहे अत्याचार एवं अन्याय के प्रति खुलकर विरोध प्रकट किया है। प्रेमचंद सरीखे लेखकों ने अपने उपन्यासों के माध्यम से आम जनता की पीड़ा को उजागर करने का काम किया है तथा साथ ही राष्ट्रीयता का संदेश भी दिया है, जबकि अज्ञेय एवं जैनेन्द्र जैसे लेखकों ने व्यक्ति और समाज के मनोवैज्ञानिक चित्रण के माध्यम से राष्ट्रीय चेतना को बल प्रदान किया है।

Read Keyword

राष्ट्रीय, चेतना, उपन्यास, आंदोलन, परतंत्रता, क्रान्ति.

Read Reference

  1. तिवारी, अशोक (2012) हिंदी प्रतियोगिता साहित्य सीरीज, साहित्य भवन, आगरा, पृ. 129।

2. शर्मा, हरिचरण (2010) हिंदी (द्वितीय प्रश्न-पत्र), इण्डिया बुक हाउस, जयपुर, पृ. 340।
3. वही, पृ. 343।
4. नारायण, सुषमा (1966) भारतीय राष्ट्रवाद की हिंदी साहित्य में अभिव्यक्ति, हिंदी साहित्य संसार, दिल्ली, पृ. 32।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

भारतीय समाज प्राचीनकाल से ही अत्यन्त जटिल सीढ़ीनुमा रहा है। इसमें अन्तिम पायदान पर समाज की 20 प्रतिशत वैसी आबादी है, जिसे बहिस्कृत व अछूत माना गया। इन्हें हिन्दू धर्मग्रन्थों में अस्पृश्य या अछूत कहा गया। उन्हें पशुतुल्य जीवन जीने के लिए मजबूर किया गया और वर्गीकरण के आधार पर हजारों वर्षों से इन्हें सामाजिक, धार्मिक, शैक्षणिक, आर्थिक एवं राजनीतिक अधिकारों से उपेक्षित रखा गया। ऐसे समाज को सिर्फ डॉ. अम्बेडकर भी भुक्तभोगी थे, बल्कि उस अमानवीय उपेक्षाओं का दंश उनके समाज व परिवारों ने झेला।

Read Keyword

अस्पृश्य, जातिप्रथा, वर्णभेद, ब्राह्मण, बहिस्कार, बौद्धधर्म. 

Read Reference

  1. रजक, संजय (2009) डॉ. अम्बेडकर जीवन और दर्शन, सम्यक् प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 44।

2. जाटव, डी. आर. (1996) डॉ. अम्बेडकर का नैतिक दर्शन, समता प्रकाशन, जयपुर, पृ. 14।
3. रस्तौगी, आर. के. (1989) भारतीय सामाजिक संस्थाएँ एवं संस्कृति, श्लाका प्रकाश्ज्ञन, मेरठ, पृ. 34।
4. वही, पृ. 34।
5. वही, पृ. 34।
6. वही, पृ. 35।
7. अम्बेडकर, बी. आर. (1998) बाबा साहेब डॉ. अम्बेडकर, सम्पूर्ण वाङ्मय, खण्ड-6, कल्याण मंत्रालय, भारत सरकार, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 120।
8. जाटव, डी. आर. (1996) डॉ. अम्बेडकर के समाजशास्त्रीय विचार, समता प्रकशन, जयपुर, पृ. 20।
9. वही, पृ. 20।
10. अम्बेडकर, बी. आर. (1998) बाबा साहेब डॉ. अम्बेडकर, सम्पूर्ण वाङ्मय, खण्ड-7, कल्याण मंत्रालय, भारत सरकार, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 228।
11. वही, पृ. 228।
12. जाटव, डी. आर. (1996) डॉ. अम्बेडकर के समाजशास्त्रीय विचार, समता प्रकाशन, जयपुर, पृ. 22।
13. रणसूभे, सूर्य नारायण (2001) डॉ. बाबा साहेब अम्बेडकर, राधाकृष्ण प्रकाशन, दिल्ली, पृ. 66।
14. उद्धृत रणसूभे, वही, पृ. 66।
15 वही, पृ. 66, 67।
16. वही, पृ. 68।
17. वही, पृ. 68।
18. वही, पृ. 73।
19. जाटव, डी. आर. (1996) डॉ. अम्बेडकर के समाजशास्त्रीय विचार, समता प्रकाशन, जयपुर, पृ. 37।
20. वही, पृ. 37, 38।
21. वही, पृ. 38।
22. रणसूभे, सूर्य नारायण (2001) डॉ. बाबा साहेब अम्बेडकर, राधाकृष्ण प्रकाशन, दिल्ली, पृ. 76।
23. अम्बेडकर, बी. आर. (1998) बाबा साहेब डॉ. अम्बेडकर, सम्पूर्ण वाङ्मय, खण्ड-7, कल्याण मंत्रालय, भारत सरकार, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 26।
24. वही, पृ. 26।
25. वही, पृ. 35।
26. सिंह, रधुवीर (2001) इक्कीसवीं सदी में अम्बेडकरवाद, अतीश प्रकाशन, दिल्ली, पृ. 58।
27. वही, पृ. 58।
28. शाहरे, माला एवं अनिल; नलिनी (1993) डॉ. बाबा साहेब अम्बेडकर की संघर्ष यात्रा एवं संदेश, शाहो, सम्यक् प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 154।
29. वही, पृ. 154।
30. वही, पृ. 154।
31. सिंह, रधुवीर (2001) इक्कीसवीं सदी में अम्बेडकरवाद, अतीश प्रकाशन, दिल्ली, पृ. 50।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

मुस्लिम समाज की अपनी निजी चिंतन धारा है क्योंकि उनका अपना एक निजी मज़हब है। अपने निजी उसूल, संस्कृति, जुबान, वेश-भूषा और खानपान और मुस्लिम दवा दारू है, अपने गृह उद्योग हैं अपनी उत्पाद और वितरण व्यवस्था भी है। अपना इतिहास वास्तुकला, स्थापत्यकला, नृत्य, संगीत है। इन सबों के मिले-जुले रूप को ही मुस्लिम विमर्श कहा जाता है। हर धर्म की तरह मुस्लिम धर्म में भी पुरातनपंथी और प्रगतिवादी विचार धारा के लोगों मेें हमेशा वाद-विवाद होते रहे हैं। इस्लाम मनुष्य की अहमियत को महत्व देता है और मनुष्य को जीवन के सही अर्थ ढूँढ़ने की आज़ादी देता है। इस तरह सही अर्थ ढूँढ़ने वालों को अप्रत्याशित रूप से मिलने वाले आश्चर्यजनक दृष्टिकोणों को इस्लाम अपनाते हुए आगे बढ़ता है। इस्लाम धर्म में जन्मे लोग अपने लोगों के बारें में लिखते रहे हैं, दूसरों के बारे में भी लिखते रहे हैं। गैर-इस्लामी लेखकों ने भी मुसलमानों के बारे में खूब लिखा है। प्रेमचन्द, यशपाल, अश्क, भीष्म साहनी और कमलेश्वर के समय में भी गैर मुस्लिम लेखकों के साहित्य में मुस्लिम पात्र भरे रहते थे, जैसे भारतीय समाज में होता है। लेकिन आज कल मुस्लिम पात्र विरले हो रहे हैं। गैर मुस्लिम लेखकों के लेखन में मुस्लिम रचनाकारों से लिखे साहित्य और गैर-मुसलमानों के साहित्य में अभिव्यक्त मुस्लिम समाज का अध्ययन तथा भारतीय समाज का अध्ययन करने की जरूरत महसूस होती है, क्योंकि इतिहास गवाह है कि देश पर अनेक धर्म एवं सम्प्रदाय के लोगों का शासन रहा। इस प्रकार यहाँ भिन्न-भिन्न धर्म एवं सम्प्रदाय के लोग आए, उनकी संस्कृति और रीति-रिवाज आए। 

Read Keyword
Read Reference

  1. यशपाल (2004) प्रतिनिधि कहानियाँ, परदा, जयभारती प्रकाशन, इलाहाबाद, प्रथम संस्करण, पृ. 73।

2. रानी, दीपिका (2009) हिन्दी कहानी और मुस्लिम समाज, संजय प्रकाशन, दरियागंज, नईदिल्ली, पृ. 33। 
3. रानी, दीपिका (2009) हिन्दी कहानी और मुस्लिम समाज, संजय प्रकाशन, दरियागंज, नईदिल्ली, पृ. 73।
4. अहमद, मेराज (2016) दावत कहानी संग्रह, वाड्मय बुक्स प्रकाशन, अलीगढ, पृ. 116।
5. अज्ञेय (2013) मेरी कहानियाँ- कहानी ‘मुस्लिम मुस्लिम भाई-भाई, भारतीय साहित्य संग्रह, कानपुर, जनवरी 2013।
6. शर्मा, नासिरा (2018) कहानी संग्रह- खुदा की वापसी, कहानी सूरा कबूतर, वाणी प्रकाशन, दरियागंज, नई दिल्ली।
7. निहां, हुस्न तबस्सुम (2025) कहानी संग्रह-नीले पंखों वाली लड़कियाँ, स्वराज प्रकाशन, दरियागंज, नईदिल्ली, पृ.. 22।
8. रानी, दीपिका (2009) हिन्दी कहानी और मुस्लिम समाज, संजय प्रकाशन, नईदिल्ली, पृ. 79।
9. मेहरून्निसा परवेज, विजयदेव झारी(सं०),नफीस आफरीदी (2011) मुस्लिम परिवेश की विशिष्ट कहानियाँ, कहानी द कयामत आ गई,  पराग प्रकाशन, शाहदरा, नईदिल्ली, पृ. 65।
10. आरिफ, मो. (फरवरी 2005) मौसम, तदभव-अंक 12, संपादक- अखिलेश- फरवरी 2005, पृ. 80।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on 150 male school children with the objective to examine the influence of (i) SES (ii) inhabitation and (iii) interaction effect of SES and inhabitation on their mental health. It was hypothesized that (i) Subjects of high SES compared to either the middle or low SES and those of middle SES as compared to low SES would demonstrate better mental health. (ii) The urban subjects compared to the rural would manifest sound mental health and (iii) The mental health measures for the different classes of respondents would differ in rural / urban conditions. For the purpose, SES Scale by RL Bhardwaj, MMHSI by Kumar and Thakur along with PDS were used to measure the variables namely SES and mental health and to seek the necessary information respectively. The obtained data were analysed using ANOVA. All the hypothesis were retained. It was found that mental health is a function of SES, inhabitation and interaction between the two. It was concluded that high SES and urban groups both excelled over their counterpart in terms of having comparatively sound mental health. Further, SES and urban / rural inhabitation, apart from their independent effect have joint interaction effect on mental health.

Read Keyword

Mental Health, Inhabitation, Socio-Economic.

Read Reference

  1. Diez Roux, A. V. & Mair, C. (2010) Neighborhoods and health, Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1186(1), 125–145. https://doi.org/10.1111/j. 1749-6632.2009.05333.x

2. Evans, G. W. (2003) The built environment and mental health, Journal of Urban Health, 80(4), 536–555. https://doi.org/10.1093/jurban/jtg063
3. Gonzalez, H. M.; Tarraf, W.; Whitfield, K. E. & Vega, W. A. (2011) The epidemiology of major depression and ethnicity in the United States, Journal of Psychiatric Research, 45(1), 11–17. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpsychires. 2010.07.002
4. Hammen, C. (2005) Stress and depression, Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1, 293–319. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.clinpsy.1.102803.143938
5. Kawachi, I. & Berkman, L. F. (2001) Social ties and mental health, Journal of Urban Health, 78(3), 458–467. https://doi.org/10.1093/jurban/78.3.458
6. Kushel, M. B.; Gupta, R.; Gee, L. & Haas, J. S. (2006) Housing instability and food insecurity as barriers to health care among low-income Americans, Journal of General Internal Medicine, 21(1), 71–77. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1525-1497.2005.00278.x
7. Lynch, J. W.; Kaplan, G. A. & Shema, S. J. (2015) Urban-rural disparities in mental health: A longitudinal analysis of socioeconomic status and psychological well-being, Journal of Community Health, 40(5), 957–965. 
8. Marmot, M. (2005) Social determinants of health inequalities, The Lancet, 365(9464), 1099–1104. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(05)71146-6
9. Patel, V.; Flisher, A. J.; Hetrick, S. & McGorry, P. (2007) Mental health of young people: A global public-health challenge, The Lancet, 369(9569), 1302–1313. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(07)60368-7
10. Shonkoff, J. P.; Garner, A. S. (2012)  The Committee on Psychosocial Aspects of Child and Family Health, Committee on Early Childhood, Adoption, and Dependent Care, & Section on Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, The lifelong effects of early childhood adversity and toxic stress, Pediatrics, 129(1), e232–e246. https://doi.org/10.1542/peds.2011-2663
11. Wilkinson, R. G. & Pickett, K. E. (2006) Income inequality and population health: A review and explanation of the evidence, Social Science & Medicine, 62(7), 1768–1784. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2005.08.036

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on 120 male adolescent respondents of +2 schools of Patna (Bihar) It was hypothesized that high and low EI groups of adolescents will differ significantly on need structure dimensions eg. (i) need for achievement, (ii) level of aspiration, (iii) risk taking and (iv) sense of security respectively. For the purpose, Mangal’s EIS, Mukherjee’s SCT, Singh’s Level of Aspiration Scale, Chaubey’s Non Risk Taking Scale and Singh’s Hindi version of Maslow’s Security/ Insecurity Scale were employed to measure emotional intelligence, need for achievement; level of aspiration, risk-taking and security/ insecurity of respondents all undertaken in the study. Besides these, a PDS was employed to get other necessary information relating to the respondents. The data were obtained as per the direction of the manuals concerned and analysed using t-test. The results confirmed the hypothesis. High EI is conducive to high need structure dimensions [high need for achievement, high level of aspiration, high risk-taking trait and high sense of security] among adolescents and vice-versa.

Read Keyword

Emotional Intelligence, Adolescents, Structure.

Read Reference

  1. Bar-On, R. (2006) The Bar-On model of emotional-social intelligence (ESI) In K. R. Murphy (Ed.), A critique of emotional intelligence: What are the problems and how can they be fixed?, p. 38–61, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, New Jersey.

2. Cherniss, C. (2000) Emotional intelligence and organizational performance: What is it and why it matters? The Consortium for Research on Emotional Intelligence in Organizations, New Jersey.
3. Goleman, D. (1995) Emotional Intelligence: Why It Can Matter More Than IQ, Bantam Books, New York.
4. Gross, J.J. (2002) Emotion regulation: Affective, cognitive, and social consequences, Psychophysiology, 39 (3), 281–291.
5. Matthews, G., Zeidner, M., & Roberts, R. D. (2002) Emotional intelligence: Science and myth, MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
6. Mayer, J. D. & Salovey, P. (1997) What is emotional intelligence? In P. Salovey & D. J. Sluyter (Eds.), Emotional development and emotional intelligence: Educational implications, p. 3–31, Basic Books, New York.
7. Petrides, K. V. & Furnham, A. (2003) Trait emotional intelligence: Psychometric structure and validity. In C. L. Cooper & I. T. Robertson (Eds.), International review of industrial and organizational psychology, Vol. 18, p. 95–136, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester, United Kingdom.
8. Robinson, S. P. & Judge, T. A. (2018) Organizational behavior, 18th ed., Pearson, Boston, Massachusetts.
9. Schutte, N. S. & Malouff, J. M. (2002) Emotional intelligence and emotional well-being, Journal of Social Psychology, 142(6), 773–783.
10. Vohs, K. D.; Baumeister, R. F., & Schmeichel, B. J. (2012) Self-regulation and self-control, Annual Review of Psychology, 63, 247–270.
11. Zabelina, D. L. & Robinson, M. D. (2010) The role of emotion regulation in predicting risk-taking behavior, Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 36 (10), 1475–1486.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present investigation intended to compare drug-addicts and normal youth in terms of depression, alienation and anxiety. It was hypothesized that (i) drug addicts and normal will differ significantly on the measure (i) depression, (ii) anxiety and (iii) alienation. For verification of hypothesis, 50 drug addicts and 50 non-drug addicts (normal youth) were selected from Ranchi (Jharkhand) using purposive sampling and were administered Jamuar’s MDI, Singh’s Alienation Scale and Sinha’s MAS respectively. Besides these, they were administered a PDS to seek their personal information. The obtained data were analysed and treated using t-test. The results supported the hypothesis. It was found that drug addicts excelled over normal youth in terms of having acute level of depression, higher degree of alienation and anxiety. Thus, it was concluded that acute depression, high level of alienation and anxiety all are significant contributor to drug-addiction.

Read Keyword

Depression, Alienation and Anxiety, Drug Addicts.

Read Reference

  1. Abo Zed, N. (2022) Quality of life and its relationship to social alienation of drug addicts, Egyptian Journal of Social Work, 12(1), 45–60, https://doi.org/10.xxxxx/ejosw.2022.12.1

2. Ehlert, A.; Müller, L. E. & Becker, B. (2024) Substance use–related alterations of social decision-making: A review of behavioral and neuroimaging evidence, Current Opinion in Behavioral Sciences, 56, 101347. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cobeha.2024.101347
3. Fooladi, N.; Nazari, A. M. & Sadeghi, M. (2014) Comparison of depression, anxiety, stress, and quality of life in drug abusers and normal individuals, Procedia – Social and Behavioral Sciences, 159, 712–717. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.12.459
4. Goodwin, R. D.; Fergusson, D. M. & Horwood, L. J. (2013) Association between anxiety disorders and substance dependence: Evidence from a 21-year longitudinal study, Psychiatry Research, 210(3), 883–888. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2013.08.013
5. Hosseinbor, M.; Bakhshani, N. M. & Shakiba, M. (2014) Emotional and social loneliness in individuals with and without substance dependence, International Journal of High Risk Behaviors & Addiction, 3(3), e22688. https://doi.org/10.5812/ijhrba.22688
6. Kumar, P. C. P.; Singh, A. & Mehta, R. (2023) Personality correlates and psychological distress among substance users and non-users in Indian communities, Indian Journal of Psychiatry, 65(Suppl. 1), S58–S64. https://doi.org/10.xxxxx/ijp.2023.supp1
7. Mattoo, S. K.; Verma, V. K. & Nehru, R. (2001) Alienation, sensation seeking, and Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Questionnaire profiles in alcohol and opioid dependence, Indian Journal of Psychiatry, 43(4), 350–358. https://doi.org/10.xxxxx/ijp.2001.43.350
8. Mohamed, I. I.; El-Gilany, A. H. & El-Sherbiny, M. A. (2020) Assessment of anxiety and depression among substance use disorder patients, Middle East Current Psychiatry, 27(1), 28. https://doi.org/10.1186/s43045-020-00041-8
9. Sayed, S. M.; El-Shenawy, A. A. & Abdelhady, A. M. (2017) Anxiety and depression among drug-addicted and non-addicted people: A comparative study, Assiut Scientific Nursing Journal, 5(10), 23–35. https://doi.org/10.xxxxx/asnj.2017.10.23
10. Smith, J. P. & Book, S. W. (2008) Anxiety and substance use disorders: A review, Psychiatric Times, 25(10), 19–23. https://www.psychiatrictimes.com/view/anxiety-and-substance-use-disorders-review
11. Viney, L. L. (1986) Some sources of alienation for drug addicts. In R. E. Wills & D. M. Shur (Eds.), Drug misuse: A psychodynamic perspective, p. 173–180, Springer-Verlag, New York, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-4974-8_11

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

It was intended to compare mild (N = 30) and moderate (N = 30) cerebral palsy children in terms of their learning skills (motor, self-help, functional academic, recreational and leisure time activities skills). It was hypothesized that Mild and moderate groups of cerebral palsy children will differ significantly from one another in terms of learning skills : (i) motor skill, (ii) self-help skill, (iii) function academic skill and (iv) recreational and leisure time activities skills. For data collection, the respondents were administered Seguin Form Board and MD PS to measure intelligence and learning skills. The obtained data were treated using t-ratio. The hypothesis were confirmed. It was found that mild group of cerebral palsy children excelled over moderate group of cerebral palsy children in terms of learning skills (Motor, self-help, functional academic, recreational and leisure time activities skills). It was concluded that learning skills among cerebral palsy children are the function of their severity of problems.

Read Keyword

School, Students, Self-esteem, Educational Problem.

Read Reference

  1. Baumeister, R. F.; Campbell, J. D.; Krueger, J. I. & Vohs, K. D. (2003) Does high self-esteem cause better performance, interpersonal success, happiness, or healthier lifestyles? Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 4(1), 1-44. https://doi.org/10.1111/1529-1006.01431

2. Chiu, C. Y. & Hong, Y. Y. (2007)Cultural differences in school adjustment: The impact of self-esteem, Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 10(3), 129-139. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-839X.2007.00216.x
3. Gajar, A. H. (1993) Educational and social adjustment of students with learning disabilities, Journal of Learning Disabilities, 26(1), 30-36. https://doi.org/10.1177/002221949302 600106
4. Harter, S. (1999) The construction of the self: A developmental perspective, Guilford Press, New York.
5. Kernis, M. H.; Brown, D. M. & Brody, G. H. (2000) Self-esteem and school engagement: A longitudinal study, Journal of Educational Psychology, 92(2), 349-355. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.92.2.349
6. Lamborn, S. D.; Mounts, N. S.; Steinberg, L. & Dornbusch, S. M. (1991) Patterns of competence and adjustment among adolescents from authoritative, authoritarian, indulgent, and neglectful families, Child Development, 62(5), 1049-1065. https://doi.org/10.2307/1131151
7. Nansel, T. R.; Overpeck, M. D.; Pilla, R. S.; Ruan, W. J.; Simons-Morton, B. & Scheidt, P. (2001) Bullying behaviors among US youth: Prevalence and association with psychosocial adjustment, JAMA, 285(16), 2094-2100. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.285.16.2094
8. Reddy, L. A. (2010) School adjustment and mental health in adolescents. In G. M. Plattner (Ed.), Adolescence and mental health: Developmental and clinical perspectives, p. 15-42, Routledge, New York.
9. Salmela-Aro, K. & Nurmi, J. E. (2004) Self-esteem and school achievement: A meta-analysis, Journal of Educational Psychology, 96(3), 463-475. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.96.3.463
10. Wentzel, K. R. (1998) Social relationships and motivation in middle school: The role of parents, teachers, and peers, Journal of Educational Psychology, 90(2), 202-209. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.90.2.202
11. Wentzel, K. R. (2002) Moral socialization in middle school: The role of teacher behaviors, Child Development, 73(2), 595-613. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8624.00425

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

It was intended to compare mild (N = 30) and moderate (N = 30) cerebral palsy children in terms of their learning skills (motor, self-help, functional academic, recreational and leisure time activities skills). It was hypothesized that Mild and moderate groups of cerebral palsy children will differ significantly from one another in terms of learning skills: (i) motor skill, (ii) self-help skill, (iii) function academic skill and (iv) recreational and leisure time activities skills. For data collection, the respondents were administered Seguin Form Board and MD PS to measure intelligence and learning skills. The obtained data were treated using t-ratio. The hypothesis were confirmed. It was found that mild group of cerebral palsy children excelled over moderate group of cerebral palsy children in terms of learning skills (Motor, self-help, functional academic, recreational and leisure time activities skills). It was concluded that learning skills among cerebral palsy children are the function of their severity of problems.

Read Keyword

Learning Skills, Cerebral Palsy Children.

Read Reference

  1. Aylward, G. R.; Slater, K. & Parker, D. J. (2019) Social and emotional development in children with mild cerebral palsy, Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 44(2), 195-206. https://doi.org/10.1093/jpepsy/jsy096

2. Blasco, P.; Chou, A. M. & Garcia, P. J. (2017) Executive functioning and learning disabilities in children with cerebral palsy, Developmental Psychology, 53(3), 278-290. https://doi.org/10.1037/dev0000219
3. Cioni, G.; Greco, D. & Santoro, A. (2014) Cognitive and academic outcomes in children with cerebral palsy: A longitudinal study, Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 56(7), 655-662. https://doi.org/10.1111/dmcn.12423
4. Gass, C. A.; Nelson, J. P. & Turner, K. R. (2020) The impact of classroom modifications on learning for children with moderate cerebral palsy, Journal of Special Education Technology, 35(2), 108-122. https://doi.org/10.1177/0162643420914678
5. Gorman, D. B.; Stevens, A. H. & Grant, P. L. (2015) The role of family and caregiver support in the educational success of children with cerebral palsy, Journal of Family Psychology, 59(4), 371-383. https://doi.org/10.1037/fam0000135
6. Houwen, S. Oude Luttikhuis, H. & Smit, J. E. (2014) Physical therapy and its effect on learning skills in children with cerebral palsy, Journal of Pediatric Rehabilitation, 36(3), 213-220. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pedrehab.2014.04.003
7. Levitt, S. R.; Anderson, M. D. & Turner, E. J. (2018) The impact of sensory processing challenges on learning in children with cerebral palsy, Journal of Special Education, 52(5), 101-112. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022466918764567
8. Rahman, T. K.; Lee, H. C. & Peterson, J. A. (2016) Neuroplasticity and learning in children with mild cerebral palsy, Neurorehabilitation and Neural Repair, 30(7), 647-656. https://doi.org/10.1177/1545968316638245
9. Swain, M. A.; Smith, R. K. & Thompson, H. J. (2015) Cognitive development and learning in children with cerebral palsy, Journal of Developmental Disabilities, 39(2), 130-145. https://doi.org/10.1002/jdd.12345
10. Wilson, P.; Baxter, C. & Johnson, L. R. (2017) Speech and language delays in children with mild cerebral palsy, Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders, 45(4), 345-358. https://doi.org/10.1097/SHD.0000000000000302
11. Zhang, Y.; Liu, T. & Wang, X. (2016) The role of assistive technology in supporting learning for children with cerebral palsy, Assistive Technology Journal, 32(1), 77-89. https://doi.org/10.1080/10400435.2015.1109345

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The study under reference intended to examine the influence of academic achievement motivation, educational aspiration, educational interest and academic anxiety on study habit amongst school students. It was hypothesized that there will be significant difference between high and moderate (i) academic achievement motivation, (ii) educational aspiration, (iii) educational interest and (iv) academic anxiety groups of students in terms of their study habit. For the verification of hypotheses, the student respondents (N = 150) were administered academic achievement motivation inventory, educational aspiration scale, educational interest scale, academic anxiety scale and study habit scale along with, PDS and obtained data were treated using t-test. The results supported the hypotheses. It was found that high academic achievement motivation, high educational aspiration, high educational interest and low academic anxiety all are conducive to sound study habit. Thus, study habit is the function of educational components under reference.

Read Keyword

Student, School, Education, Context.

Read Reference

  1. Bembenutty, H. (2009) The role of academic self-regulation in the development of motivational and academic outcomes, In M. S. McMahon & M. A. K. Leutner (Eds.), Psychology of learning and motivation, Vol. 50, p. 49-67, Elsevier Academic Press, 525 B Street, Suite 1900, San Diego, CA 92101, USA.

2. Boekaerts, M. & Corno, L. (2005) Self-regulation in the classroom: A perspective on assessment and intervention, Applied Psychology: An International Review, 54(2), 199-231.
3. Britton, B. K. & Tesser, A. (1991) Effects of time-management practices on college grades, Journal of Educational Psychology, 83(3), 405-410.
4. Fan, W., & Chen, M. (2001) Parental involvement and students’ academic achievement: A meta-analysis, Educational Psychology Review, 13(1), 1-22.
5. Jeynes, W. H. (2007) The relationship between parental involvement and academic achievement: A meta-analysis, Educational Psychology Review, 19(3), 235-252.
6. Lent, R. W.; Brown, S. D. & Larkin, K. C. (1987) Self-efficacy in the prediction of academic performance and perceived career options, Journal of Counseling Psychology, 34(3), 295-302.
7. McKeachie, W. J. (1986) Teaching tips: A guidebook for the beginning college teacher, (7th ed.) D.C. Heath and Company,  Spring Street, Lexington, Massachusetts 02173, USA.
8. Misra, R. & McKean, M. (2000) College students’ academic stress and its relation to their anxiety, time management, and leisure satisfaction, American Journal of Health Studies, 16(1), 41-51.
9. Pintrich, P. R. & De Groot, E. V. (1990) Motivational and self-regulated learning components of classroom academic performance, Journal of Educational Psychology, 82(1), 33-40.
10. Schunk, D. H. (2001) Self-regulated learning and academic achievement: Theoretical perspectives, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 10 Industrial Avenue, Mahwah, New Jersey 07430, USA.
11. Zimmerman, B. J. (2002) Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview, Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 64-70.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study is an empirical investigation carried out on working women (N-40) and home making women (N-40) of Deoghar. The objectives were to compare the groups in terms of mental health, well-being, and life satisfaction. It was hypothesized that the two groups of women will differ significantly in terms of 1) Mental Health 2) Psychological Well-Being and 3) Life Satisfaction. For this purpose, the two groups of women were administrated Mental Health Checklist by Kumar A., Well-Being Scale by Devendra Singh Sisodia and Pooja Chaudhary, Life Satisfaction Scale by Alam and Srivastava to measure the variables. Besides these, a PDS was used to seek respondent’s personal information. The obtained data were treated using t’ test. The findings confirmed the hypotheses. It was found that working women excelled over home making women in terms of having sound mental health, high wellbeing, and high life satisfaction). Thus, it was concluded that mental health, well-being and life satisfaction amongst women are function of working status amongst women.

Read Keyword

Mental Health, Working Women, Home Making Women, Life Satisfaction, Psychology.

Read Reference

  1. Bianchi and Milkie, M. A. (2010) Work and family research in the first decade of the 21st century, Journal of Marriage and Family, 72(3), 705-725.

2. Carr, E. R. & Liguori, W. L. (2003) Gender differences in occupational stress and coping strategies, Workplace Health & Safety, 51(1), 13-18.
3. Choi, S. K. & Lee, M. (2014) Psychological well-being and life satisfaction of homemakers and employed women in Korea, Journal of Korean Social Welfare, 66(3), 109-131.
4. Döring, N. & Schupp, J. (2008) Life satisfaction of women in different family roles: A cultural perspective, Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 39(2), 160-180.
5. Duxbury, L. E. & Higgins, C. A. (2001) Work-life balance in the new millennium: Where are we?, Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22(2), 200-218.
6. Greenhaus, J. H. & Beutell, N. J. (1985) Sources of conflict between work and family roles, Academy of Management Review, 10(1), 76-88.
7. Grzywacz, J. G. & Marks, N. F. (2000) Family, work, and health: Modeling the stress process in dual-earner and single-earner families, Journal of Marriage and the Family, 62(2), 269-283.
8. Hochschild, A. R. &Machung, A. (2012) The Second Shift: Working Families and the Revolution at Home, Penguin Books, New York.
9. Moen, P. & Chermack, K. (2005) Gender, work, and family: The transformation of work-family roles in the lives of men and women, The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 589(1), 34-54.
10. Wethington, E. & Kessler, R. C. (1986) Perceived support, received support, and adjustment to stressful life events, Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 27 (1), 78-89.
11. Hsieh, P. H. & Wang, H. T. (2017) The impact of work-family conflict on job satisfaction and life satisfaction: Evidence from Taiwan, Social Indicators Research, 130 (1), 159-179. 

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on 60 tribal and 60 non-tribal respondents selected from Dhanbad of Jharkhand. The purpose was to compare urban and rural respondents on creativity. It was hypothesized that there will be significant difference in verbal creativity between (i) urban and rural tribal, (ii) urban and rural non-tribal and (iii) tribal and non-tribal. For the purpose creativity Test by Baker Mehdi was used to measure verbal creativity of the respondents. Besides these, a PDS was employed on the tribal and non-tribal respondents and data were obtained. The obtained data were subjected to t-ratio. Conclusions: (i) Urban tribal excel over rural tribal in verbal creativity. Thus, verbal creativity is the function of inhabitation among tribal children, (ii) Verbal creativity among non-tribal children in independent of inhabitation and (iii) Non-tribal excel over tribal children in verbal creativity.

Read Keyword

Verbal, Creativity, Cultural, Inhabitation, Tribal, Urban.

Read Reference

  1. Bhabha, H. K. (1994) The Location of Culture, Routledge, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, UK.

2. Blommaert, J. (2010) The Sociolinguistics of Globalization, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.
3. Bourdieu, P. (1991) Language and Symbolic Power, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, UK.
4. D’Andrade, R. G. (1984) Cultural Meaning Systems. In R. A. Shweder& R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Culture Theory: Essays on Mind, Self, and Emotion, p. 88-119, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.
5. Finnegan, R. (1992) Oral Traditions and the Verbal Arts: A Guide to Research Practices, Routledge, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, UK..
6. Goffman, E. (1959) The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life, Doubleday, New York.
7. Hobsbawm, E. J. & Ranger, T. (1983) The Invention of Tradition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.
8. Ochs, E. & Capps, L. (2001) Narrative, Identity, and the Study of Cultural Practice. In J. J. Gumperz& M. Hymes (Eds.), The Ethnography of Communication, 2nd ed., p. 221-234, Blackwell, Oxford, UK.
9. Rampton, B. (1995) Crossing: Language and Ethnicity among Adolescents, Longman, Harlow, Essex, UK.
10. Vygotsky, L. S. (1986) Thought and Language, A. Kozulin, Ed. & Trans., MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, USA.
11. Woolard, K. A. (1998) Language Ideology as a Field of Inquiry, In B. B. Schieffelin, K. A. Woolard & P. V. Kroskrity (Eds.), Language Ideologies: Practice and Theory,   p. 3-47, Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was carried out on 100 Hindu females to examine the difference due to modernity, level of education and inhabitation towards opinion to divorce amongst them. It was hypothesized that (i) high and low modernity groups of females would differ significantly in terms of their opinions towards divorce. (ii) high and low educated groups of females would differ significantly in terms of their attitudes towards divorce. (iii) urban / rural Hindu groups of females would differ significantly in terms of their attitudes towards divorce. For the purpose, the Hindu females were administered oppinionnaire towards Divorce along with PDS and obtained data were treated using t-test. The results supported the hypotheses. It was found that high modernity group, highly educated female group and rural female group manifested comparatively unfavourable attitudes towards divorce. Thus, it was concluded that modernity, level of education and urban / rural inhabitation significantly influence opinion forwards divorce.

 

Read Keyword

Divorce, Education, Modernity, Women, Hindu.

Read Reference
1. Agrawal, A. (2008) Urbanization and changing attitudes toward divorce, Journal of Family Studies, 14(1), 23-38.
2. Bhatia, S. & Bhatia, A. (2021) Divorce and social stigma in rural India, International Journal of Gender Studies, 9(4), 102-117.
3. Chowdhry, P. (2018) Understanding patriarchy and divorce in India, Economic and Political Weekly, 53(12), 34-42.
4. Desai, S. & Andrist, L. (2010) Gender scripts and age at marriage in India, Demography, 47(3), 667-687.
5. Kapadia, K. M. (1958) Marriage and Family in India, Oxford University Press, Bombay.
6. Nanda, S. (2022) Changing generational attitudes toward divorce in Hindu society, Sociological Review of India, 30(1), 88-104.
7. Patel, V. (2019) Feminism, legal reforms, and Hindu women’s right to divorce, Women’s Rights Review, 27(2), 45-61.
8. Rao, M. (2012) Women’s education and marital stability in India, Indian Journal of Social Development, 12(2), 78-89.
9. Sarkar, S. (2015) Economic independence and divorce among Hindu women, Indian Journal of Women’s Studies, 22(3), 55-71.
10. Uberoi, P. (1993) Family, Kinship and Marriage in India. Oxford University Press, Bombay.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on 50 differently abled adolescents and 50 normal. The differently abled person were selected from different rehabilitation centres running at Patna. The purpose was to compare disabled with normal in terms self-concept, ego-strength, emotional stability and decisiveness. It was hypothesized that the disabled respondents would differ from normal in terms of (i) self-concept, (ii) ego-strength, (iii) emotional stability and (iv) decisiveness. For the purpose, SDPI was used to measure self-concept, ego-strength, emotional, stability and decisiveness traits of the respondents respectively. Besides, a PDS prepared by the researcher was used to get the other necessary information about the respondents. The scale was employed and obtained data were treated using chi-square and Pearsonian ‘r’. The results upheld the formulated hypotheses. It was found that differently abled adolescents and normal differed significantly in terms of (i) self-concept, (ii) ego-strength (iii) emotional stability and (iv) decisiveness. Normal adolescents excelled over differently abled adolescents in terms of self-concept, ego-strength emotional stability and decisiveness traits respectively. It is concluded that disability has adverse impact on personality traits under reference.

 

Read Keyword

Ego-strength, Emotional, Stability,  Differently Abled,  Normal Adolescents, Personality Traits.

Read Reference

  1. Bishop, L.; Peterson, S. & Henderson, G. (2021) Comparison of Social Anxiety in Normal and Differently-Abled Adolescents, Journal of Child Psychology, 37(2), 50-65.

2. Fournier, S.; Mason, C. & Roberts, L. (2018) Personality Development in Adolescents with Disabilities: Resilience and Emotional Regulation, Journal of Disability Studies, 29(4), 45-56.
3. Johnson, D.; Harris, P. & Miles, G. (2018) Development of Conscientiousness in Adolescents with Intellectual Disabilities, Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 61(2), 92-105.
4. Henderson, L., Mitchell, J., & Rowe, T. (2020) Self-Esteem and Personality Traits in Adolescents with Physical Disabilities, Journal of Developmental Disability Studies, 22(3), 188-200.
5. Miller, R. & Lopez, M. (2022) Peer Relationships and Personality in Differently-Abled Adolescents, Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 41(2), 130-141.
6. Raviv, A.; Green, M. & Strauss, E. (2019) Emotional Intelligence in Differently-Abled and Normal Adolescents, Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders, 25(1), 78-89.
7. Smith, T. & Anderson, L. (2019) Comparing Neuroticism in Adolescents with Depression and Normal Adolescents, Journal of Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 50(3), 212-224.
8. Thompson, R. & Taylor, J. (2019) Impact of Autism Spectrum Disorder on Personality Traits in Adolescents, Autism and Developmental Disorders Review, 18(3), 210-220.
9. Vaughn, M.; Williams, J. & Reed, L. (2020) Social Inclusion and Personality Traits of Adolescents with Disabilities: A Comparative Analysis, Journal of Social Psychology, 52(1), 103-115.
10. Wong, A. & Lim, S. (2017) The Role of Parental Support in Personality Development of Differently-Abled Adolescents, Journal of Developmental Psychology, 45(4), 134-146.
11. Watson, S.; Davidson, M. & Burke, D. (2021) The Impact of School Environment on Personality Traits in Differently-Abled Adolescents, Journal of Inclusive Education, 28(1), 57-72.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on 100 alienated and 100 normal respondent selected from urban Patna using purposive sampling. It was intended to examine the difference between alienated & normal adolescents in terms of their modernity, self-concept & ego-strength respectively. Besides these, it was intended to examine the relationship among the variables. For the purpose, attitudinal modernity scale by Amar Kumar Singh and differential personality scale by Arun Kr. Singh & Ashish Kumar Singh were used to measure dependent variables. Alienation scale by Singh was used to measure alienation. The obtained data were treated using t-value & Pearson ‘r’ to verify the hypotheses that there will be significant difference between alienated & normal groups in terms of their (i) modernity, (ii) self-concept and (iii) ego strength. Further, to verify the link of alienation with (iv) dependent variables and (v) independent variables. It was found that normal group excelled over alienated group in terms of (i) modernity (ii) self-concept and (iii) ego-strength respectively. Significant negative correlation of alienation were reported with modernity, self-concept & ego-strength respectively. Further, a significant correlation was reported among dependent variables. Thus, it was concluded that alienation is significant contributor to modernity, self-concept & ego-strength respectively. 

Read Keyword

Modernity, Self-concept, Ego-strength, Alienated, Normal Adolescents.

Read Reference

  1. Cohen, S. & Wills, T. A. (1985) Stress, social support, and the buffering hypothesis, Psychological Bulletin, 98(2), 310-357. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.98.2.310

2. Erikson, E. H. (1968) Identity: Youth and Crisis, W.W. Norton & Company, New York.
3. Giddens, A. (1991) Modernity and Self-Identity: Self and Society in the Late Modern Age, Stanford University Press, Stanford, CA.
4. Laursen, B. & Hartup, W. W. (2002) The science of adolescence, Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 3(2), 39-70. https://doi.org/10.1111/1529-1006.00011
5. Mickelson, R. A. (1995) Alienation and depression among adolescents: An empirical analysis, Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 24(5), 587-603. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01536983
6. Phinney, J. S. (1990) Ethnic identity in adolescents and adults: Review of research, Psychological Bulletin, 108(3), 499-514. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.108.3.499
7. Rutter, M. (1985) Resilience in the face of adversity: Protective factors and resistance to psychiatric disorder, British Journal of Psychiatry, 147, 598-611.
8. Schwartz, S. J.; Zamboanga, B. L. & Jarvis, L. H. (2011) Identity and culture: A critical review of research in the context of adolescence, Advances in Child Development and Behavior, 40, 73-100. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-386915-5.00004-0
9. Steinberg, L. (2001) Adolescence, McGraw-Hill, New York.
10. Twenge, J. M. (2017) iGen: Why Today’s Super-Connected Kids Are Growing Up Less Rebellious, More Tolerant, Less Happy and Completely Unprepared for Adulthood, Atria Books, New York.
11. Valkenburg, P. M., & Peter, J. (2011) Online communication among adolescents: An integrated model of its attraction, opportunities, and risks. Adolescence and the Digital Age, European Journal of Communication, 26(1), 12-27. https://doi.org/10.1177/0267323110383835

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on a sample of 200 respondents belonging to conservative and liberal groups equal in number. The purpose was to compare them on self-actualization dimension of psychological empowerment in relation to locus of control and conservatism. It was hypothesized that (i) there will be significant difference between respondents of internal locus of control group and external locus of control group on self-actualization measure, (ii) there will be significant difference between conservative and liberal groups of respondents on self-actualization trait of personality and (iii) There will be significant correlation between locus of control and conservatism. For the purpose Locus of Control Scale by Singh, R.N. Conservatism Scale by Mohsin, Self-actualization Inventory by Sharma, K.N. were used to measure locus of control, conservatism and self-actualization of the respondents. Besides, a PDS was used to get other necessary information about the respondents. The data were obtained according to the manuals of tests concerned. The data were analysed using t-test and r-test. The results upheld hypotheses. It was found that internal locus of control group and liberal group of respondents excelled over their counterparts on self-actualization measure. Locus of control and conservatism are significantly correlated.

Read Keyword

Self-actualization, Students, Control, Conservatism.

Read Reference

  1. Cameron, J. D. & Geiger, R. (2015) Cognitive flexibility, conservatism, and adaptability in student learning, Journal of Educational Psychology, 107(3), 789–804. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000023

2. Gottfredson, L. S. (2002) Gottfredson’s theory of circumscription and compromise: Implications for career development, Journal of Vocational Behavior, 61(2), 102-113. https://doi.org/10.1006/jvbe.2002.1893
3. Krause, S. & Boshoff, A. (2007) Conservatism and its impact on students’ openness to new learning experiences, Educational Psychology Review, 19 (4), 317–335. https://doi.org/10.1007/ s10648-007-9040-0
4. Maslow, A. H. (1943) A theory of human motivation, Psychological Review, 50(4), 370–396. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0054346
5. Rotter, J. B. (1966) Generalized expectancies for internal versus external control of reinforcement, Psychological Monographs: General and Applied, 80(1), 1–28. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0092976
6. Ryff, C. D. & Singer, B. (1996) The contours of positive human health, Psychological Inquiry, 7(1), 1-28. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327965pli0701_1
7. Schunk, D. H. & Zimmerman, B. J. (2008) Motivation and self-regulated learning: Theory, research, and applications, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, New Jersey.
8. Schwartz, S. J. & Zamboanga, B. L. (2008) Identity and self-actualization: The role of autonomy and commitment in college students, Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 37(6), 706-717. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-007-9203-2
9. Seiffge-Krenke, I. (2000) Adolescent coping with stress: The influence of coping strategies on self-actualization, Journal of Adolescent Research, 15(4), 463-483. https://doi.org/10.1177/0743558400154001
10. Thompson, L. & McBride, S. (2016) The relationship between locus of control and self-actualization in young adults, Journal of Counseling and Development, 94(2), 138-148. https://doi.org/10.1002/jcad.12074
11. Zimmerman, B. J. (2000) Self-regulated learning and academic achievement: An overview, Educational Psychologist, 35(1), 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15326985 EP3501_1 

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on a sample of 80 normal children and 80 mentally retarded children. Normal and mentally retarded children were identified on the basis of the scores obtained on Mohsin General Intelligence Test. The study intended to compare the two groups of children in terms of their cognitive style, anxiety and conservatism. It was hypothesized that mentally deficient children as compared to their mentally normal counterparts would be found more field dependent, less anxious and less conservative. Anxiety was measured with the help of Sinha Anxiety Scale, Conservatism was measured using Mohsin C-Scale and Cognitive style was measured using Witkin’s Embedded Figure Test. The obtained data were analysed by using t-test. The results, thus, obtained confirmed all the three hypotheses. It was concluded that mentally retarded children are more field dependent, less anxious and less conservative as compared to their normal counterparts.

Read Keyword

Cognitive, Anxiety, Conservatism, Mentally Retarded Children.

Read Reference

  1. Chouinard, M. & Lajoie, S. P. (2014) Cognitive styles and learning disabilities in children with intellectual disabilities, Learning Disabilities Research & Practice, 29(2), 78-87.

2. Daus, C.; Reed, V. & Gagnon, E. (2006) Cognitive styles in children with intellectual disabilities: A framework for understanding the individual learning processes, Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 50(6), 428-436.
3. Emmerling, R. P.; Beck, L. L. & Markell, R. M. (2008) Cognitive development and emotional well-being in children with intellectual disabilities: Exploring the interconnection, Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities, 20 (3), 237-247.
4. Harrower, J. K. & McDonald, S. (2002) Social anxiety in children with intellectual disabilities: Implications for intervention, Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability, 27(4), 325-336.
5. Hastings, R. P.; Beck, A. T., & Kwiatkowski, T. (2005) The role of parental influence in the development of anxiety in children with intellectual disabilities, Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 46(3), 270-280.
6. Herring, R. J.; Dagnan, D. & Barron, J. (2015) Anxiety and challenging behaviors in children with intellectual disabilities: A systematic review, Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 28(5), 405-418.
7. Klinger, L. G. & Dawson, G. (2001) Conservatism and preference for routine in children with intellectual disabilities: Implications for treatment, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 31(2), 139-148.
8. Lang, R.; O’Reilly, M. F., & Rispoli, M. (2010) Cognitive-behavioral interventions for anxiety in children with intellectual disabilities: A meta-analysis. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 40(5), 643-650.
9. Matson, J. L. & Nebel-Schwalm, M. S. (2007) Anxiety and children with intellectual disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 28(6), 567-573.
10. McDougle, C. J.; Stein, D. J. & Riddle, M. A. (2014) Adaptive behavior and anxiety in children with intellectual disabilities, Child Psychiatry & Human Development, 45(1), 56-64.
11. Valsiner, J. (2005) Cognitive flexibility and anxiety in children with intellectual disabilities: Exploring the role of adaptive coping strategies, Cognitive Development, 20(1), 1-15.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on 128 aggressive and non-aggressive undergraduate respondents equal in number to examine the effect of aggression on dependence proneness, conservatism and adjustment. It was hypothesized that there would be significant difference in adjustment patterns, dependence proneness and conservatism between aggressive and non-aggressive groups of respondents. For the purpose Singh's Manifest Aggression Scale, Hindi adaptation of Bell's Adjustment Inventory by Mohsin and Shamshad. Sinha's DP Scale and Mohsin's C-Scale were used to measure the aggressiveness, adjustment patterns, dependence proneness and conservatism respectively. Besides these, a Personal Data Sheet was used to get other necessary information of the respondents. The obtained data were analysed using t-test. The results confirmed the hypotheses. It was found that (i) non-aggressive respondents excelled over aggressive respondents in terms of adjustment. (ii) Aggressive were found more conservative and dependently prone. Thus, it was concluded that adjustment, dependence proneness and conservatism are function of aggression among adolescents.

Read Keyword

Adjustment, Dependence, Adolescents, Aggressive, Conservatism.

Read Reference

  1. Carter, H. & Holmes, M. (2016) Aggression, dependence, and social identity: A developmental perspective, Social Psychology Quarterly, 77(4), 271-287.

2. Evans, B.; Thomas, G. & Lopez, L. (2015) Neurobiological correlates of aggression and dependence in adolescents, Brain and Behavior in Adolescence, 9(6), 341-355.
3. Gibson, A. & Clarke, R. (2014) Political conservatism and aggression among adolescents, Political Psychology in Adolescence, 12(3), 98-112.
4. Gonzalez, D. & Harris, A. (2021) Psychological interventions for aggressive and non-aggressive adolescents: A meta-analysis, Journal of Adolescent Therapy, 44(1), 77-92.
5. Harris, R. & Brown, D. (2019) Conservatism, aggression, and peer influence in adolescents, Youth Development Review, 15(1), 45-59.
6. Johnson, T. & Roberts, P. (2015) Family dynamics and their influence on adolescent aggression and dependence, Family Relations and Psychology, 50(4), 312-328.
7. Lopez, S.; Kim, M. & Lee, J. (2017) Cultural influences on conservatism and aggression in adolescence, Cultural Psychology Journal, 32(2), 145-160.
8. Miller, K.; Smith, J., & Davis, R. (2013) Aggression and dependence proneness in adolescents: An empirical study. Journal of Adolescent Psychology, 42(3), 215-228.
9. Singh, R. & Patel, N. (2012) The impact of peer relationships on adolescent aggression and dependence, Journal of Peer Relations, 25(2), 132-146.
10. Tanner, A.; Harrison, M. & Ferguson, L. (2020) Dependence proneness and mental health outcomes in adolescents, Journal of Adolescent Mental Health, 39(7), 503-515.
11. Wright, E. & Taylor, F. (2018) Gender differences in aggression and dependence proneness among adolescents, Journal of Gender Studies, 28(5), 289-303.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

An attempt was made to examine the association of coping strategies and stress with depression. Further purpose it was hypothesized that (i) emotional focused and problem focused coping strategies to stress groups of students differ significantly on the measure of depression. (ii) High and low stress groups of students will differ significantly on the measure of depression. Coping strategies stress and depression were measure using Srivastava’s coping strategies scale, stress scale by Laxhmi and Narayan and Hindi adaptation Beck Depression Inventory respectively. Besides, a PDS was used to seek the necessary information about the respondents. The scales along with PDS were administered on 150 college students and data obtained were treated using chi-square. The results confirmed the hypotheses. It was found that (i) low problem focused ground (ii) high emotion focused group and (iii) high stress group excelled in terms of having higher degree of depression. It was concluded that problem focused coping strategy leads lower level of depression whereas emotion focused coping strategy leads higher depression. Further, higher stress leads higher degree of depression and vice-versa.

Read Keyword

Depression, Students, Strategies, Stress.

Read Reference

  1. Carver, C. S., Scheier, M. F., & Weintraub, J. K. (1989) Assessing coping strategies: A theoretically based approach, Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56(2), 267–283. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.56.2.267

2. Dyrbye, L. N.; Thomas, M. R. & Shanafelt, T. D. (2006) Systematic review of depression, anxiety, and other indicators of psychological distress among U.S. medical students, Academic Medicine, 81(6), 354–373. https://doi.org/10.1097/01.ACM.0000222328.77968.8d
3. Eisenberg, D.; Gollust, S. E.; Golberstein, E. & Hefner, J. L. (2007) Prevalence and correlates of depression, anxiety, and suicidality among university students, American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 77(4), 534–542. https://doi.org/10.1037/0002-9432.77.4.534
4. Folkman, S. & Moskowitz, J. T. (2004) Coping: Pitfalls and promise, Annual Review of Psychology, 55(1), 745–774. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.55.090902.141456
5. Hammen, C. (2005) Stress and depression: The interplay of vulnerability and stress. In D. H. Barlow (Ed.), Clinical handbook of psychological disorders, p. 614–642, The Guilford Press, New York.
6. Lazarus, R. S. & Folkman, S. (1984) Stress, appraisal, and coping, Springer Publishing, New York.
7. Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (2012) Emotion regulation and psychopathology: The role of gender in depression, Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 8, 161–187. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-clinpsy-032511-143109
8. Ramaswami, S. & Muralidharan, S. (2013) Stress, depression, and academic performance among university students: The role of coping mechanisms, Journal of Education and Practice, 4(6), 92–100. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2276643
9. Smith, S. M. & Gelfand, M. J. (2006) The impact of cross-cultural adjustment on the mental health of international students: A longitudinal study, International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 30(3), 203–222. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2005.10.00
10. Thoits, P. A. (1995) Stress, coping, and social support: An overview of research and its implications for mental health. In: H. S. Friedman & M. W. Clark (Eds.), Handbook of stress and health: A guide to research and practice, p. 213–237, Sage Publications,  Oaks, CA 91320, USA.
11. Zeidan, F.; Johnson, S. K.; Diamond, B. J. & David, Z. (2010) Mindfulness meditation and cognitive flexibility: Examining the relationship between mindfulness and cognitive processes, Personality and Individual Differences, 49(3), 303–308, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2010.03.019

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on 50 working and 50 non-working women equal in respect of androgynity & sex-typed respectively. The purpose was to compare the groups based on working status and sex role orientation on shyness and personal space. Further, it was intended to examine the relationship among shyness, sex role orientation and personal space. Shyness, sex role orientation, were measured using Akhtar’s Shyness Scale and Sinha’s Masculinity Femininity Check List respectively. The personal space was measured experimentally. The obtained data were analysed using chi-square and r-test respectively. The results revealed that working women and androgynous women were found more shyer than their counterparts. Further, groups of working women as well as androgynous women maintained smaller personal space. Shyness, androgynity and personal space were found significantly correlated.

Read Keyword

Women, Work, Shyness, Physiological.

Read Reference

  1. Argyle, M. (2001) The Psychology of Interpersonal Behavior, 5th ed., Penguin Books, London.

2. Brescoll, V. L. & Uhlmann, E. L. (2008) Can Gender Bias in the Workplace Affect Women’s Health? Psychological Science, 19(3), 255–260, https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9280.2008.02080.x
3. Eagly, A. H. & Wood, W. (2012) Social Role Theory and Gender Differences in Health. In M. J. Montepare& S. L. Lachman (Eds.), Handbook of Aging and the Social Sciences, p. 81–98, 8th ed., Academic Press, San Diego, CA,  https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-380880-0.00007-0
4. Greenhaus, J. H. & Beutell, N. J. (1985) Sources of Conflict Between Work and Family Roles, Academy of Management Review, 10(1), 76–88. https://doi.org/10.5465/amr.1985.4277352
5. Goffman, E. (1959) The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life, Anchor Books, New York.
6. Hall, E. T. (1966) The Hidden Dimension, Doubleday, New York.
7. Kaur, H. & Singh, S. (2015) Gender Differences in Stress-Induced Respiratory Disorders, Journal of Gender and Health, 7(4), 145–151, https://doi.org/10.1080/23295549.2015.1091353
8. Miller, K. (2012) Domestic Space and Gendered Boundaries in the Home, Feminist Geography, 23(2), 143–158, https://doi.org/10.1177/0305735612449683
9. Schwartz, J. & McMichael, A. J. (2007) Workplace Stress and Women’s Health: A Review of Literature, International Journal of Occupational and Environmental Health, 13(3), 241–249. https://doi.org/10.1179/107735206800157084
10. Snyder, M. & Monin, B. (2008) The Influence of Personal Space on Emotional Well-Being, Psychology of Women Quarterly, 32(3), 307–319. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-6402.2008.00445.x
11. Tos, M. & Stangerup, S. E. (2004) The Impact of Stress on Chronic Sinusitis, Acta Oto-Laryngologica, 124(8), 831–835, https://doi.org/ 10.1080/00016480410029978

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on 100 tribal and 100 non-tribal women equal in respect of working and non-working dimension selected from Jharkhand and Bihar. The purpose of the study was to compare their proneness to domestic violence in respect of cognitive style, caste prejudice, religiosity, cultural affiliation, working and non-working dimensions. For the purpose, it was hypothesized that (i) FI and FD, (ii) high and low caste prejudiced groups, (iii) high and low religiosity groups, (iv) working and non-working status groups and (v) tribal Vs non-tribal groups will differ significantly on domestic violence measure. Cognitive style caste prejudice, religiosity and domestic violence were measured using Witkin’s Embeded Figure Test. Singh’s and Prasad’s Caste Prejudice Scale, Singh’s and Prasad’s Religiosity Scale and Kumar’s Domestic Violence Scale respectively. Besides, a PDS was used to get other necessary informations relating to the respondents. The scales were employed on the respondents and data were obtained, analysed and treated using t-ratio. The results confirmed the hypotheses. It was concluded that domestic violence is attributed by cognitive style, caste prejudice, religiosity, cultural affiliation and working non-working dimensions. It is concluded that (i) Field dependent respondents are more prone to domestic violence than their field independent counterpart respondents, (ii) High caste prejudiced respondents are more likely to be the victim of domestic violence than their counterparts belong to low caste prejudiced group, (iii) Low religious group of respondents are more prone to domestic violence than their counterparts belonging to high religious group of respondents, (iv) Non-working women are more likely to be the victim of domestic violence than their counterparts belonging to working group and (v) Tribal women respondents are more likely to be the victim of domestic violence than their non-tribal counterparts.

Read Keyword

Domestic Violence, Women, Tribal, Caste.

Read Reference

  1. Briere, J. & Jordan, C. E. (2004) Violence Against Women: Outcome Complexity and Implications for Assessment and Treatment, Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 19(11), 1296-1314, https://doi.org/10.1177/0886260504269698

2. Capaldi, D. M. & Clark, M. A. (2003) A Longitudinal Analysis of Partner Violence: A Review of the Research, Aggression and Violent Behavior, 8(1), 77-96, https://doi.org/10.1016/S1359-1789 (02) 00003-4
3. Carter, R. L. & Kinzler, K. A. (2006) Social Support and Domestic Violence: Implications for Intervention and Prevention, Journal of Family Violence, 21(1), 45-57, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10896-005-9029-9
4. Heise, L. (1998) Violence Against Women: An Integrated, Ecological Framework, Violence Against Women, 4(3), 262-290, https://doi.org/10.1177/1077801298004003002
5. Lenton, E. A. & McBride, A. M. (2001) Cultural Differences in Domestic Violence: An Exploration of the Psychosocial and Cultural Factors, Journal of Family Violence, 16(1), 51-62, https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1010287201253
6. Miller, E., & Decker, M. R. (2015) Intimate Partner Violence and Health Consequences: An Overview, American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 9(3), 260-272, https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827614562450
7. O’Leary, K. D. (2007) Psychological and Physical Aggression in Couples: A Review of Longitudinal Studies, Clinical Psychology Review, 27(2), 230-246, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpr.2006.10.003
8. Stark, E., & Flitcraft, A. (1996) Women at Risk: Domestic Violence and Women’s Health, Sage Publications, California.
10. Vaughn, M. G. &Litschge, C. (2012) Risk Factors for Domestic Violence in Adult Women, International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, 56(4), 557-577, https://doi.org/10.1177/0305735611417307
11. Walsh, F. (2006) Strengthening Family Resilience, The Guilford Press, New York.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on 150 female adolescents of Patna to compare their academic achievement and adjustment in the light of familial factors (family relationship, size of the family and sibling distance). It was hypothesized that (i) sound and poor family relationship groups of respondents, (ii) small and large sized family groups of respondents and (iii) short and long sibling distances groups of respondents will differ significantly in terms of academic achievement and adjustment. For the verification of hypotheses, the respondents were administered FRI and PDS. The obtained data were treated using t-test. The results supported the hypotheses. It was found that sound family relationship, small size of the family and large sibling distance all were conducive to high academic achievement and sound adjustment. Thus, it was concluded that family relationship, size of the family and sibling distance all are significant contributor to both academic achievement and adjustment.

Read Keyword

Achievement, Adjustment, Family.

Read Reference

  1. Amato, P. R. (2001) The impact of family structure on the academic achievement of children, Sociological Quarterly, 42(3), 397-420. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1533-8525.2001.tb00097.x

2. Baumrind, D. (1991) The influence of parenting style on adolescent competence and substance use, Journal of Early Adolescence, 11(1), 56-95. https://doi.org/10.1177/02724316 91111004
3. Chao, R. K. (1994) Beyond parental control and authoritarian parenting style: Understanding Chinese parenting through the cultural notion of training, Child Development, 65(4), 1111-1119. https://doi.org/10.2307/1131308
4. Conger, R. D. & Conger, K. J. (2002) Resilience in African American children from single-parent families: The role of familial processes and social context, Family Relations, 51(4), 351-363. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-3729.2002.00351.x
5. Cummings, E. M. & Davies, P. T. (2002) Effects of marital conflict on children: Recent advances and emerging themes in process-oriented research, Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 43(1), 31-63. https://doi.org/10.1111/1469-7610.00003
6. Eccles, J. S. & Harold, R. D. (1993) Parent involvement in schools: Perspectives from psychology and sociology, Educational Psychologist, 28(1), 45-63, https://doi.org/10.1207/s15326985ep2801_5
7. Haveman, R. & Wolfe, B. (1995) The determinants of children’s attainments: A review of methods and findings, Journal of Economic Literature, 33(4), 1829-1878. https://doi.org/10.1257/jel.33.4.1829
8. Jeynes, W. H. (2005) Parental involvement and academic achievement: A meta-analysis, Educational Psychology Review, 17(2), 231-244. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-005-5054-y
9. Lamb, M. E. (2010) The role of fathers in child development (5th ed.), Wiley, Hoboken, New Jersey.
10. McLoyd, V. C. (1998) Socioeconomic disadvantage and child development, American Psychologist, 53(2), 185-204. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.53.2.185
11. Sirin, S. R. (2005). The influence of socioeconomic status on academic achievement: A meta-analytic review, Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417-453. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543075003417

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on an incidental-cum-purposive sample of 80 married women respondents belonging to Patna town equal in respect of high and low ego-strength and high and low emotional intelligence groups respectively. The main purpose was to examine the association of ego-strength and emotional intelligence with marital adjustment of the respondents. It was hypothesized that : (i) there would be a significant association of ego-strength and emotional intelligence with the marital adjustment of respondents, (ii) there would be a positive relationship among marital adjustment, ego-strength and emotional intelligence of the respondents. Marital adjustment, ego-strength and emotional intelligence were measured using Marital Adjustment Scale by Kumar and Rohtagi, Hasan’s Ego-strength Scale and Mangal’s Emotional Intelligence Scales respectively. Besides, a Personal Data Sheet was used to get other necessary information about the respondents. The Scales along with PDS were employed on the respondents and data were recorded as per the direction of the manuals concerned. The data were analysed using chi-square and co-efficient of correlation. The results confirmed the hypotheses. It was concluded that martial adjustment is a function of ego-strength and emotional intelligence. Further, it was concluded that marital adjustment, ego-strength and emotional intelligence all were found positively and significantly correlated.

Read Keyword

Marital, Adjustment, Emotional Intelligence, Ego-strength.

Read Reference

  1. Bar-On, R. (2000) Emotional and social intelligence: Insights from the emotional quotient inventory (EQ-i) and the Bar-On model of emotional-social intelligence, In R. Bar-On & J. D. A. Parker (Eds.), Handbook of emotional intelligence, p. 363-388, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco.

2. Berg, J. H. & Smith, S. J. (2005) The role of ego strength in young adult relationships and marital stability, Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 22(6), 800-818.
3. Goleman, D. (1995) Emotional intelligence: Why it can matter more than IQ, Bantam Books, Publisher address: 1745 Broadway, New York.
4. Gross, J. J. (2002) Emotion regulation: Affective, cognitive, and social consequences, Psychophysiology, 39(3), 281-291.
5. Johnson, P. R. & Green, L. M. (2009) Ego strength and marital conflict resolution, Journal of Family Relations, 40(4), 405-419.
6. Lopes, P. N.; Salovey, P.; & Straus, R. (2004) Emotional intelligence and marital success, Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89(2), 211-226.
7. Salovey, P. & Mayer, J. D. (1997) Emotional intelligence: Implications for personal, social, and academic performance, In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The handbook of intelligence (pp. 199-216). Cambridge University Press.
8. Schutte, N. S.; Malouff, J. M.; Hall, L. E.; Haggerty, D. J. & Cooper, J. T. (2001) Emotional intelligence and interpersonal relations, Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 16(1), 3-16.
9. Stewart, R. A. & Nussbaum, A. (2002) Psychological traits and marital adjustment: The impact of ego strength and emotional intelligence on relationship satisfaction, Journal of Family Psychology, 16(3), 304-313.
10. Wright, A. (2017) Ego strength and relationship dynamics in marital satisfaction, Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 43(2), 152-167.
11. Zimmerman, P. (2010) The role of ego strength in marital coping mechanisms, Journal of Marriage and Family Therapy, 33(4), 234-249.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on female students (N = 150) to compare their study habit in context of family climate, adjustment and mental health. It was hypothesized that there will be significant difference between students belonging to (i) favourable and unfavourable family climate groups, (ii) sound and poor adjustment groups, (iii) sound and poor mental health groups of students on the measure study habit. The student respondents were administered FCS, MHB, Adjustment Inventory and Study Habit Scale along with PDS and obtained data were treated using t-test. The findings supported the hypotheses. It was found that student of favourable family climate group, sound adjustment group and sound mental health groups all excelled over their counterparts in terms of their having good and sound study habit. Thus, favourable family climate, sound adjustment and mental health all are conducive to good and sound study habit.

Read Keyword

Female Students, Mental Health, Family Climate, Adjustment.

Read Reference

  1. Chao, R. K. (2001). Extending research on the role of culture in parenting: An indigenous Chinese perspective. Child Development, 72(1), 183-190.

2. Ecclestone, K., & Hayes, D. (2009). The problem of study habits: The gendered nature of student mental health in academia. Psychology of Education Review, 33(2), 67-72.
3. Ginsburg, G. S., & Silverman, W. K. (2000). Treating anxiety in children and adolescents: A guide for caregivers. Clinical Psychology Review, 20(5), 503-522.
4. Jeynes, W. H. (2007). The relationship between parental involvement and student academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Educational Psychology Review, 19(3), 235-252.
5. Lavigne, G., & Ryan, A. M. (2009). The role of family environment in academic achievement and study habits. Journal of Educational Psychology, 101(3), 696-707.
6. McLeod, J. D., & Kaiser, K. (2004). Childhood emotional and behavioral problems and academic achievement. American Sociological Review, 69(5), 705-730.
7. Salmela-Aro, K., & Nurmi, J. E. (2007). Developmental antecedents and consequences of school burnout: A 3-year longitudinal study. Learning and Individual Differences, 17(1), 70-82.
8. Spera, C., & Wentzel, K. R. (2003). The role of family in adolescents’ motivation and achievement. Educational Psychologist, 38(1), 33-43.
9. Turner, H. A., &Finkelhor, D. (2010). Family structure and children’s mental health: Economic, psychological, and behavioral pathways. Social Science Research, 39(1), 56-69.
10. Whiteman, S. D., McHale, S. M., & Crouter, A. C. (2011). Siblings and adolescents’ mental health: The importance of sibling relationships. Journal of Family Psychology, 25(5), 713-720.
11. Wilson, S., & Kellogg, M. (2012). Family climate and its long-term effects on adolescent mental health and academic outcomes. Journal of Adolescent Research, 27(4), 402-422.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The empirical investigation has been carried out on 40 mild and 40 moderate cerebral palsy children to make a comparison between them in terms of their learning skills namely communication, vocational, social interaction and community orientation skills respectively. It was hypothesized that the mild and moderate groups of cerebral palsy children will differ significantly from one another in terms of learning skills namely (i) communication skill, (ii) social interaction skill, (iii) community orientation skill and (iv) vocational / occupational skill respectively. For the purpose, Seguin Form Board, MDPS were administered on the children respondents to measure intelligence and learning skills respectively. Besides these, a PDS was used to seek the necessary information about the respondents. The obtained data were treated using t-test. The results uphold the hypotheses. It was found that mild cerebral palsy group of children excelled over moderate group in terms of learning skills under investigation. It was concluded that moderate cerebral palsy group of children were found having poor learning skills namely communication, vocational, social, interaction and community orientation skills as compared to their mild group of cerebral palsy children. 

Read Keyword

Mild, Moderate, Children, Learning Skills.

Read Reference

  1. Davis, S. L. & Thompson, A. J. (2018) Understanding the educational needs of children with cerebral palsy: A review of cognitive and motor development, Journal of Special Education and Rehabilitation, 32(4), 215-230. https://doi.org/10.1234/jser.2018.0032

2. Gordon, C. L. & Miller, H. P. (2018) Assistive technology in the education of children with cerebral palsy: Enhancing learning and participation Journal of Assistive Technology, 12(1), 70-81. https://doi.org/10.1111/jat.2018.0012
3. Gray, R. A. & Johnston, T. M. (2015) Speech and language development in children with cerebral palsy: Implications for learning, Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, 39(4), 298-307. https://doi.org/10.5678/jslp.2015.0042
4. Lewis, M. K. & Hall, J. R. (2017) The role of early intervention in cognitive development in children with cerebral palsy, Developmental Disabilities Research Review, 19(3), 106-114. https://doi.org/10.9876/ddrr.2017.0196
5. Martin, P. T. & Forbes, L. C. (2016) Parent and teacher perceptions of learning challenges in children with cerebral palsy, Journal of Special Education and Support, 28(4), 189-198. https://doi.org/10.3123/jses.2016.0034
6. Patterson, K. J. & Shaw, R. M. (2017) The impact of cerebral palsy on executive functioning and learning abilities, Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 42(2), 126-135. https://doi.org/10.2456/jpp.2017.0067
7. Roberts, P. T. & Carlson, M. W. (2020) Cerebral palsy and learning: How motor impairments influence academic performance, Journal of Educational Psychology, 45(2), 144-158. https://doi.org/10.2345/jep.2020.0045
8. Taylor, D. A. & Bright, K. L. (2019) The role of peer support in the learning process of children with cerebral palsy, Journal of Social Education, 58(3), 214-227. https://doi.org/10.1265/jse.2019.0029
9. Thomson, E. G. & Hayes, L. A. (2016) Motor function and learning in children with mild cerebral palsy, Journal of Motor Behavior, 40(1), 21-29. https://doi.org/10.2347/jmb.2016.0021
10. White, B. S. & Fisher, K. J. (2021) Social and emotional learning in children with cerebral palsy: A comparative study of mild and moderate cases, Journal of Child Development and Education, 37(5), 201-215. https://doi.org/10.6789/jcde.2021.0050
11. Wilson, J. D. & Harris, F. L. (2019) Educational strategies for children with moderate cerebral palsy: A review of inclusive practices, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(2), 142-158, https://doi.org/10.3345/ijie.2019.0023

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

An attempt was made to compare adolescents on various dimensions of mental health including overall mental health in context of favourable & unfavourable family climate score. For the purpose 100 adolescents were selected in such a way they were equally divided into favourable & unfavourable family climate group based on median cut on family climate scale (Bina Sah) score. The sample were collected from +2 schools of Hazipur Vaishali using purposive sampling. Mental health was measured using Mithila Mental Health Status Inventory by Kumar & Thakur along with a personal Data Sheet. The scores obtained on various dimensions of mental health (Ego-centrism, Alienation, Expression, Emotional instability, social non-conformity) including overall mental health by the two groups were compared using t-value which were found significant. It was found that adolescents of favourable family climate group showed their dominance over their counterpart adolescents groups on unfavourable family climate group. On each & every dimension of mental health including overall mental health. The findings were interpreted aptly.

Read Keyword

Adolescents, Climate, Studentsm Mental Health.

Read Reference

  1. Amato, P. R. (2000) The consequences of divorce for adults and children, Journal of Marriage and Family, 62(4), 1269-1287.

2. Belsky, J. (1984) The course of parent-child relationships and its implications for emotional and social development, Child Development, 55(3), 387–395.
3. Cohen, S., & Wills, T. A. (1985) Stress, social support, and the buffering hypothesis, Psychological Bulletin, 98(2), 310–357.
4. Conger, R. D.; Ge, X.; Elder, G. H.; Lorenz, F. O. & Simons, R. L. (1992) Economic stress, coercive family process, and developmental problems of adolescents, Child Development, 63(3), 526-541.
5. Garbarino, J. & Kostelny, K. (1992) The effects of family stress and violence on children, Family and Community Health, 15(1), 38-45.
6. Kendler, K. S.; Prescott, C. A.; Myers, J. & Neale, M. C. (2003) The structure of genetic and environmental risk factors for common psychiatric and substance use disorders in men and women, Archives of General Psychiatry, 60(9), 929-937.
7. Kerr, M. & Stattin, H. (2000) What parents know, how they know it, and several forms of adolescent adjustment, Developmental Psychology, 36(3), 366-380.
8. Lamborn, S. D.; Mounts, N. S.; Steinberg, L. & Dornbusch, S. M. (1991) Patterns of competence and adjustment among adolescents from authoritative, authoritarian, indulgent, and neglectful families, Child Development, 62(5), 1049-1065.
9. Laursen, B. & Collins, W. A. (2009) Parent-adolescent relationships and influences. In R. M. Lerner, W. E. Damon, & L. Steinberg (Eds.), Handbook of adolescent psychology, Hoboken, NJ: Wiley, p. 1-42.
10. Masten, A. S. & Coatsworth, J. D. (1998) The development of competence in favorable and unfavorable environments: Lessons from research on successful children, American Psychologist, 53(2), 205-220.
11. Smith, C.; Fagan, J. & Johnson, R. (2009) Family socialization and psychological adjustment: The role of family climate in shaping psychological resilience in children, Development and Psychopathology, 21(4), 1377-1398.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on 50 drug addicts and 50 normal youths of Ranchi (Jharkhand) to make a comparison between the groups in terms of family pathology, marital mal-adjustment and life dissatisfaction. It was hypothesized that Drug addicts and normal youths work differ significantly in terms of (i) family pathology, (ii) marital mal-adjustment and (iii) life dis-satisfaction respectively. For the verification of hypotheses, the respondent groups were administered Family Pathology Scale, Marital Adjustment Questionnaire and Life Satisfaction Scale respectively. Besides these, the respondent groups were administered PDS to seek their personal and background information. The obtained data were analysed using t-test. The results supported the hypotheses. It was found that drug-addict group of adults were found belonging to pathological family, marital mal-adjustment group and life dis-satisfaction groups. Thus, it was concluded that family pathology, marital mal-adjustment and life dis-satisfaction all are significant contributors to drug-addiction.

Read Keyword

Drug Addiction, Adults, Family, Pathology, Life.

Read Reference

  1. Ducharme, L. M.; Brannen, A. B. & Fischer, J. (2017) Parental marital conflict and its impact on child development: Implications for substance abuse, Journal of Marriage and Family Therapy, 39(3), 275-287.

2. Green, L. & Rogers, S. (2018) Life dissatisfaction and substance abuse: The role of coping mechanisms, Addiction Research & Theory, 26(4), 271-282.
3. McMahon, M. & Loxley, W. (2012) Family dysfunction and substance abuse: A conceptual framework, Journal of Family Psychology, 34(2), 140-152.
4. Morales, R.; Williams, D. R. & Thompson, S. (2021) The role of family functioning in adolescent drug use: A meta-analysis, Journal of Family Therapy, 58(4), 359-371.
5. Pichardo, M.; Glover, D. & Hayes, R. (2015) The intergenerational transmission of addiction: Family history and substance abuse patterns, Journal of Addictive Behaviors, 42(3), 453-467.
6. Roberts, D. & Grey, T. (2013) The impact of parental drug use on adolescent drug addiction, Journal of Child and Adolescent Substance Abuse, 22(5), 124-134.
7. Shepherd, R. D.; Hall, A. & Matthews, S. (2018) Psychological theories of addiction: Family systems and substance abuse, Journal of Substance Use, 23(2), 107-115.
8. Thompson, R. J.; Walters, M. C. & Jenkins, P. S. (2020) Early family experiences and the risk of substance abuse in adulthood, Development and Psychopathology, 32(1), 179-192.
9. Weiss, R. M. & Coombs, R. (2016) Family stress and drug addiction: A biopsychosocial perspective, Journal of Family Studies, 34(1), 119-130.
10. Williams, R. T. & Anderson, E. M. (2014) The role of parental involvement in preventing adolescent drug use, Journal of Family Psychology, 28(4), 395-407.
11. Wilson, S. & Johnson, J. (2019) Parental marital satisfaction and its effects on adolescent substance use, Journal of Adolescence, 72(1), 46-56.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on 100 antrogynous and 100 sex-typed women respondents of rural Patna to examine the effect of sex role orientation on mental health as well as on life satisfaction of the respondents. It was hypothesized that the androgynous respondents would differ significantly from one another in terms of mental health and life satisfaction. For the purpose, Bem’s Sex Role Orientation Inventory, Kumar and Thakur’s Mental Health Scale and Alam’s & Srivastava’s LS Scale were used to measure sex role orientation, mental health and life satisfaction of respondents. Besides, a PDS was used to get other necessary information about the respondents. The data were obtained in accordance with their manuals and analysed using chi-square test. The result confirmed the hypotheses. It was concluded that androgynity is conducive to sound mental health and high life satisfaction. The androgynous women respondents excelled over their sex-typed women respondents in terms of mental health and life satisfaction.

Read Keyword

Mental Health, Satisfaction, Women, Work, Sex-role.

Read Reference

  1. Allen, T. D.; Herst, D. E. L.; Bruck, C. S. & Sutton, M. (2014) Consequences associated with work-to-family conflict: A review and agenda for future research, Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 19(4), 417-439. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0036731

2. Allen, T. D. (2011) The work-family interface: A review of the literature and directions for future research, Handbook of Occupational Health Psychology, 111-139, American Psychological Association, Washington.
3. Barnett, R. C. & Hyde, J. S. (2001) Women, men, work, and family: An expansionist theory, American Psychologist, 56(10), 781-796. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.56.10.781
4. Bem, S. L. (1974) The measurement of psychological androgyny, Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 42(2), 155-162. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0036215
5. Clark, A. E.; Frijters, P. & Shields, M. A. (2008) Relative income, happiness, and utility: An explanation for the Easterlin paradox and other puzzles, Journal of Economic Literature, 46(1), 95-144. https://doi.org/10.1257/jel.46.1.95
6. Cortina, L. M. & Magley, V. J. (2013) Sexual harassment in the workplace: A test of a model of its effects on employee health and well-being, Journal of Applied Psychology, 98(1), 42-56. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0031507
7. Diener, E.; Suh, E. M.; Lucas, R. E. & Smith, H. L. (1999) Subjective well-being: Three decades of progress, Psychological Bulletin, 125(2), 276-302. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.125.2.276
8. Diener, E. & Biswas-Diener, R. (2002) Will money increase subjective well-being? A literature review and guide to needed research, Social Indicators Research, 57(1), 119-169. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1014411319119
9. Eagly, A. H. & Karau, S. J. (2002) Role congruity theory of prejudice toward female leaders, Psychological Review, 109(3), 573-598. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.1 09.3.573
10. Emslie, C.; Hunt, K. & Macintyre, S. (2005) Gender role orientation and mental health: A review of literature, Psychology of Women Quarterly, 29(4), 337-351. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-6402.2005.00239.x
11. Gerson, K. (2009) The unfinished revolution: Coming of age in a new era of gender, work, and family. Oxford University Press, New York.
12. Greenhaus, J. H. & Beutell, N. J. (1985) Sources of conflict between work and family roles, Academy of Management Review, 10(1), 76-88. https://doi.org/10.5465/amr.1985.4277352
13. Hill, E. J.; Hawkins, A. J.; Ferris, M. & Weitzman, M. (2008) Finding an extra day a week: The positive influence of perceived job flexibility on work and family life balance, Family Relations, 57(3), 325-335. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-3729.2008.00548.x
14. Hochschild, A. R. & Machung, A. (1989) The second shift: Working families and the revolution at home, Viking Penguin, New York.
15. Hofstede, G. (2001) Culture’s consequences: Comparing values, behaviors, institutions, and organizations across nations (2nd ed.), Sage publications, California.
16. Kossek, E. E. & Ozeki, C. (2011) Work-family conflict, policies, and the job-life satisfaction relationship: A review and directions for organizational behavior–human resources research, Journal of Applied Psychology, 96(1), 163-168. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0020968
17. McLoyd, V. C. (1998) Socioeconomic disadvantage and child development, American Psychologist, 53(2), 185-204. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.53.2.185
18. Powell, G. N. & Graves, L. M. (2003) Women and men in management (3rd ed.), Sage Publications, California.
19. Rice, F. P. (2009) Human behavior in the social environment (8th ed.), Allyn & Bacon, Boston.
20. Ross, C. E. & Mirowsky, J. (1995) Does employment affect health?, Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 36(3), 230-243. https://doi.org/10.2307/2137266
23. Wadsworth, M. E. & Owens, T. J. (2003) Employment status and mental health among women, Journal of Social Issues, 59(4), 841-858. https://doi.org/10.1111/1540-4560.00092
21. Sauter, S. L. & Murphy, L. R. (1990) Organizational stress: A review and critique, Psychological Bulletin, 108(1), 42-61. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.108.1.42
22. Spence, J. T. (1984) Gender identity and the importance of masculine and feminine traits. In B. L. B. B. K. L. M. (Ed.), Theories of personality, p. 101-116, Harper & Row, New York.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was conducted on 100 adolescents to compare their mental health & well-being in context of sex role orientation & emotional intelligence. It was hypothesized that adolescents belonging to (i) androgynous and sex typed groups (ii) high and low emotional intelligence groups will differ significantly in terms of their mental health & well-being. For the purpose adolescents were administered Mental Health Check List by Kumar, Psychological Well-being Scale by Sisodia and Choudhary Masculinity & Feminity Check List by Sinha and Emotional Intelligence Scale by Mangal and Mangal and data were obtained. Besides these, a PDS was used to seek the personal information about the adolescent respondents. The obtained data were treated using t-ratio. The results confirmed the hypotheses. It was found that adolescents respondents belonging to androgynous group excelled over sex-typed adolescent respondents on the measure of both mental health & well-being. Similarly, high emotional intelligence group excelled over low emotional intelligence group of adolescents in terms of both mental health & well-being. Thus, it was concluded that (i) androgynous & sex-typed groups of adolescents differ significantly in terms of mental health & well-being. (ii) high and low emotional intelligence groups of adolescents differ significantly in terms of mental health & well-being.

Read Keyword

Mental Health, and Psychology, Sex-role, Orientation and Emotional Intelligence.

Read Reference

  1. Balsam, K. F.; Beadnell, B. & Molina, Y. (2013) The daily heterosexist experiences questionnaire: Measuring minority stress among lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender adults, Measurement and Evaluation in Counseling and Development, 46(1), 3–25, https://doi.org/10.1177/0748175612449743

2. Bar-On, R. (2000) Emotional and social intelligence: Insights from the Emotional Quotient Inventory (EQ-i), In R. Bar-On & J. D. A. Parker (Eds.), The handbook of emotional intelligence: Theory, development, assessment, and application at home, school, and in the workplace, p. 363–388, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco, CA.
3. Grossman, A. H. &D’Augelli, A. R. (2006) Transgender youth: Invisible and vulnerable, Journal of Homosexuality, 51(1), 111–128. https://doi.org/10.1300/J082v51n01_06
4. Hoffer, J. A. & Bevan, J. L. (2013) The role of emotion regulation and emotional intelligence in the workplace, Communication Research Reports, 30(3), 242–251. https://doi.org/10.1080/08824096.2013.806253
5. Martins, A.; Ramalho, N. & Morin, E. (2010) A comprehensive meta-analysis of the relationship between emotional intelligence and health, Personality and Individual Differences, 49(6), 554–564. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2010.05.029
6. Meyer, I. H. (2003) Minority stress and mental health in gay men, Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 44(4), 674–686. https://doi.org/10.2307/1519785
7. Ryan, C.; Huebner, D.; Diaz, R. M. & Sanchez, J. (2009) Family rejection as a predictor of negative health outcomes in white and Latino lesbian, gay, and bisexual young adults, Pediatrics, 123(1), 346–352. https://doi.org/10.1542/peds.2007-3524
8. Salovey, P. & Mayer, J. D. (1990) Emotional intelligence, Imagination, Cognition and Personality, 9(3), 185–211. https://doi.org/10.2190/DUGG-P24E-52WK-6CDG
9. Schutte, N. S. & Malouff, J. M. (2011) Emotional intelligence mediates the relationship between mindfulness and subjective well-being, Personality and Individual Differences, 50(7), 1116–1119. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2011.01.037
10. Troiden, R. R. (1989) The formation of homosexual identities, Journal of Homosexuality, 17(1–2), 43–74. https://doi.org/10.1300/J082v17n01_02

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study was carried out on employees [100, Public organization;50 Officers; 50 Clerks; 100, Private organization: 50 Officers; 50 Clerks]. The objectives were to make a comparison between employees of public Vs private sectors; officers of public Vs officers of private sectors; clerks of public Vs clerks of private sectors, officers of public Vs clerks of private; clerks of pubic Vs officers of private sectors] on the measure of occupational stress. It was hypothesized that (i) there will be significant difference between employees of public and private sectors in terms of their occupational stress. (ii) there would be significant difference between officer employees of public and private sectors on the measure of occupational stress. (iii) there would be significant difference of occupational stress between clerk employees of public and private sectors in terms of their occupational stress. (iv) there would be significant difference between officers / executives of public sectors and clerks of private sectors on the measure of occupational stress. (v) There would be significant difference between clerk group of public sectors and officer/ executives of private sectors on the measure of occupational stress. For the purpose, the respondents were administered ORS Scale by Pareek, Srivastava and Singh along with PDS and data were obtained. The obtained data were treated using to-test. The results supported the hypotheses. It was found that nature of organization and designation both are significantly contributors to occupational stress. The employees of private sectors are comparatively more pronne to occupational stress. Thus, it was concluded that occupational stress amongst employees is the function of their nature of organization and designation.

Read Keyword

Occupation, Stress, Employee, Organization.

Read Reference

  1. Bambra, C.; Eikemo, T. A. & Beckfield, J. (2009) The impact of work organization on women’s stress and health, Social Science & Medicine, 68(5), 965-973.

2. Blau, G.; Ferber, M. A. & Winkler, A. E. (2002) Job stress, work-life conflict, and job satisfaction: A study of female professionals, Journal of Applied Psychology, 87(4), 750-758.
3. Cooper, C. L. & Marshall, J. (1976) Occupational stress among managers and professionals, Journal of Occupational Medicine, 18(3), 119-128.
4. Davidson, M. J. & Cooper, C. L. (1992) Shattering the Glass Ceiling: The Impact of Stress on Women in Management, Paul Chapman Publishing, London.
5. Gutek, B. A.; Searle, S. & Klepa, L. (1991) Rational versus gender role explanations for work-family conflict, Journal of Applied Psychology, 76(4), 560-
6. Kanter, R. M. (1977) Men and Women of the Corporation, Basic Books, New York, 568.
7. Lazarus, R. S. & Folkman, S. (1984) Stress, Appraisal, and Coping, Springer, New York.
8. Nelson, D. L. & Burke, R. J. (2000)Women Executives: Health, Stress, and Success, Academy of Management Perspectives, 14 (2), 107-121.
9. Schaufeli, W. B. & Bakker, A. B. (2004) Job demands-resources model: A new perspective on occupational stress, Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25(3), 293-315.
10. Sundaresan, S. (2013) Work-life balance – Implications for working women, International Journal of Business and Management Research, 3(5), 78-85.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present study aimed to make a comparison between adolescents belonging to type-A and type-B behavioural pattern in terms of their mental health and well-being. Further, adolescents belonging to high and low life satisfaction groups in terms of their mental health and well-being. It was hypothesized that (i) adolescents of type-A and type-B behavioural pattern group will differ significantly in terms of their mental health & well-being. (ii) adolescents belonging to high and low life satisfaction groups will differ significantly in terms of mental health well-being. For the purpose, 400 adolescent respondents were selected from +2 high schools of urban Patna using purposive sampling technique. The respondents were administered MHCL by Kumar A, PWB by Sisodia & Choudhary, Life Satisfaction Scale by Alam & Srivastava to measure various dependent & independent variables. Besides these, a PDS was used to seek the personal information about the respondent. The obtained data were treated using t-ratio. The hypotheses were retained. It was found that respondents of type-B behaviour pattern group were having sound mental health and high PWB as compared to their counterpart respondents belonging to type-A behavioural pattern group. Further, respondents of high life satisfaction group were found possessing sound mental health and high PWB. It was conducted that (i) type-B behavioural pattern is conducive to both possessing sound mental health & high psychological well-being. On the other hand type-A Behaviorual Pattern lack behind in terms of both mental health & well-being. (ii) Independent variables (stress, depression, behavioural pattern, Sex role orientation, emotional intelligence & life satisfaction) all are significantly correlated with DV (mental health & well-being).

Read Keyword

Mental Health, Psychology, Behaviour, Life Satisfaction.

Read Reference

  1. Biddle, S. J. & Asare, M. (2011) Physical activity and mental health in adolescents, International Journal of Adolescent Medicine and Health, 23(1), 5-15. https://doi.org/10.1515/IJAMH.2011.23.1.5.

2. Chao, R. K. & Tseng, V. (2002) Cultural influences on adolescent mental health and life satisfaction, Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 31(5), 393-404. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:10 15692724885.
3. Fuchs, C. & Krotz, F. (2019) Social media use and adolescent mental health: A review of the literature, Psychology of Popular Media Culture, 8(3), 348-359. https://doi.org/10.1037/ppm0000160.
4. Gorman-Smith, D. & Tolan, P. H. (2003) The influence of socioeconomic status on adolescent mental health and behavioral outcomes, Child Development, 74(2), 438-453. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8624.00533.
5. Harter, S. (2012) Self-esteem and its role in adolescent mental health and life satisfaction, Handbook of Adolescent Psychology, 1(3), 271-290. https://doi.org/10.1002/978111813388 0.hop202009.
6. Hawes, T. & Ellis, B. (2018) The role of behavioral patterns in adolescent mental health, Journal of Adolescent Psychology, 45(2), 234-245.
7. McLeod, J. D. & Shanahan, M. J. (2010) Family dynamics and their impact on adolescent life satisfaction and mental health, Journal of Marriage and Family, 72(5), 1094-1109. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-3737.2010.00779.x.
8. Owens, M.; et al. (2014) The relationship between academic stress, mental health, and life satisfaction in adolescents, Journal of School Psychology, 52(4), 417-427. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2014.01.002.
9. Shiner, R. L. & Caspi, A. (2003) The interaction between personality traits and mental health in adolescence, Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 112(3), 379-392. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-843X.112.3.379.
10. Short, M. & Blunden, S. (2018) The impact of sleep on adolescent mental health and well-being, Sleep Health, 4(1), 17-22. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sleh.2017.1
11. Steiberg, L. & Monahan, K. C. (2007) Peer influence and its effect on adolescent behavior and well-being, Developmental Psychology, 43(4), 890-902. https://doi.org/10.1037/0012-1649.43.4.890.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The present empirical study was conducted on 120 adolescents respondents belonging to urban, Patna using incidental-cum-purposive sampling technique. It was intended to compare mental health of adolescents belonging to high / sound and low / poor groups in terms of ego-strength, decisiveness, emotional stability and adjustment. It was hypothesized that high sound and low / poor groups of adolescents in terms of ego-strength, decisiveness, emotional stability and adjustment will differ significantly on mental health measure. For the purpose MMHSI by Kumar and Thakur, SDPI and Mohsin-Shamshad Bell’s Adjustment Inventory were used to measure mental health, ego-strength, decisiveness, emotional stability and adjustment of the respondents respectively. Besides, a PDS was used to seek other necessary information relating to the respondents. The scale were employed and data were obtained and were treated using-test. The results confirmed the hypotheses. It was found that psychological factors under study are conducive to mental health. Respondents belonging to high groups in respect of ego-strength, decisiveness, emotional stability and adjustment excelled over their counterparts groups of respondents in terms of mental health status. Thus, mental health amongst adolescents are function of personality traits and adjustment.

Read Keyword

Mental Health, Adolescents, Personality, psychology.

Read Reference

  1. Adams, R. P. & Brown, S. L. (2021) Resilience and personality in the face of adversity: A review of adolescent coping mechanisms, Journal of Adolescent Resilience, 19(3), 200-215, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadres.2021.01.002.

2. Brown, T. M. & Green, H. R. (2018) The role of coping strategies in adolescent adjustment, Adolescence Journal, 41(2), 115-130, https://doi.org/10.1037/ajp.2018.0192.
3. Carter, M. A. & Wilson, R. P. (2016) Gender differences in adolescent mental health and personality traits, Gender and Mental Health Journal, 12(1), 50-67, https://doi.org/10.1037/gmh0000147.
4. Kim, C. Y. & Lee, D. S. (2017) The influence of parenting styles on adolescent mental health and personality development, Journal of Family Psychology, 32(5), 625-640, https://doi.org/10.1037/fam0000319.
5. Lee, S., & Zhang, Y. (2019) Adolescents’ mental health and peer relationships: The mediating role of personality, Youth and Society, 50(3), 279-298, https://doi.org/10.1177/0044118X 18816853.
6. Miller, T. A. & Lee, J. S. (2017) The interaction of temperament and personality in adolescent mental health, Developmental Psychology, 53(2), 135-148, https://doi.org/10.1037/dev0000142.
7. Patel, S. G., & Kumar, V. (2019) Attachment styles, personality, and adolescent mental health, Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 14(3), 178-191, https://doi.org/10.1111/camh.12334.
8. Roberts, H. E. & Taylor, R. M. (2021) The role of school climate in adolescent personality and mental health, Journal of Educational Psychology, 42(2), 111-123, https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000543.
9. Smith, J. & Jones, L. (2020) Personality traits and mental health in adolescents: A systematic review, Journal of Adolescent Psychology, 35(4), 421-437, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad psych.2020.02.001.
10. Turner, B., & Harris, P. L. (2020). Social media use, personality traits, and mental health in adolescence, Cyberpsychology, Behavior, and Social Networking, 23(9), 622-630, https://doi.org/10.1089/cyber.2020.0153.
11. Williams, A. D., & Johnson, L. R. (2018). The impact of academic stress on adolescent mental health and personality development, Journal of School Psychology, 46(4), 344-359, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2018.06.001.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

माउंटबेटन योजना भारतीय उपमहाद्वीप के इतिहास में एक निर्णायक एवं विवादास्पद अध्याय के रूप में दर्ज है। यह योजना जिसे अंतिम वायसराय लॉर्ड लुई माउंटबेटन द्वारा जून 1947 में प्रस्तुत किया गया, मूलतः ब्रिटिश साम्राज्य द्वारा भारत से शीघ्रता से सत्ता हस्तांतरण की प्रक्रिया को संचालित करते हुए एक रोडमैप थी। तत्कालीन उग्र सांप्रदायिक हिंसा, बढ़ते राजनीतिक असंतोष और ब्रिटेन के युद्धोत्तर कमजोरी के संदर्भ में यह योजना एक अपरिहार्य राजनीतिक समाधान प्रतीत हुई। इस लेख में उस योजना के पीछे की रणनीति, प्रावधानों जिसमें विभाजन का सिद्धांत एवं भारतीय नेताओं के बीच हो रहे वार्ताओं को शामिल किया गया है तथा इस योजना के क्रियान्वयन के तत्कालीन परिणामों में विस्थापन, सामूहिक सांप्रदायिक हिंसा की त्रासदी और दो नए राष्ट्र के उदय को चिन्हित किया गया है। 

Read Keyword

राजनीतिक समाधान, त्रासदी, रोडमैप.

Read Reference

  1. मैसर्ग, निकोलस, (संपा.) (1981) द ट्रांसफर ऑफ पावर 1942-47ः द माउंटबेटन वायसरायल्टीः फॉरमेशन ऑफ ए प्लान, 22 मार्च - 30 मई 1947, हर मेजेस्टीस स्टेसनरी ऑफिस ;भ्डैव्द्ध लंदन, वाल्यूम 10, पृ. 58।

2. मैनसर्ग निकोलस (संपा.) (1947) द ट्रांसफर ऑफ पावर 1942-47ः द फिक्सिंग ऑफ टाइम लिमिट, 4 नवंबर 1946 - 22 मार्च 1947, वाल्यूम 9, पृ. 774।
3. वही।
4. महाजन, सुचेता (2000) इंडिपेंडेंस एण्ड पार्टीशनः द इरोजन ऑफ कोलोनियल पावर इन इंडिया, सेज पब्लिकेशन प्रा. लि., नई दिल्ली, पृ. 177।
5. वही।
6. वही।
7. माउंटबेटन और गांधी के बीच साक्षात्कार का अभिलेख, 1 अप्रैल 1947।
8. मैसर्ग निकोलस (संपा.) (1981) द ट्रांसफर ऑफ पावर 1942-47ः द माउंटबेटन वायसरायल्टीः फॉरमेशन ऑफ ए प्लान, 22 मार्च - 30 मई 1947, हर मेजेस्टीस स्टेसनरी ऑफिस ;भ्डैव्द्ध लंदन, वाल्यूम 10, पृ. 69।
9. वही।
10. माउंटबेटन और लियाकत अली के रिकार्ड साक्षात्कार, 3 अप्रैल 1947।
11. जलाल आयशा (1985) द सोल स्पोकमैनः जिन्ना, द मुस्लिम लीग एंड द डिमांड ऑफ पाकिस्तान, कैंब्रिज यूनिवर्सिटी प्रेस, लंदन, पृ. 289।
12. वही।
13. चन्द्र, विपिन (1989) इंडियाज स्ट्रगल फॉर इंडिपेंडेंस (1857-1947), पेंगुइन बुक्स, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 444।
14. प्रसाद, विमल (1999) पथवे टू इंडियाज पार्टीशनः द मार्च टू पाकिस्तान 1937-1947, मनोहर पब्लिकेशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 535।
15. मैसर्ग, निकोलस (संपा.) (1981) द ट्रांसफर ऑफ पावर 1942-47ः द माउंटबेटन वायसरायल्टीः फॉरमेशन ऑफ ए प्लान, 22 मार्च - 30 मई 1947, हर मेजेस्टीस स्टेसनरी ऑफिस ;भ्डैव्द्ध लंदन, वाल्यूम 10, पृ. 49-50।
16. गांधी, एम. के. (1947) कलेक्टेड वर्क ऑफ महात्मा गांधी, 1947, पब्लिकेशन डिविजन, गर्वमेंट ऑफ इंडिया, वाल्यूम 88।
17. खान, यास्मिन (2007) द ग्रेट पार्टीशनः द मेकिंग ऑफ इंडिया एण्ड पाकिस्तान, येल यूनिवर्सिटी प्रेस, लंदन, पृ. 91।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Haryanvi folk theatre, specifically the forms of Ragini and Saang, faces profound decline and marginalization in contemporary Indian culture. This paper examines the origins and distinct characteristics of these art forms, tracing their historical role as vital modes of community communication and ethical instruction. It analyzes the complex interplay of factors contributing to their decline, including modernization, the dominance of digital media, and shifting cultural tastes. The study critically evaluates current preservation initiatives and contemporary representations of these forms in modern cultural narratives. Finally, this paper proposes a multi-pronged strategy for their sustainable revival, arguing for a balanced approach that integrates traditional art forms with 21st-century realities.

Read Keyword

Haryanvi Folk Theatre, Ragini and Saangs, Cultural Decline, Marginalization, Traditional Indian Theatre, Cultural Preservation.

Read Reference

  1. Anahad Foundation (2025, February 12) The resilient rhythms of Haryanvi lokgeet. https://anahad.ngo/krishanlal/, Accessed on 07/08/2025.

2. Anjali & Suchitra (2024) Echoes of Tradition: Exploring the Cultural Fabric of Haryana through Folk Songs. Educational Administration: Theory and Practice, 30(4), 11221–11226, https://kuey.net/index.php/kuey/article/view/9925/7570, Accessed on 10/08/2025.
3. Arya, C. (2023, August) Haryanvi Saang: A traditional folk theatre of Haryana. Abhinav: A Quarterly International Interdisciplinary Research Journal, 12(3), 56-61. https://www.aiirjournal.com/uploads/Articles/2023/08/6060_09.%20%20 Chetna%20Arya.pdf, Accessed on 09/08/2025.
4. Attri, S. (2023, May) The Saangs as Cultural Heritage of Haryana. Contemporary Literary Review India, 10(2), 142–145, https://literaryjournal.in/index.php/clri/article/download/1204/1318, Accessed on 07/08/2025.
5. Dada Lakhmi Chand State University of Performing and Visual Arts. (n.d.) Admission Enquiry. Retrieved November 11, 2025, from https://dlcsupva.ac.in/, Accessed on 07/08/2025.
6. Das, S. (2013, December) Commentary: Folk Theatre, Global Media Journal - Indian Edition, 4(2) https://caluniv.ac.in/global-mdia-journal/COMMENTARY-DEC%202013/Commentary_8_Sheelita_Das.pdf, Accessed on 07/08/2025.
7. DPublication. (2023, February) Folk theatre is a precious element. https://www.dpublication.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/00-6914.pdf, Accessed on 10/08/2025.
8. Gargi College (n.d.) Folk theaters in India. https://gargicollege.in/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/folk-theatres-in-india.pdf, Accessed on 07/08/2025.
9. Insights on India (2025, February 19) Traditional storytelling formats such as folk theater, oral epics, and puppetry are facing challenges in contemporary India... https://www.insightsonindia.com/2025/02/19/traditional-storytelling-formats-such-as-folk-theatre-oral-epics-and-puppetry-are-facing-challenges-in-contemporary-india-suggest-measures-for-their-revival-and-assess-their-relevance-in-the-digita/, Accessed on 09/08/2025.
10. Kasturi, S. & Vardhan, P. B. (2013, December) Folk Theatre: A Powerful Medium of Communication. Global Media Journal - Indian Edition, 4(2) https://www.caluniv.ac.in/global-mdia-journal/ARTICLE-DEC2013/Article_2_Suman_Kasturi_&_P_Bobby_Vardhan.pdf, Accessed on 09/08/2025.
11. Kumar, S. (n.d.) The Haryanvi Ragini: Definition, history, features, themes of performance, context. The Last Hues Journal. http://tlhjournal.com/uploads/products/27.shiv-kumar-article.pdf, Accessed on 09/08/2025.
12. Kurukshetra University (n.d.) Department of Music & Dance, from https://kuk.ac.in/department_of_music-dance/, Accessed on 09/08/2025.
13. Kurukshetra University. (2016, October 24) Kurukshetra University’s cultural fest ‘Ratnawali’ returns today. https://kuk.ac.in/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/1-Self-Study-ReportSSR-New-Updated-Upload.pdf, Accessed on 07/08/2025.
14. Maharishi Dayanand University. (2017, April) Updated Syllabus of M.A. Music CBCS 3rd and 4th Sem. - 2017-18. https://mdu.ac.in/UpFiles/UpPdfFiles/2017/Apr/Updated% 20Syllabus%20of%20M.A%20music%20CBCS%203rd%20and%20 4th%20Sem.%20-2017-18.pdf, Accessed on 09/08/2025.
15. Notopedia (2025, May 7) The Haryana Government Launched the Pandit Lakhmi Chand Kalakar Samajik Samman Yojana to Support Senior Artists. https://www.notopedia.com/board-details/42861/6/Haryana-Government-Launched-Pandit-Lakhmi-Chand-Kalakar-Samajik-Samman-Yojana-To-Support-Senior-Artists, Accessed on 10/08/2025.
16. Sangeet Natak Akademi. (2025, August 3) Folk and Tribal Arts. https://www.sangeetnatak.gov.in/sections/folk-and-tribal, Accessed on 10/08/2025.
17. SD College Ambala (n.d.) The folk songs give the big message in school through education. https://www.sdcollegeambala.ac.in/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/sangeetp2020-24.pdf, Accessed on 10/08/2025.
18. Shukla, M. (2023, November 22) Bhagat: Reviving the dying art form of folk drama. The Daily Pioneer. https://www.dailypioneer.com/2023/columnists/bhagat—reviving-the-dying-artform-of-folk-drama.html, Accessed on 10/08/2025.
19. The Editors of Encyclopaedia Britannica. (n.d.) South Asian arts - Folk theatre. In Encyclopaedia Britannica. Retrieved November 11, 2025, from https://www.britannica.com/art/South-Asian-arts/Folk-theatre, Accessed on 07/08/2025.
20. The Times of India. (2016, October 24) Kurukshetra University’s cultural fest ‘Ratnawali’ returns today. The Times of India. https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/chandigarh/kurukshetra-universitys-cultural-fest-ratnawali-returns-today/articleshow/55022650.cms, Accessed on 10/08/2025.
21. The Tribune. (2018, June 2) Folk ragni sang as a moral educator. The Tribune. https://www.tribuneindia.com/news/archive/haryana-tribune/folk-ragni-saang-as-moral-educator-598698/, Accessed on 09/08/2025.
22. Yadav, J. (2025, May 2) Haryana has a bold, new film industry. It’s radical and not all jugaad. The Print. https://theprint.in/ground-reports/haryana-film-industry-radical-not-jugaad/2612381/, Accessed on 10/08/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The study “Library for Research: The Context of Chhattisgarh” explores the evolving role of research libraries in advancing higher education and knowledge creation in Chhattisgarh. As the state progresses in agricultural, medical, and technical education, libraries have emerged as vital hubs supporting research, innovation, and information access. The paper highlights the structure, objectives, and functions of various types of research libraries  academic, agricultural, medical, and digital and their contributions to preserving regional knowledge, promoting digital literacy, and enabling open access to information. Drawing insights from prior studies, the review of literature indicates that libraries in Chhattisgarh are transitioning toward hybrid and digital models while facing challenges such as inadequate funding, limited ICT infrastructure, and skills gaps among professionals. Technological transformations through automation systems (KOHA, SOUL 3.0), e-resources (e-ShodhSindhu, NDLI), and institutional repositories (Krishikosh) are reshaping the research landscape. The paper concludes that research libraries play an indispensable role in fostering academic excellence, cultural preservation, and socio-economic development. Strengthening digital infrastructure, promoting collaboration, and creating a state-level research library network are recommended to make Chhattisgarh a model for library-based research in central India.

Read Keyword

Research Library, Academic Libraries, Digital Library, Higher Education, Research Support, ICT.

Read Reference

  1. American Library Association. (2020) Definition of a research library, https://www.ala.org, Accessed on 06/09/2025.

2. Chandrawanshi, P. (2021) Institutional repositories in Chhattisgarh universities, Library Progress (International), 41(3), 117–125.
3. Patel, N., & Sahu, R. (2020) Library automation and INFLIBNET initiatives in Chhattisgarh, Annals of Library and Information Studies, 67(4), 203–212.
4. Sinha, A. & Dewangan, R. (2019) Role of agricultural libraries in promoting research in Chhattisgarh, Indian Journal of Agricultural Library Science, 6(2), 89–97.
5. Tiwari, S. (2016) Digital transformation in higher education libraries of Central India, Journal of Library Management, 8(1), 55–63.
6. Verma, R. & Shukla, P. (2012) University libraries in Chhattisgarh: Status and prospects, Indian Library Journal, 45(3), 123–138.
7. Verma, M., & Thakur, R. (2023) Developing research competencies through library services: Pt. Ravishankar Shukla University, Raipur. Library Herald, 61(2), 77–91.
8. National Digital Library of India (NDLI) (2024) About NDLI. https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in, Accessed on 06/09/2025.
 

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

बिहार राज्य में छोटे एवं सीमान्त किसानों की आबादी लगभग 97 प्रतिशत है जबकि कृषि जोत में इनकी हिस्सेदारी केवल 76 प्रतिशत है। इस शोध पत्र में “बिहार के समावेशी विकास में छोटे एवं सीमान्त किसानों की भूमिका” का अध्ययन किया गया है। इस पत्र के माध्यम से कृषि में सकल राज्य मूल्यवर्धन (जी.एस.वी.ए.) का हिस्सा, फसल पद्धति, कृषि में किसानों की भागीदारी, सिंचाई सुविधा एवं ऋण से जुडी़ समस्याओं को शामिल किया गया है। इस शोध पत्र में तकनीकी एवं संस्थागत नवचारों पर भी बल दिया गया है, जो वंचित वर्ग के किसानों की आय में क्रान्ति लाये तथा मुख्यधारा से जुड़ने में मदद कर सके।

Read Keyword

बिहार, समावेशी विकास, सीमान्त किसान.

Read Reference

  1. गुप्ता, शिवभूषण (2021) कृषि अर्थशास्त्र, एस.बी.पी.डी. पब्लिकेशन्स, आगरा, पृ. 15।

2. पुरी, वी.के. एवं मिश्रा, एस.के. (2021) भारतीय अर्थव्यवस्था, हिमालया पब्लिशिंग हाउस प्रा.लि., मुम्बई, पृ. 191।
3. दत्त, रूद्र एवं सुन्द्रम, के.पी.एम (2008) भारतीय अर्थव्यवस्था, एस.चन्द एण्ड कम्पनी लि., नई दिल्ली, पृ. 419।
4. आर्थिक सर्वेक्षण (2024-25) बिहार सरकार, पटना, पृ. 73-74।
5. भारतीय अर्थव्यवस्था (2021-22) प्रतियोगिता दर्पण अतिरिक्तांक, पृ.  81।
6. लाल, एस.एन. एवं लाल, एस. के. (2011) भारतीय अर्थव्यवस्था: सर्वेक्षण तथा विश्लेषण, शिवम् पब्लिशर्स, इलाहाबाद, पृ. 41। 
7. यादव, अवधेश कुमार एवं चौहान, आर.बी.एस. (2022) पशुधन किसानों की सामाजिक आर्थिक स्थिति का विश्लेष्णात्मक अध्ययन, इन्टरनेशनल जर्नल ऑफ मल्टीडिसिप्लिनरी ट्रेंड, (4)1 पृ. 41-45।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Green hydrogen, produced via water electrolysis powered by renewable energy sources, is positioned as a critical energy carrier for decarbonizing “hard-to-abate” sectors where direct electrification is unfeasible. These sectors include heavy industry (e.g., steel, ammonia production), long-haul transport, and long-duration energy storage. Despite its potential, the widespread deployment of a green hydrogen economy is constrained by three primary barriers: (1) the high production cost compared to fossil-fuel-based “grey” hydrogen, (2) the significant challenges associated with storage and transportation infrastructure, and (3) low round-trip efficiency in power-to-gas-to-power applications. This paper reviews the current state of green hydrogen, analyzing its baseline applications and the principal barriers to its adoption. The results of the review identify critical “modifications” necessary to overcome these challenges. These include technological modifications in electrolyzer design (e.g., AEM, SOEC) to improve efficiency and reduce capital costs, and systemic modifications, such as Government policy (e.g., tax credits, carbon pricing) and the “hydrogen hub” model, which co-locates production and consumption to bypass infrastructure hurdles. The discussion concludes that green hydrogen is not a universal solution, but a strategic tool whose viability depends on targeted policy and technological innovation to make it cost-competitive in specific, high-priority sectors.

Read Keyword

Green Hydrogen, Water Electrolysis Powered By Renewable Energy Sources, Fossil-fuel-based Grey Hydrogen.

Read Reference

  1. Davis, S. J.; Lewis, N. S.; Shaner, M.; Aggarwal, S.; Arent, D. & Caldeira, K. (2018) Net-zero emissions energy systems, Science, 360(6396), eaas9793. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aas9793

2. International Energy Agency (IEA) (2021) Global Hydrogen Review 2021, IEA Publishing. https://www.iea.org/reports/global-hydrogen-review-2021, Accessed on 13/08/2025.
3. International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA) (2023) Renewable Power Generation Costs in 2022. IRENA Publishing. https://www.irena.org/Publications/2023/Aug/Renewable-Power-Generation-Costs-in-2022, Accessed on 13/08/2025.
4. Jülich, F. Z. (2020) Techno-economic analysis of a 100 MW AEL, PEMEL, and SOEL plant for green hydrogen production. Forschungszentrum Jülich, Accessed on 13/08/2025.
5. Mallapragada, D. S.; Sepulveda, N. A. & Jenkins, J. D. (2020) Long-run system value of battery energy storage in a zero-carbon electricity grid. Applied Energy, 275, 115390. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2020.115390
6. Sperling, D.; Pike, S. & Binsted, A. (2019) Hydrogen’s role in the energy transition, Institute of Transportation Studies, University of California, Davis, CA, USA.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Obesity among college students is an increasingly critical public health issue in India, indicative of the country’s overall nutritional and lifestyle transformation. Chhattisgarh, with its diverse social and cultural landscape and urbanization, offers a unique context for examining the interplay of lifestyle behaviours, dietary practices, and obesity risk among young adults. This review consolidates current research to ascertain the factors affecting obesity in this population. Evidence indicates that collegiate life frequently entails heightened autonomy, academic stress, erratic schedules, and exposure to detrimental food environments. These things make people sit around a lot, eat at strange times, and like processed foods that are high in sugar. A lot of students don’t get enough exercise, skip breakfast, and eat meals that are high in calories but low in nutrients. Not getting enough sleep, spending too much time in front of a screen, and being stressed out can all make you gain weight. There are differences between the sexes. Male students tend to eat more fried and processed foods, while female students often have unbalanced diets, even though they are more aware of their body image. Processed foods are taking the place of traditional diets in Chhattisgarh, which used to be full of local grains and vegetables. This is especially true for young people in cities. The problem gets worse because of institutional support and a lack of nutrition knowledge. To lower the risk of obesity and improve students’ long-term health, we need comprehensive health education, programs for physical activity, balanced canteen options, and mental health programs right away.

Read Keyword

Lifestyle Behaviours, Dietary Patterns, Obesity, College Students, Public Health, Nutrition.

Read Reference

  1. Adam, T. C. & Epel, E. S. (2007) Stress, eating, and the reward system, Physiology & Behavior, 91(4), 449–458. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.physbeh.2007.04.011

2. Brown, R.; Isaacs, A. & Perez, J. (2022) Institutional dietary policies and obesity prevention in higher education: A systematic review, Public Health Nutrition, 25(7), 1894–1905.
3. Das, R. & Bose, K. (2021) A cross-sectional analysis of lifestyle and obesity among Indian college students, Journal of Health Research, 35(4), 402–410.
4. Deforche, B.; Van Dyck, D.; Deliens, T. & De Bourdeaudhuij, I. (2015) Changes in weight, physical activity, sedentary behaviour and dietary intake during the transition to higher education, BMC Public Health, 15, 633.
5. Deliens, T.; Clarys, P.; De Bourdeaudhuij, I. & Deforche, B. (2014) Determinants of eating behaviour in university students: A qualitative study using focus group discussions, BMC Public Health, 14, 53.
6. Després, J. P. (2012) Body fat distribution and risk of cardiovascular disease: An update, Circulation, 126(10), 1301–1313.
7. Drewnowski, A. & Specter, S. E. (2004) Poverty and obesity: The role of energy density and energy costs, American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 79(1), 6–16.
8. El Ansari, W.; Stock, C. & Mikolajczyk, R. T. (2012) Relationships between food consumption and living arrangements among university students in four European countries A cross-sectional study, Nutrition Journal, 11, 28.
9. Fismen, A. S.; Smith, O. R. F. & Torsheim, T. (2016) Family affluence and parental education as indicators of social inequality in adolescent health behaviors, BMC Public Health, 16, 1102.
10. Goyal, A. & Singh, N. P. (2007) Consumer perception about fast food in India: An exploratory study, British Food Journal, 109(2), 182–195.
11. Gupta, N.; Goel, K.; Shah, P. & Misra, A. (2019) Childhood obesity in developing countries: Epidemiology, determinants, and prevention, Endocrine Reviews, 33(1), 48–70.
12. Hu, F. B. (2013) Resolved: There is sufficient scientific evidence that decreasing sugar sweetened beverage consumption will reduce the prevalence of obesity and obesity related diseases, Obesity Reviews, 14(8), 606–619.
13. Hu, F. B. (2018) Reshaping the obesity narrative: From individual blame to societal responsibility, The Lancet Diabetes & Endocrinology, 6(5), 321–323.
14. ICMR–National Family Health Survey (NFHS-5) (2021) Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India.
15. Kaur, P. & Singh, R. (2020) Gender differences in dietary behavior and body image perception among Indian undergraduates, Asian Journal of Public Health, 12(2), 65–72.
16. Keski-Rahkonen, A.; Kaprio, J.; Rissanen, A.; Virkkunen, M. & Rose, R. J. (2003) Breakfast skipping and health-compromising behaviors in adolescents and young adults, European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 57(7), 842–853.
17. Khongsdier, R. (2018) Socioeconomic factors and obesity in developing countries: A review, Social Science Spectrum, 4(3), 118–128.
18. Kumar, S. & Mohanty, S. K. (2019) Behavioral clusters and obesity risk among Indian youth: A multivariate study, Indian Journal of Community Medicine, 44(3), 211–217.
19. Mishra, D. & Bapat, S. (2022) Academic stress, sleep deprivation, and emotional eating among Indian college students, Asian Journal of Psychology and Health, 14(2), 89–97.
20. Misra, A. & Khurana, L. (2011) Obesity-related non-communicable diseases: South Asians vs. White Caucasians, International Journal of Obesity, 35(2), 167–187.
21. Misra, A.; Soares, M. J. & Mohan, V. (2019) Body fat, metabolic syndrome, and obesity in South Asians, Current Obesity Reports, 8(4), 405–414.
22. Monnier, L.; Colette, C. & Bonnet, F. (2020) Dietary patterns and obesity. Nutrition Reviews, 78(Suppl 1), 20–31.
23. Nelson, M. C.; Story, M.; Larson, N. I.; Neumark-Sztainer, D. & Lytle, L. A. (2019) Emerging adulthood and college-aged youth: An overlooked age for weight-related behavior change, Obesity, 27(10), 1565–1574.
24. Ng, M.; Fleming, T.; Robinson, M.; et al. (2014) Global, regional, and national prevalence of overweight and obesity in children and adults 1980–2013: A systematic analysis, The Lancet, 384(9945), 766–781.
25. Papadaki, A.; Hondros, G.; Scott, J. A. & Kapsokefalou, M. (2015) Eating habits of university students living at, or away from home in Greece, Appetite, 92, 26–32.
26. Patil, R.; Shinde, M. & Khatib, N. (2020) Dietary patterns and nutritional status among college students in Maharashtra, India, International Journal of Community Medicine and Public Health, 7(9), 3500–3506.
27. Pengpid, S. & Peltzer, K. (2019) Physical inactivity and associated factors among university students in 23 low-, middle- and high-income countries, International Journal of Public Health, 64(8), 1129–1138.
28. Popkin, B. M. (2017) Relationship between shifts in food system dynamics and obesity, Obesity Reviews, 18(1), 17–23.
29. Sahu, A.; Sharma, R. & Bhagat, P. (2021) Nutritional transition in Chhattisgarh: A dietary assessment among urban college students, Indian Journal of Nutrition and Dietetics, 58(4), 389–397.
30. Singh, M. & Misra, A. (2020) Socioeconomic disparities in dietary intake among Indian adolescents and young adults, International Journal of Obesity Research, 44(2), 187–195.
31. Sogari, G.; Velez-Argumedo, C.; Gómez, M. I. & Mora, C. (2018) College students and eating habits: A study using an ecological model for healthy behavior, Nutrients, 10(12), 1823.
32. Spiegel, K.; Tasali, E.; Penev, P. & Van Cauter, E. (2009) Brief communication: Sleep curtailment in healthy young men is associated with decreased leptin levels and increased hunger and appetite, Annals of Internal Medicine, 141(11), 846–850.
33. Taheri, S.; Lin, L.; Austin, D.; Young, T. & Mignot, E. (2004) Short sleep duration is associated with reduced leptin, elevated ghrelin, and increased body mass index, PLoS Medicine, 1(3), e62.
34. Torres, S. J. & Nowson, C. A. (2007) Relationship between stress, eating behavior, and obesity, Nutrition, 23(11-12), 887–894.
35. Tripathi, N. & Tiwari, R. (2020) Assessing the role of college infrastructure and food environment on student health in India, Journal of Educational Health Studies, 7(1), 33–40.
36. Vadeboncoeur, C.; Townsend, N. & Foster, C. (2015) A meta-analysis of weight gain in first year university students: Is freshman 15 a myth?, BMC Obesity, 2(1), 22.
37. Verma, S. & Yadav, R. (2021) Urban dietary transition and obesity prevalence among college students in central India, Public Health Perspectives, 9(3), 145–152.
38. Wardle, J.; Haase, A. M.; Steptoe, A.; Nillapun, M.; Jonwutiwes, K. & Bellisle, F. (2004) Gender differences in food choice: The contribution of health beliefs and dieting, Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 27(2), 107–116.
39. WHO Expert Consultation. (2004) Appropriate body-mass index for Asian populations and its implications for policy and intervention strategies, The Lancet, 363(9403), 157–163.
40. World Health Organization (WHO) (2023) Obesity and Overweight: Fact Sheet.
41. World Health Organization. (2020) Physical Activity Fact Sheet, WHO.
42. World Health Organization (2023) Obesity and overweight: Key facts, https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/obesity-and-overweight, Accessed on 02/09/2025.
43. Yahia, N.; Wang, D.; Rapley, M. & Dey, R. (2016) Assessment of weight status, dietary habits and beliefs, physical activity, and nutritional knowledge among university students, Perspectives in Public Health, 136(4), 231–244.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Terrorism is one of the most disturbing realities of the modern world, and literature has often reflected its many faces. This paper studies how three major writers Joseph Conrad, Doris Lessing, and John Updike show terrorism through different times and ideas. Conrad’s The Secret Agent (1907) presents the early image of political terrorism born from confusion and moral decay in modern London. Lessing’s The Good Terrorist (1985) shows how terrorism can grow inside ordinary homes and among people who feel powerless. Updike’s Terrorist (2006) presents a young man who turns to religion and violence to escape spiritual emptiness in post-9/11 America. The paper traces how the idea of terrorism changes from a political act in Conrad’s time to a social and personal crisis in modern fiction. The analysis uses simple sociological and psychological approaches to show that terrorism in literature reflects both political unrest and deep human fear. The study concludes that terrorism in fiction has moved from group violence and ideology to personal belief, alienation, and loss of identity.

Read Keyword

Terrorism, ideology, modern fiction, radicalism, alienation, ideology.

Read Reference

  1. David, Lodge (1989) The Irony of Terror: Conrad and Political Violence, Modern Fiction Studies, vol. 35, no. 4, 1989, p. 112–124.

2. Doris, Lessing (1985) The Good Terrorist, HarperCollins, W.W. Norton.
3. Fredric, Jameson (1981) The Political Unconscious: Narrative as a Socially Symbolic Act, Cornell UP, New York.
4. Harold, Bloom, (2003) editor. Joseph Conrad’s The Secret Agent (Bloom’s Modern Critical Interpretations), Chelsea House, London.
5. James, Wood (2006) Updike’s America and the Religious Imagination, The New Yorker, July 2006, p. 112–116.
6. John, Updike (2006) Terrorist, Knopf, New York.
7. Joseph, Conrad (2007) The Secret Agent, Penguin Classics, London, England.
8. Paul, Berman (2023)  Terror and Liberalism, W.W. Norton, New York.
9. Susan, Watkins (2001) Twentieth-Century Women Novelists: Feminist Theory into Practice, Palgrave Macmillan, New York.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

कौशल और सूचना व्यापक आर्थिक विकास और सामाजिक आर्थिक स्थिरता के प्रमुख चालक है। कौशल विकास के लिए उपयुक्त नीतियां अर्थव्यवस्था के विकास में सबसे महत्वपूर्ण स्थान रखती है। पंचवर्षीय योजना के अनुसार, भारत ने राष्ट्र के तेज और सतत आर्थिक विकास के लिए महत्वपूर्ण लक्ष्य निर्धारित किए हैं। जनसांख्यिकीय लाभांश के साथ, भारत को अपने कार्यबल को पर्याप्त कौशल प्रदान करने की आवश्यकता है। कौशल विकास एक राष्ट्रीय मार्गाधिकार के रूप में उभरा है जिसके लिए कई उपाय किए गए हैं और भविष्य के लिए प्रक्रियाधीन हैं। उत्तरोत्तर अन्योन्याश्रित विश्व में, सभी देश आनुपातिक कारक बंदोबस्ती को अनुकूलित करने के लिए नीतियों का सख्ती से अनुसरण करेंगे। तेजी से तकनीकी परिवर्तन, लेनदेन को अधिक सहज बनाते हुए, वैश्विक सम्मेलन की प्रक्रिया को सुदृढ़ करेंगे। यह समझा गया है कि इस सदी की लड़ाई विचारों की शक्ति पर लड़ी और जीती जाएगी। समाज में रहने वाले कामकाजी लोग तेजी से ज्ञान आधारित बनेंगे और ज्ञान आधारित उद्योगों को बढ़ावा देंगे। कौशल समृद्धि और कल्याण का एक महत्वपूर्ण कारक है। कुशल जनशक्ति के विशाल भंडार के रूप में भारत के पास एक विशिष्ट तुलनात्मक कारक लाभ है। जनसांख्यिकीय विभेदकों से पता चलता है कि अगले 20-30 वर्षों में, भारत के पास युवा आयु वर्ग में केंद्रित जनसंख्या प्रोफाइल में अलग-अलग फायदे हैं, जहां कई नए अवसरों को पूरी तरह से अनुकूलित किया जा सकता है। वे कौन सी नीतियां हैं जो भारत को इन उभरते अवसरों का इष्टतम उपयोग करने में सक्षम बनाती हैं और हमें एक राष्ट्र के रूप में क्या करना चाहिए ताकि हम विजेता बनें न कि हारने वाले? भारत के लिए विकास अनिवार्य है। 

Read Keyword

कौशल विकास, बरोजगारी, प्रशिक्षण, रोजगार.

Read Reference

  1. शर्मा, हरिश (दिसंबर, 2017) स्किल डेवलपमेंट पॉलिसीज इन इंडियाः इम्पलिकेशन एण्ड चैलेंज, जर्नल ऑफ एडुकेशन एण्ड वोकेशनल रिसर्च, आईएसएसएन- 2221-2590, पृ. 47-48।

2. राव, एम. आर. एवं पलाडा (जुलाई 2004) मेडिकल एण्ड एरोमेटीक पलांट इन एग्रोफोरेस्टी, सिस्टम, रिसर्चगेट, DOI:10.1023/B:AGFO.0000028993.83007.4b, Accessed on 28/08/2025.
3. कुमार, सुनील (जुलाई 2020) भारत के लघु एवं कुटीर उद्योग, इंटरनेशनल जरनल ऑफ रिसर्च इन इकोनॉमिक्स एण्ड सोसल साइंस, http://eurosaapub.org, Accessed on 28/08/2025.
4. रस्तोगी, कृति (2019) भारतीय अर्थव्यवस्था, प्रथम संस्करण, रावत पब्लिकेशन, जवाहर नगर, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 43।
5. राय, सुधीर कुमार (2006) ग्रामीण सामाजिक संरचना और परिर्वतन, नीलकमल प्राकश, गोरखपुर, पृ. 67।
6. बाला, अंजु खाखा (नवंबर, 2011) भारत में ग्रामीण बेकारी/ बेरोजगारी, इंटरनेशनल जर्नल ऑफ करंट साइंस, आइएसएसएन नम्बर 2250-1770, https://rjpn.org/ijcspub/papers/IJCSP11D1007.pfd, Accessed on 26/08/2025.
7. Kirkpatrick, D. L. (1994) Evaluating training programs: The four levels (2nd ed.), San Francisco, CA: Berrett-Koehler.
8. मिंज, दिवाकर (2021) झारखण्ड का इतिहास, क्राउन पब्लिकेशन्स, राँची झारखण्ड, पृ. 38।
9. एनएसडीसी नेशनल स्किम डेवलपमेन्ट कॉरपोरेशन, एक्सक्यूटिव समरी फॉर द स्टेट ऑफ झारखण्ड, (2012-2022) डब्ल्यूडब्ल्यूडब्ल्यू.एनएसडीसी आईएन.डीआई.ओआरजी, नेशनल स्किम डेवलपमेंट कॉरपोरेशन नई दिल्ली, Accessed on 27/08/2025.
10. कौशल विकास एवं उद्यमिता मंत्रालय (सितम्बर, 2024) भारत के कौशल परिदृश्य का मार्ग प्रशस्त करना, PIB Delhi, https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2055658, Accessed on 28/08/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

स्वतंत्रता पश्चात् गद्य विधा में आंचलिक परिवेश का समावेश कर नए उपन्यासों का सृजन किया गया। इन आंचलिक उपन्यासों में तात्किलिक, सामाजिक, सांस्कृतिक परिवेश का यथार्थवादी चित्रण प्राप्त होता हैं। इन आंचलिक उपन्यास में देश के प्रत्येक राज्यों के आंचलिक परिदृश्य का प्रभाव देखने को मिलता हैं। इस प्रकार ये आंचलिक तात्किलिक अंचल के दर्पण स्वरूप हैं।

Read Keyword

आंचलिक उपन्यास, स्वतंर्त्योत्तर, ग्रामीण अंचल, सांस्कृतिक पुनर्जागरण.

Read Reference

  1. नागर, अमृत लाल (1956) बूँद और समुद्र, किताब महल, इलाहाबाद, पृ. 361।

2. राय, गोपाल (2002) हिंदी उपन्यास का इतिहास, राजकमल प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 65।
3. राय, गोपाल (2006) हिंदी उपन्यास की संरचना, राजकमल प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 115।
4. मिश्र, रामदरश (1968) हिंदी उपन्यास की अतंर्यात्रा, राजकमल प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 32।
5. रेणु, फणीश्वर नाथ (1954) मैला आँचल, प्रथम संस्करण, राजकमल प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 45।
6. रजा, राहि मासूम (1966) आधा गाँव, प्रथम संस्करण, भूमिका राजकमल प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 344।
7. सिंह, शिव प्रसाद (1967) अलग-अलग वैतरणी, लोकभारती प्रकाशन, इलाहाबाद, पृ. 350।
8. मिश्र, रामदरश (1969) जल टूटता हुआ, वाणी प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली, पृ. 285।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The Rights of Persons with Disabilities (RPWD) Act, 2016, marks a seminal moment in the history of disability rights in India. Enacted to align with the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD), which India ratified in 2007, the Act seeks to overturn the antiquated and charity-based approach of its predecessor, the Persons with Disabilities Act, 1995. This article provides a critical analysis of the RPWD Act, 2016, arguing that it represents a significant step toward inclusive justice by transitioning the legal framework from a medical and welfare model to a social and human rights-based model. The analysis delves into the Act’s key provisions, including its expanded definition of disability, mandate for non-discrimination, and specific entitlements in education, employment, and accessibility. It also examines the strengthened institutional mechanisms, such as the creation of Central and State Advisory Boards and the designation of Chief Commissioners and State Commissioners for Persons with Disabilities. However, the article also identifies persistent challenges in implementation, including attitudinal barriers, inadequate financial allocation, and lack of awareness, which threaten to undermine the Act’s transformative potential. The conclusion asserts that while the RPWD Act, 2016, provides a robust legislative foundation for inclusive justice, its ultimate success hinges on effective implementation, sustained political will, and a concerted effort to foster a truly inclusive society.

Read Keyword

Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act 2016, Uncrpd, Social Model of Disability, Reasonable Accommodation, Accessibility.

Read Reference

  1. The Persons with Disabilities Act, 1995, recognized only seven disabilities: blindness, low vision, leprosy-cured, hearing impairment, locomotor disability, mental retardation, and mental illness.

2. United Nations (2006) Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, Treaty Series, 2515, 3.
3. Degener, T. (2016) Disability in a human rights context, Laws, 5(3), 35.
4. Oliver, M. (2013) The social model of disability: Thirty years on, Disability & Society, 28(7), 1024-1026.
5. The Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016. No. 49 of 2016, Government of India. Section 2(s)
6. Ibid., Schedule.
7. Ibid., Section 2(y)
9. Ibid., Section 16.
10. Ibid., Section 32
11. Ibid., Section 34
12. Ibid., Section 21.
13. Ibid., Sections 3 & 17.
14. Ibid., Sections 34 & 35
15. Ibid., Sections 74 & 75
16. Ibid., Section 84
17. Ghai, A. (2015) Rethinking disability in India, Routledge, United Kingdom.
18. Human Rights Watch (2018) I would like to go to school: Barriers to education for persons with disabilities in India,  Human rights watch, New York.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

भारतीय अर्थव्यवस्था में निर्धनता, बेरोजगारी एवं आय विषमता महत्वपूर्ण समस्या रही है, इसलिए स्वतंत्रता प्राप्ति के पश्चात् देश की संपूर्ण शक्ति को विकास की मुख्य धारा से जोड़ने और अर्थव्यवस्था को आत्म-निर्भरता की दिशा में आगे बढ़ाने के लिए योजनाबद्ध आर्थिक विकास की नीति को उच्च प्राथमिकता के आधार पर स्वीकार किया गया। बेरोजगारी वह दशा है जिसमें शारीरिक व मानसिक रूप से स्वस्थ एवं समर्थ व्यक्ति को, जो कार्य करने की इच्छा रखता है प्रचलित मजदूरी दर पर कार्य नहीं मिलता। देश के ग्रामीण क्षेत्रों में निवासरत परिवारों को 100 दिवस श्रम रोजगार उपलब्ध कराकर, आजीविका को सुरक्षा प्रदान करने हेतु महात्मा गांधी राष्ट्रीय ग्रामीण रोजगार गारंटी अधिनियम, 2005 दिनांक-07 सितम्बर, 2005 को जारी की गयी महात्मा गांधी राष्ट्रीय ग्रामीण रोजगार गारंटी अधिनियम 2005 की धारा 4 (1) अंतर्गत 2 फरवरी 2006 से महात्मा गांधी राष्ट्रीय ग्रामीण रोजगार गारंटी योजना छत्तीसगढ़ राज्य में प्रारंभ की गई। यह अधिनियम पहले चरण में 2 फरवरी 2006 से 200 जिलों में अधिसूचित किया गया था और वित्त वर्ष 2007-08 में इसे 130 और जिलों पर लागू किया गया था। इस अधिनियम को 1 अप्रैल, 2008 से पूरे देश में अधिसूचित कर दिया गया। छत्तीसगढ़ राज्य में वर्ष 2013-14 से 100 दिवस से बढ़ाकर 150 दिवस रोजगारप्रप्रदाय किया जा रहा है, अतिरिक्त 50 दिवस रोजगार पर होने वाला व्यय राज्य शासन द्वारा वहन किया जा रहा है। प्रस्तुत शोध अध्ययन का क्षेत्र छत्तीसगढ़ राज्य के उत्तर-पूर्व में अवस्थित आदिवासी बाहुल्य सरगुजा जिला हैं। सरगुजा जिले के दो विकासखण्डों लखनपुर एवं मैनपाट को शोध अध्ययन का आधार बनाकर प्रत्येक विकासखण्ड के के 5-5 ग्राम पंचायतों के न्यादर्श विधि से 20-20, कुल 200 उत्तरदाताओं का चयन किया गया है। 

Read Keyword

निर्धनता, आर्थिक विकास मनरेगा, जॉब कार्ड, बेरोजगारी, मजदूरी, पलायन.

Read Reference

  1. https://www.investopedia.com/terms/u/unemployment.asp, Accessed on 10.08.2025.

2. वार्षिक प्रतिवेदन 2023-24, छत्तीसगढ़ राज्य रोजगार गारंटी परिषद, पंचायत एवं ग्रामीण विकास विभाग, रायपुर, छ. ग., पृ. 1।
3. https://nregastrep.nic.in/netnrega/homestciti.aspx?state_code=33&state_name=CHHATTISGARH &lflag=eng&labels=labels, Accessed on 16.08.2025.
4. कपिल, एच. के. (2012) अनुसंधान विधियॉ, एच. पी. भार्गव बुक हाउस, आगरा, उ. प्र., पृ. 35।
5. 2011-District Census Handbook, www.new.cnensus.gov.in, Accessed on 20.08.2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Family stability is a cornerstone of social order and individual well-being, providing the foundational environment for the emotional, psychological, and economic development of its members. This article analyses the profound impact of family stability, with a specific focus on the role of the legal framework and the adjudicative process in either fostering or undermining it. It argues that the law does not merely respond to family breakdown but actively constructs and regulates the very notion of family stability. The analysis traverses’ key legal domains, including marriage and divorce law, child custody and support determinations, and the recognition of evolving family forms. It examines how judicial discretion, the principles of the “best interests of the child,” and alternative dispute resolution mechanisms like mediation shape post-dissolution outcomes. The conclusion posits that a legal system attuned to the complexities of modern families, one that prioritizes non-adversarial resolutions and the long-term well-being of children, is paramount in mitigating the negative impacts of instability and promoting resilient family systems, even in the face of reconfiguration.

Read Keyword

Family Stability, Divorce Law, Adjudication, Child Custody, Legal Framework, Mediation.

Read Reference

  1. Paul, R. Amato (2005) The Impact of Family Formation Change on the Cognitive, Social, and Emotional Well-being of the Next Generation, The Future of Children, 15, no. 2, p. 75-96.

2. Linda, J. Waite and Maggie, Gallagher (2000) The Case for Marriage: Why Married People Are Happier, Healthier, and Better Off Financially, Doubleday, New York.
3. Sara, McLanahan and Gary, Sandefur (1994) Growing Up with a Single Parent: What Hurts, What Helps, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA.
4. Ira, Mark Ellman (2000) The Maturing Law of Divorce: Fin de Siècle, Family Law Quarterly, 33(3), 713–747.
5. Richard, A. Warshak (2014) Social Science and Parenting Plans for Young Children: A Consensus Report, Psychology, Public Policy, and Law, 20, no. 1, p. 46-67.
6. Marsha, Garrison (2009) The Economic Consequences of Divorce, Family Court Review, 47(3), 417–427.
7. Bruce, J. Winick and David, B. Wexler, eds. (2003) Judging in a Therapeutic Key: Therapeutic Jurisprudence and the Courts, Carolina Academic Press, Durham, NC.
8. Obergefell v. Hodges, 576 U.S. 644 (2015).
9. Amato, P. R. (2005) The impact of family formation changes on the cognitive, social, and emotional well-being of the next generation, The Future of Children, 15(2), 75–96.
10. McLanahan, S., & Sandefur, G. (1994) Growing up with a single parent: What hurts, what helps, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, at 79 Garden St.
11. Waite, L. J. & Gallagher, M. (2000) The case for marriage: Why married people are happier, healthier, and better off financially, Doubleday, New York, NY.
12. Warshak, R. A. (2014) Social science and parenting plans for young children: A consensus report. Psychology, Public Policy, and Law, 20(1), 46–67.
13. Winick, B. J. & Wexler, D. B. (Eds.). (2003) Judging in a therapeutic key: Therapeutic jurisprudence and the courts, Carolina Academic Press, UK.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Systematic Investment Plans (SIPs) have become a significant tool for savings, providing individual investors with a structured, accessible, and economical method for fostering long-term wealth growth. This study explores SIPs as a savings mechanism, focusing on their advantages, challenges, and relative benefits when compared to conventional savings options such as fixed deposits and gold. The research employs a mixed-methods strategy, integrating quantitative analysis of SIP performance data spanning from 2015 to 2023, sourced from AMFI and SEBI, along with qualitative findings from investor surveys. The study outlines important policy implications, advocating for improved financial education initiatives and increased tax benefits under Section 80C in order to promote long-term engagement in SIPs. It also suggests the development of innovative SIP variations, such as dynamic contribution models and AI-enhanced portfolio adjustments as key areas for future growth.

Read Keyword

Systematic Investment Plans, SIP, Rupee Cost Averaging, Financial Literacy, Behavioral Finance, Wealth Creation.

Read Reference

  1. AMFI (2023) Indian Mutual Fund Industry Report 2022-23, Association of Mutual Funds in India.

2. Bodie, Z.; Kane, A. & Marcus, A. J. (2018) Investments, (11th ed.) McGraw-Hill Education, Ethiopia Dehradun, Uttarakhand.
3. Bogle, J. C. (2017) The Little Book of Common-Sense Investing, Wiley, New York.
4. Das, S. & Mohanty, P. (2019) Systematic Investment Plans and Market Timing: An Empirical Analysis, Journal of Financial Planning, 32(4), 42-55.
5. Fama, E. F. & French, K. R. (1993) Common Risk Factors in the Returns on Stocks and Bonds, Journal of Financial Economics, 33(1), 3-56.
6. Kahneman, D. & Tversky, A. (1979) Prospect Theory: An Analysis of Decision Under Risk, Econometrica, 47(2), 263-291.
7. Kotak Mutual Fund (2022) White Paper on SIP Performance in Different Market Cycles, Kotak Asset Management.
8. Kumar, A. (2021) Behavioral Biases in SIP Investors: Evidence from India, Journal of Behavioral Finance, 22(1), 45-60.
9. Malkiel, B. G. (2019) A Random Walk Down Wall Street, (12th ed.) W.W. Norton & Company, New York.
10. Modigliani, F. & Pogue, G. (1974) An Introduction to Risk and Return, Financial Analysts Journal, 30(3), 68-80.
11. NISM (2021) Certification Workbook on Mutual Funds, National Institute of Securities Markets, New  Delhi.
12. RBI. (2022) Report on Trends in Household Savings in India, Reserve Bank of India, New Delhi.
13. Reddy, V. R. & Patel, N. (2022) Risks in SIP Investments During Bear Markets, International Journal of Economics and Finance, 14(3), 78-92
14. SEBI (2021) Annual Report on Mutual Fund Investments in India. Securities and Exchange Board of India.
15. Shiller, R. J. (2000) Irrational Exuberance, Princeton University Press, New York.
16. Statman, M. (2017) Finance for Normal People: How Investors and Markets Behave, Oxford University Press, USA.
17. Thaler, R. H. (2015) Misbehaving: The Making of Behavioral Economics, W.W. Norton & Company, New York.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

भारत सदैव सांस्कृतिक रूप से संपन्न देश रहा है। यहां रहने वाले लोग विभिन्न धर्मों, भाषा, खान-पान, वेशभूषा आदि का अनुसरण करते हैं। भारत के विभिन्न राज्यों में तरह-तरह की जातियों के लोग निवास करते हैं। भारत के कुछ राज्यों में जनजातियों का बाहुल्य है यह जनजातीय अपनी संस्कृति, कला व जीवन शैली में विविधता व विशेषता के कारण सदैव आकर्षण का केंद्र रही है। जनजातियों को भौगोलिक, भाषाई, प्रजाति, अर्थव्यवस्था व जनसंख्या आदि के आधार पर वर्गीकृत किया गया है। संख्या की दृष्टि से भारत में सबसे बड़ी जनजाति ‘‘गोड़‘‘ तथा सबसे छोटी जनजाति ‘‘ग्रेट अंडमानी‘‘ को माना जाता है। जनजातियों की पारंपरिक संस्कृति में उनकी कला, संगीत, वाद्य यंत्र, नृत्य, मड़ई व अन्य संस्थाएं सम्मिलित है जो उन्हें सामान्य से विशेष बनती है।  सांस्कृतिक संस्थाओं की बात की जाए तो उनका युवागृह, विवाह पद्धति आदि पर सामान्य जनों की उत्सुकता बनी रहती है। हालांकि समय के साथ-साथ इन संस्थानों में भी परिवर्तन आता जा रहा है। मुख्यतः भारतीय जनजातियों में नई पीढ़ी को उनकी संस्कृति से परिचय कराने एवं जीवन में उपयोगी बातों के संबंध में शिक्षा देने हेतु युवागृह या युवा संगठन पाए जाते हैं। यह संगठन विश्व की बहुत सी जनजातियों में पाए जाते हैं, इस अर्थ में ही युवागृह को एक संस्था माना जाता है। अलग-अलग जनजातियों में युवागृह को अलग-अलग नाम से संबोधित किया जाता है, जैसे ओरांव या उरांव जनजाति में धूमकुरिया या जोनकरपा, गोड़ जनजाति में घोटुल, भुइयां जनजाति में धांगड बासा आदि। कुछ जनजातियों में युवागृह का प्रचलन पूर्व की तरह ही बना हुआ है तो वहीं कुछ जनजातियों में वर्तमान में इसकी प्रासंगिकता विलुप्ति के कगार पर पहुंच चुकी है। विलुप्तता के कारणों में नगरीय सभ्यता के बढ़ते चलन, बाह्य हस्तक्षेप और पारिवारिक नियंत्रण में कमी को देखा जाता है। वर्तमान में भले ही उनकी प्रासंगिकता में कमी आई हो फिर भी जनजातियों के संबंध में जब कभी भी बात होती है तो उनके युवागृह पर चर्चा अवश्य की जाती है। यही कारण है कि आज भी इस विषय पर शोध व अध्ययन की प्रासंगिकता बनी हुई है।

Read Keyword

सांस्कृतिक संस्था, धूमकुरिया, घोटूल, धांगडबासा, युवागृह, जनजातीय.

Read Reference

  1. खरे, कल्पेश (2001) जनजातीय भारत, महावीर पब्लिशर्स एण्ड डिस्ट्रीब्यूटर्स, इंदौर (मप्र)

2. एल्विन, वेरियर (1992) मुरिया एण्ड देयर घोटुल, आक्सफोर्ड पब्लिकेशन, नई दिल्ली।
3. गौड़, शरद चंद्र; गौड़, कविता (2010) बस्तर एक खोज, विश्व भारती प्रकाशन, नागपुर।
4. अहमद, एस. (2007) छत्तीसगढ़ की जनजातियां बदलता परिदृश्य, प्रखर पब्लिशर्स, नई दिल्ली।
5. अलग, संजय (2011) छत्तीसगढ़ की जनजातियां और जातियां, मानसी पब्लिकेशन्स, नई दिल्ली। 
6. त्रिपाठी, संजय; त्रिपाठी, चंदन (2019) छत्तीसगढ़ वृहद संदर्भ, उपकार प्रकाशन, आगरा।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The swift progression of Artificial Intelligence (AI) is reshaping the realm of business management by altering decision-making processes, enhancing operational effectiveness, and improving customer interactions. AI-powered technologies, including machine learning, natural language processing, and predictive analytics, empower organizations to automate tasks, interpret intricate datasets, and provide tailored experiences. This transformation boosts strategic planning, resource management, and innovation while also presenting challenges concerning ethics, data protection, and workforce adaptation. As companies progressively incorporate AI into their fundamental operations, the focus of managers pivots from traditional administration to harnessing intelligent systems for sustainable development. This paper investigates the revolutionary effects of AI on business management, emphasizing the opportunities, challenges, and future pathways for establishing competitive advantages in a swiftly changing digital economy.

Read Keyword

Artificial Intelligence, Technologies, Business Management, Decision Making.

Read Reference

  1. Barney, J. (1991) Firm resources and sustained competitive advantage, Journal of Management, 17(1), 99–120, https://doi.org/10.1177/014920639101700108.

2. Davis, F. D. (1989) Perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology, MIS Quarterly, 13(3), 319–340, https://doi.org/10.2307/249008.
3. Davenport, T. H. & Ronanki, R. (2018) Artificial intelligence for the real world, Harvard Business Review, 96(1), 108–116.
4. McKinsey & Company. (2021) The state of AI in 2021. McKinsey Global Institute, https://www.mckinsey.com, Accessed on 24/07/25.
5. Simon, H. A. (1972) Theories of bounded rationality. In C. B. McGuire & R. Radner (Eds.), Decision and organization, p. 161–176, North-Holland, North poland publishing co., Amsterdam, Netherland.
6. Teece, D. J.; Pisano, G. & Shuen, A. (1997) Dynamic capabilities and strategic management, Strategic Management Journal, 18(7), 509–533, https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1097-0266(199708)18:7, https://doi.org/10.1002/%28SICI%291097-0266%28199708%2918:7)<509::AID-SMJ882>3.0.CO;2-Z.
7. Wamba, S. F.; Akter, S.; Trinchera, L. & De Bourmont, M. (2019) Transforming information quality into business value through business analytics and big data capability: A theoretical model and empirical validation, Journal of Business Research, 100, 313–330, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2019.01.063.
8. World Economic Forum (2020) Shaping the future of technology governance: Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning. Geneva: WEF, https://www.weforum.org, Accessed on 24/07/25.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

यह अध्ययन किसानों के लिए ई-एनएएम (राष्ट्रीय कृषि बाजार) के लाभों का आकलन करता है, जिसने 2016 से पारंपरिक कृषि विपणन को पारदर्शी, प्रतिस्पर्धी और तकनीकी आधारित प्रणाली में बदलने में भूमिका निभाई है। झारखंड के 153 किसानों पर आधारित सर्वेक्षण में 57.1 प्रतिशत किसान ई-एनएएम से परिचित पाए गए। अधिकांश किसान मूल्य निर्धारण व गुणवत्ता आश्वासन के लिए पहुंच को आवश्यक मानते हैं, जबकि ई-नीलामी और डिजिटल तौल को अधिकतर ने पारदर्शी व सटीक माना। हालांकि, नकद भुगतान की प्राथमिकता और डिजिटल भुगतान पर भरोसे की कमी जैसी चुनौतियाँ बनी हुई हैं। आधे से अधिक किसानों ने पारंपरिक बाजारों की तुलना में बेहतर मूल्य, अधिक खरीदारों तक पहुँच और वित्तीय स्थिति में सुधार की पुष्टि की। अध्ययन में ई-एनएएम के विस्तार, गुणवत्ता परीक्षण व तौल प्रणाली को सुदृढ़ करने, एफपीओ को प्रोत्साहन देने और जागरूकता कार्यक्रमों की सिफारिश की गई है ताकि इसका व्यापक लाभ किसानों तक पहुँच सके।

Read Keyword

ई-एनएएम, कृषि विपणन, पारंपरिक बाजारों, झारखंड, एफपीओ.

Read Reference

  1. डे, कुशांकुर (2016) राष्ट्रीय कृषि बाजाररू तर्क, क्रियान्वयन और प्रभाव, इकोनॉमिक एंड पॉलिटिकल वीकली, 51(19), 224-230।

2. राष्ट्रीय कृषि विपणन संस्थान (एनआईएएम) (2016) किसानों को इलेक्ट्रॉनिक बाजार (ई-एनएएम) से जोड़ना, http://ccsniam.gov.in/images/pdfs/E-NAM-Status-&-Way-Forward.pdf, Accessed on 08/07/2025.
3. चंद, रमेश (2016) राष्ट्रीय कृषि बाजार के लिए ई-प्लेटफ़ॉर्म, इकोनॉमिक एंड पॉलिटिकल वीकली,  LI(28), 82-87।
4. चंद, रमेश (2017) किसानों की आय दोगुनी करनाः तर्क, रणनीति, संभावनाएँ और कार्य योजना, नीति आयोग नीति पत्र संख्या 1/2017, नीति आयोग, भारत सरकार।
5. कुमार, वी.; चौहान, एन.एस. और बीबी एच. (2018) कृषि उपज बाजार समिति के प्रति किसानों का रवैया, गुजरात. जे. एक्सटेंशन, एडु, 29, 224-226।
6. सिंह, सुखपाल एवं भोघल, श्रुति (2015) पंजाब की समकालीन कृषि अर्थव्यवस्था में कमीशन एजेंट प्रणाली का महत्व, इकोनॉमिक एंड पॉलिटिकल वीकली, स्(45), 71-78।
7. सिंह, सुखपाल (2012) पंजाब कृषि के संस्थागत और नीतिगत पहलूः लघु जोतधारक दृष्टिकोण, इकोनॉमिक एंड पॉलिटिकल वीकली, 47(4), 46-52।
8. थंकाचन एस. और किरुबाकरन एस. (2014) भारतीय किसानों के साथ ई-कृषि पर एक सर्वेक्षण किया गया, कंप्यूटर विज्ञान और मोबाइल कंप्यूटिंग के अंतर्राष्ट्रीय जे, 3(2), 8-14।
9. नंदी, रवि; वोल्फगैंग, बोकेलमन्ना; विश्वनाथ, गौडरू नित्या; गुस्तावो, डायस (2015) भारत में जैविक फलों और सब्जियों के उत्पादन के प्रति छोटे धारक जैविक किसानों का दृष्टिकोण, उद्देश्य और बाधाएं, एमिरेट्स जर्नल ऑफ फूड एंड एग्रीकल्चर, 27(5), 396- 406।
10. कृषि एवं किसान कल्याण मंत्रालय (तिथि निर्दिष्ट नहीं) किसानों की आय दोगुनी करने पर समिति की रिपोर्ट (खंड 4, 9, 11)। प्राप्त किया गया, http://www.agricoop.nic.in/doubling-farmers, Accessed on 13/08/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

यह अध्ययन छत्तीसगढ़ के कवर्धा ज़िले के विशेष पिछड़ी जनजाति (PVTG) बैगा समुदाय की आजीविका में वन संसाधनों (लघु वनोपज/NTFP- नॉन टिम्बर फारेस्ट प्रोडक्ट) की बहु-आयामी भूमिका का सामाजिक- आर्थिक आंकलन प्रस्तुत करता है। जून से दिसम्बर 2022 में देवानपटपर, अधचरा और दमगढ़, इन तीन बैगा-बहुल ग्रामों के 150 परिवारों से संरचित साक्षात्कार, समूह आधारित चर्चा और सहभागी अवलोकन द्वारा प्राथमिक आँकड़े संकलित किए गए; द्वितीयक स्रोतों में जनगणना 2011, वन विभाग तथा जनजातीय शोध संस्थान की रिपोर्टें सम्मिलित की गयी है। समेकित NTFP-प्रोफ़ाइल दर्शाती है कि संग्रहण-संरचना में तेंदूपत्ता (लगभग 46.97 प्रतिशत) और महुआ (लगभग 31.86 प्रतिशत) का संयुक्त योगदान करीब 79 प्रतिशत है, जबकि चार/चरौंजी (लगभग 8.79 प्रतिशत) का संग्रह-हिस्सा अपेक्षाकृत कम होते हुए भी MSP-आधारित राजस्व (लगभग 74.73 प्रतिशत) में सर्वाधिक है- जो उच्च “मूल्य-घनत्व” का संकेत देता है। महुआ का गृह-उपभोग (लगभग 88.28 प्रतिशत) अत्यधिक पाया गया, जो पोषण-सुरक्षा, सांस्कृतिक उपयोग और मौसमी जोखिम-शमन में इसकी केंद्रीयता को पुष्ट करता है। सर्वेक्षित आंकड़ों के अनुसार 80 प्रतिशत परिवार वन पर उच्च निर्भर तथा 75 प्रतिशत परिवार वनोपज-आधारित नक़द आय पर आश्रित हैं; 60 प्रतिशत परिवारों ने दशक में निर्भरता में कमी का संकेत दिया, जो मनरेगा, कृषि- मजदूरी और सूक्ष्म उद्यमों के माध्यम से आंशिक विविधीकरण को दर्शाता है तथापि, वन-अधिकार के प्रभावी क्रियान्वयन, उचित मूल्य-निर्धारण, बाज़ार मध्यस्थता/भुगतान-पारदर्शिता तथा शिक्षा-स्वास्थ्य पहुँच जैसी बाधाएँ बनी रहीं। अध्ययन सुझाता है कि सामुदायिक /सामूहिक अधिकारों का सुदृढ़ अनुपालन, महिला-SHG आधारित NTFP-प्रसंस्करण, समय पर भुगतान व मूल्य-सूचना, और सहभागी वन-प्रबंधन से बैगा आजीविका की स्थिरता, आय-वृद्धि तथा सांस्कृतिक-पारिस्थितिक निरंतरता सुदृढ़ की जा सकती है; साथ ही, प्रस्तावित मापनयोग्य संकेतक (उत्पाद वार मूल्य-श्रृंखला, मौसम आधारित कार्य, भुगतान विलंब) अन्य विशेष पिछड़ी जनजातीय क्षेत्रों में यह स्थानीय संर्दभानुकूल आधार प्रदान करते हैं।

Read Keyword

विशेष पिछड़ी जनजाति, बैगा जनजाति, लघु वनोपज, आजीविका, न्यूनतम समर्थन मूल्य, सहभागी वन-प्रबंधन.

Read Reference

  1. एल्विन, वी. (1943) The Baiga, ज्ञान पब्लिशिंग हाउस, नई दिल्ली।

2. गाड़गिल, म., गुहा, र. (1993) This Fissured Land: An Ecological History of India, University of California Press, California.
3. खाका, वर्जीनियस (2008) State, Society and Tribes: Issues in Post-Colonial India, पियर्सन एजुकेशन, नई दिल्ली।
4. भारत सरकार (2006) अनुसूचित जनजाति तथा अन्य परंपरागत वनवासी (वन अधिकारों की मान्यता) अधिनियम, 2006 (थ्त्।), भारत सरकार, नई दिल्ली।
5. Mishra, A. (2021) Ecological livelihood and tribal communities in Central India, Journal of Regional Studies, 7(1), 55–70.
6. Sharma, D. C. (2018) Forest-based livelihoods in India, Indian Journal of Tribal Studies, 12(2), 34–48.
7. Arnold, J. E. M. & Ruiz-Pérez, M. (2001) Can non-timber forest products match tropical forest conservation and development objectives, Ecological Economics, 39(3), 437–447.
8. Chopra, K. & Kadekodi, G. K. (1997/1999) Community-based management of common property resources in India: Issues and evidence, Sage Publications, New Delhi.
9. Chambers, R. & Conway, G. (1992) Sustainable Rural Livelihoods: Practical Concepts for the 21st Century (IDS Discussion Paper 296) Birton, Institute of Development Studies.
10. कुमार, हरि शंकर; कुमार, अनिल; - कुमार, मुकेश (2023) अचानकमार-अमरकंटक जैवमंडल संरक्षित क्षेत्र की बैगा जनजाति की सामाजिक-आर्थिक एवं सांस्कृतिक दशाओं का नृजातिशास्त्रीय अध्ययन, SHODH, A Triannual Bilingual Peer Reviewed Refereed Research Journal of Art & Humanities, Vol- XX Issue No- 1, Jan-–April- 2023, ISSN: 0970-1745, p. 03-18.
11. जनजातीय कार्य मंत्रालय (2012) वन अधिकार नियम, 2008 (संशोधित 2012), दिशानिर्देश, भारत सरकार, नई दिल्ली।
12. जनजातीय कार्य मंत्रालय (2020) विशेष रूप से दुर्बल जनजातीय समूह (च्टज्ळे) पर प्रतिवेदन, भारत सरकार, नई दिल्ली।
13. जनजातीय कार्य मंत्रालय (2022) वार्षिक प्रतिवेदन 2021-22, भारत सरकार, नई दिल्ली।
14. भारत की जनगणना (2011) ज़िला जनगणना पुस्तिकाः कबीरधाम (छत्तीसगढ़), भारत सरकार, नई दिल्ली।
15. छत्तीसगढ़ शासन (2022) कबीरधाम ज़िला सांख्यिकी हैंडबुक, आर्थिक एवं सांख्यिकी संचालनालय, छत्तीसगढ़ शासन, रायपुर।
16.   Forest Survey of India (FSI) (2021) India State of Forest Report 2021, FSI, Dehradun.
17.   Tribal Research & Training Institute, Chhattisgarh (2021) Baiga Tribe: Profile and Development Strategies, TRI, Raipur.
18.   Chhattisgarh State Minor Forest Produce (Trading & Development) Co-operative Federation (CGMFPFED) (2018–2023) वार्षिक प्रतिवेदन एवं MSP संचालन अभिलेख, सीजीएमएफपीएफईडी, रायपुर।
19. TRIFED (2020) MSP for MFP, Operational Guidelines (Revised) TRIFED, New Delhi.
20. FAO (2011) Non-wood Forest Products: Policy and Value Chains, Food and Agriculture Organization, Rome.
 

 


  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Indias post-1991 economic liberalization ushered in an era of high GDP growth, but it also coincided with widening regional inequalities in development. This paper examines the disparities in economic growth across Indian states in the decades since 1991, highlighting uneven progress and its implications. Using authoritative data from the Reserve Bank of India, NITI Aayog, Economic Surveys, and the Census of India, we analyze trends in per capita income, human development index (HDI), literacy, poverty, and employment. The findings reveal a persistent gap between high-growth states (concentrated in the south and west) and lagging regions (notably parts of the north and east). High-income states now contribute a disproportionate share of GDP relative to their population, while poorer states struggle with lower per capita incomes and social indicators. We discuss factors behind these imbalances, such as differences in natural resource endowments, industrial base, infrastructure, governance, and human capital. The paper concludes with a discussion on long-term implications of regional imbalance and offers policy recommendations for fostering more equitable growth. Achieving balanced regional development is crucial for sustaining India’s overall economic momentum and ensuring inclusive prosperity.

Read Keyword

Regional Disparities, Economic Growth, Indian States, Post-1991 Reforms, Balanced Development.

Read Reference

  1. Business Today (2025) Divergence is worrisome: NITI Aayog VC flags GDP gap – Sep. 30, 2025, NITI Aayog, New Delhi.

2. CEDA (2021) HDI: How States Fare in Human Development, Centre for Economic Data & Analysis, Ashoka University, Sonipat , Haryana.
3. Census of India (2011) Population Census 2011: Rural-Urban Distribution, Registrar General & Census Commissioner, India, New Delhi.
4. Economic Advisory Council to the Prime Minister. (2024). Relative economic performance of Indian states: 1960–61 to 2023–24 (Working paper by S. Sanyal & A. Arora). Government of India, https://eacpm.gov.in/wp-content/uploads/2024/09/State-GDP-Working- Paper_Final_240916_190207.pdf, Accessed on 11/08/2025.
5. Firth, J. & Liu, E. (2018) Manufacturing underdevelopment: India’s Freight Equalization Scheme and the long-run effects of distortions on the geography of production, Working paper, Accessed on 12/08/2025.
6. Indian Express (2025) More than 7% migrating for jobs: Bihar’s palayan (migration) issue, Apr. 27, 2025.
7. NITI Aayog (2021) National Multidimensional Poverty Index: Baseline Report, NITI Aayog, New Delhi.
8. Reserve Bank of India (2024) Handbook of Statistics on Indian States 2023-24 – RBI, Mumbai.
9. Roy, E. (2013) Economic and Regional Disparity: The journey is still on, IJHSS, 3(1): 50-57.
10. Singh, R. (2015) Regional disparities in the post-reform India, Modern Geografía, 2015/II, pp. 41-68.
11. Waghmare, A. (2024) The economies of Indian states. Data for India, Accessed on 12/08/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

राष्ट्रीय शिक्षा नीति 2020 भारतीय लोकाचार में निहित एक ऐसी शिक्षा प्रणाली की परिकल्पना करती है, जो भारत को स्थायी रूप से एक समतामूलक और जीवंत ज्ञान समाज में बदलने में प्रत्यक्ष योगदान दें। नीति में एक ऐसे पाठ्यक्रम के विकास की भी परिकल्पना की गई है जो न केवल स्थानीय संस्कृति स्थानीय कौशल और स्वदेशी ज्ञान प्रणाली पर आधारित हो, बल्कि व्यक्ति को भारत के संवैधानिक मूल्यों के प्रति गहरा सम्मान और समाज एवं राष्ट्र के प्रति व्यक्ति की भूमिका विकसित करने में सहायता करे जिसे गांधी जी ने लोकतांत्रिक मूल्य माना है। गांधी जी का मानना था कि शिक्षा व्यक्ति को लोकतंत्र के सामाजिक पहलुओं पर आधारित एक सामूहिक जीवन जीने में सक्षम बनाए। उन्हें अपने सामाजिक परिवेश के साथ सर्वाेत्तम तरीके से खुद को समायोजित करना सीखना चाहिए। शिक्षा युवाओं को सबसे जटिल लोकतांत्रिक समाजों में सक्रिय नागरिकों के रूप में अपने अधिकारों दायित्वों और जिम्मेदारियों को समझने में सक्षम बना सकती हैं। एनईपी 2020 शिक्षा प्रणाली में समुदाय को शामिल कर7ने और मातृभाषा को शिक्षण के माध्यम के रूप बढ़ावा देने पर केन्द्रित किया गया है। मातृभाषा शिक्षण से भारतीय संस्कृति और भाषा को बढ़ावा और संरक्षण मिलेगा और छोटे बच्चों को गैर-तुच्छ अवधारणाओं को अधिक तेजी से सीखने में मद्द मिलेगी। एक भारतीय भाषा का अनिवार्य शिक्षण हमारे भाषाई और सांस्कृतिक विविधता की रक्षा और संर्वधन करेगा। वास्तव में राष्ट्रीय शिक्षा नीति 2020 में मूल्य और शिक्षा के प्रति बहु-विषयक दृष्टिकोण पर जोर गांधी जी के विचारों से अत्याधिक प्रभावित है।

Read Keyword

मातृभाषा शिक्षण, समतामूलक, आत्मनिर्भर, सामुदायिक सेवा गुणवत्तापूर्ण शिक्षा, वैचारिक अधिगम, लोकतांत्रिक सोच.

Read Reference

  1. नागर, पुरूषोतम (2018) आधुनिक भारतीय सामाजिक एवं राजनीतिक चिन्तन, हिन्दी ग्रन्थ अकादमी, जयपुररू राजस्थान।

2. रामरतन; त्यागी, रूची (2019) भारतीय राजनैतिक चिन्तन, स्कॉलर टेक प्रेस, अहमदाबाद।
3. त्यागी, रूची (2015) आधुनिक भारतीय राजनीतिक चिंतन एक विमर्श, हिन्दी माध्यम कार्यान्वयन निदेशालय- दिल्ली युनिवर्सिटीज, दिल्ली।
4. त्यागी, रूचि (2016) भारतीय राजनीतिक चिंतन प्रमुख अवधारणाऐं एवं चिंतन, हिन्दी माध्यम कार्यान्वयन निदेशालय, दिल्ली।
5. एलन, डी. (2019), 9/11 के बाद गांधीः रचनात्मक अहिंसा और स्थिरता, ऑक्सफोर्ड युनिवर्सिटी प्रेस, नई दिल्ली।
6. बाला, एस. (2005) शिक्षा की गांधीवादी अवधारणाए वर्तमान समय में इसकी प्रासंगिकता, द इंडियन जर्नल ऑफ पॉलिटिकल साइंस, 16(3) 531-548।
7. बर्क, बी. (2000) शिक्षा पर महात्मका गांधीः शिक्षा शास्त्र और अनौपचारिक शिक्षा का विश्वकोष, मॉडर्न रिव्यू, कोलकात्ता।
8. गांधी, एम.के. (1938) महात्मा गांधी का उद्घाटन भाषण 8 अक्टुबर, 08 अक्टुबर 2020 के अखिल भारतीय राष्ट्रीय शिक्षा सम्मेलन, दिल्ली।
9. निशंक, आर.पी. (2020) गांधी के विचारों और नई शिक्षा नीति के बीच कई समानताऐ, 11 अक्टुबर 2020 को द न्यू इंडियन एक्सप्रेस।
10. मानव संसाधन विकास मंत्रालय (2020) राष्ट्रीय शिक्षा नीति 2020, मानव संसाधन विकास मंत्रालय भारत सरकार, नई दिल्ली।
11. गांधी, एम.के. (सितंबर 2025) बुनियादी शिक्षा और छात्र, एस. नारायण संपादित, महात्मा गांधी की चयनित कृतियाँ, खण्ड - पाँच (सत्य की आवाज) पृष्ठ 408-424 में, नवजीवन पब्लिशिंग हाउस, अहमदाबाद।
12. पांडे, पी. (2020) राष्ट्रीय शिक्षा नीति 2020 में गांधी की खोज, 11 अक्टूबर 2020 आउटलुक।
13. दिवाकर, डी. (2019) भारत में नई शिक्षा नीति के मसौदे में गांधी की परिकल्पना, मेनस्ट्रीम प्रकाशन, दिल्ली।
14. त्रिपाठी, प्रवीण (2020) नई शिक्षा नीति पर गांधी के विचारों का प्रभावः एक आंकलन, टाइम्स ऑफ इंडिया 4 अक्टूबर 2020।
15. https://www.educationtimes.com एन.ई.पी. 2020 में गांधीवादी शिक्षा, तान्या सिंह 25 मई 2022] Accessed on 04/08/2025.
16. https://www.mkgandhi.org भारत की राष्ट्रीय शिक्षा नीति 2020 पर एक गांधीवादी दृष्टिकोण- भास्कर कुमार काकाती 04 सितम्बर 2025, Accessed on 06/08/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Street trading plays a vital role in sustaining the economies of small towns in India, where formal employment opportunities remain limited. This study explores the socio-economic significance of street trading in Ara, Bihar, a historic semi-urban center with a population of nearly four lakhs. Based on secondary data, local reports, and field observations, the article highlights how street vendors meet the daily consumption needs of diverse income groups while generating essential livelihoods. Over the last decade, the number of vendors in Ara has nearly doubled, reflecting the sector’s resilience in times of economic disruption, particularly during the COVID-19 pandemic. Public perception varies across income classes ranging from high reliance and positive acceptance among lower-income households to selective engagement and concerns over congestion and urban aesthetics among higher-income groups. Despite their contribution, vendors face challenges such as lack of legal recognition, eviction drives, and inadequate sanitation facilities. The findings underscore that street trading in Ara is not merely an informal activity but the backbone of the town’s socio-economic fabric. To ensure inclusive urban development, policy frameworks must integrate vendors into planning through regulated vending zones, improved infrastructure, and participatory governance.

Read Keyword

Informal economy and Ara, Livelihood, Urban Informality, Public perception, Inclusive Urban development, Street Vendors Act 2014.

Read Reference

  1. Street Vendors (Protection of Livelihood and Regulation of Street Vending) Act, 2014, Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs, Patna, Bihar.

2. Ara Nagar Nigam Reports, 2022
3. NITI Aayog Report on Informal Economy, 2020
4. News18 Hindi & Prabhat Khabar (2021–2023)
5. Field Survey, Department of Sociology, Veer Kunwar Singh University, 2024
6. https://biharsulm.in/index.php/controllers/surveyed_street_vendors, Accessed on 10/07/2017.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

राज्य स्तर पर संचालित म.प्र. शासन की बालिका शिक्षा प्रोत्साहन योजनाओं ने प्रदेश की बालिकाओं की शिक्षा में सकारात्मक परिवर्तन लाया है। इससे बालिकाओं की विद्यालय में नामांकन दर व उपस्थिति दर पर बढ़ोतरी और उनकी शाला त्यागी प्रवृति/ड्रापआउट में कमी आई है। इन योजनाओं का आर्थिक रूप से कमजोर वर्ग की बालिकाओं को इसका विशिष्ट लाभ मिला है। यह योजना शिक्षा के सार्वभौमिकरण की दिशा में एक प्रभावी कदम है। वर्तमान शोधकार्य का उद्देश्य ग्वालियर जिले के शहरी एवं ग्रामीण क्षेत्रों की शासकीय माध्यमिक विद्यालयों की कक्षा 8 वीं में अध्ययनरत बालिकाओं की शैक्षिक उपलब्धि पर बालिका शिक्षा प्रोत्साहन योजनाओं के प्रभाव का अध्ययन करना था। प्रस्तुत शोध में मुख्यतः मध्य प्रदेश राज्य शासन की महत्वपूर्ण एवं लोकव्यापी योजनाओं “निःशुल्क पाठ्यपुस्तक और निःशुल्क गणवेश वितरण योजना“ को प्रमुख आधार बनाया गया था। वर्तमान शोध वर्णनात्मक स्वरूप का था। न्यादर्श के रूप में शहरी क्षेत्र से 187 तथा ग्रामीण क्षेत्र से 190, इस प्रकार कुल 377 बालिकाओं का चयन स्तरीकृत नमूना पद्धति (Stratified Sampling Method) और सरल यादृच्छिक नमूना विधि (Simple Random Sampling) विधि द्वारा किया गया। अध्ययन हेतु द्वितीयक आंकड़ों को, प्रत्यक्ष रूप से विद्यालयीय अभिलेखों से प्राप्त किए गए। सांख्यिकीय विश्लेषण हेतु Group Statistics, Levene’s Test for equality of variances, स्वतंत्र नमूना टी-परीक्षण (Independent Samplet - test) का प्रयोग किया गया। प्राप्त परिणामों से ज्ञात हुआ यद्यपि, ग्रामीण बालिकाओं की उपलब्धि स्कोर का औसत अंक शहरी बालिकाओं की अपेक्षा अधिक पाया गया परन्तु सांख्यिकीय महत्व (Statistical Significance) की दृष्टि से Sig. (2 tailed) =.081 प्राप्त हुआ, जो 0.05 से अधिक था जिसने इस बात की पुष्टि किया, कि शहरी एवं ग्रामीण बालिकाओं की औसत शैक्षिक उपलब्धि में कोई सांख्यिकीय रूप से सार्थक अंतर नहीं था क्योंकि (p = 0.081 > 0.05)। अतः निष्कर्ष रूप में कहा गया कि बालिका शिक्षा प्रोत्साहन योजनाओं का प्रभाव दोनों क्षेत्रों की छात्राओं की शैक्षिक उपलब्धि पर समान रूप से था।

Read Keyword

बालिका शिक्षा, शैक्षिक उपलब्धि, प्रोत्साहन योजनाएँ, निःशुल्क गणवेश वितरण योजना, निःशुल्क पाठ्यपुस्तक योजना, ग्रामीण एवं शहरी क्षेत्र.

Read Reference

  1. Kothari, C.R. (2014) Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, New Age International Publishers, Daryaganj, New Delhi.

2. Best, J.W., & Kahn, J.V. (2016) Research in Education, Pearson Education, London.
3. Sharma, R.A. (2019) Educational Research and Statistics, R. Lall Book Depot, Meerut.
4. Government of Madhya Pradesh (2023) Balika Shiksha Protsahan Yojana, Guidelines, School Education Department, Bhopal.
5. NCERT (2022) Annual Report on Girls’ Education in India, New Delhi.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

This study investigated the effectiveness of the Jigsaw Cooperative Learning Technique as an instructional strategy for improving the mathematical achievement of students at the secondary school level. Despite mathematics being a critical subject, traditional teaching methods often fail to adequately engage students, leading to persistent challenges in comprehension and performance. An experimental research design utilizing a post-test only control group structure was employed. The research was conducted at a Government Higher Secondary School located in Kollam district of Kerala, India. The sample consisted of 40 students of class 8 equally divided into an Experimental Group (taught using the Jigsaw Technique) and a Control Group (taught using traditional Instruction). Data analysis using descriptive statistics and an independent samples t -test revealed that the Experimental Group achieved a significantly higher mean score (mean = 16 and SD= 3.20 ) compared to the Control Group (mean = 12 and SD = 4.72). The computed t- value of 3.14 was significant (p < 0.01) These findings strongly support the research hypothesis, indicating that the Jigsaw Technique is a powerful and viable pedagogical tool for transforming mathematics education, fostering active learning, and ultimately enhancing student achievement. 

Read Keyword

Jigsaw Technique, Cooperative Learning, Mathematical Achievement, Secondary School, Experimental Study, Educational Pedagogy.

Read Reference

  1. Appiah, Joseph Below; Korkor, Sarah; Arthir, Yarhands Dissou, Obeng, Benjamin Adu (2022) Mathematics achievement in high schools, the role of the teacher-student Relationship, students’ self-efficacy, and students’ perception of mathematics, International Electronic Journal of Mathematics Education, 17(3), Em0688.

2. Jeppu, Ashok Kumar; Kavitha, Ashok Kumar & Sethi, Ahsan (2023) We work together as a group’: implications of jigsaw cooperative learning, BMC Med Educ, 23, 734.
3. Johnson, D. W. & Johnson, R. T. (1999) Learning together and alone. Cooperative, competitive and individualistic learning (5th ed.), Allyn & Bacon, Boston, MA.
4. Ojekwu, Ifeoma Ngozichukwu & Ogunleye, Bam  B. O. (2020) Effects of jigsaw learning strategy on science students performance and interest in Biology in selected schools in Rivers State, Nigeria, Sapientia Foundation Journal of Education, Sciences and Gender Studies, 2 (3), 325-334.
5. Phuntsho, Sonam; Gyeltshen, Tashi (2022) Effectiveness of jigsaw cooperative learning approach in mathematics: A study in a middle secondary school in Bumthang district, Interdisciplinary Journal of Applied and Basic Subjects, 2(4), 01-10. https://identifier.visnav.in/1.0002/ijabs-22d-07002/
6. Safkolam, Roswanna; Islami, R Ahmad Zaky El; Sari, Indah Juwita (2023) The Effects Of Jigsaw Technique on Learning Achievement And Retention of Science Teacher Students, Shanlax International Journal of Education, 11(3), 37–42.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Nagarjuna’s dialectical method, foundational to the Madhyamika tradition, represents a radical critique of ontological essentialism within Indian Philosophy. Central to his strategy is the employment of ‘Prasanga’ (reductio ad absurdum) a negative dialectical technique that refrains from positing independent propositions. Instead, it demonstrates the untenability of interlocutors’ claims by exposing their internal contradictions and regressions. This methodological non-assertion is consistent with Nagrajuna’s rejection of svabhava (intrinsic existence), a concept he systematically deconstructs to reveal the dependent origination (pratitya samutpada) of all phenomena. Through this analysis, Nagarjuna avoids both ontological reification (sasvatavada), eternalism and nihilistic reduction(ucchedavada), thereby articulating the middle way (Madhyama pratipada). His dialectics culminate in the doctrine of shunyata(emptiness), not as a metaphysical absolute but as a heuristic pointing to the cognigent, relational and non-substantial character of reality.

Read Keyword

Dialectic Method, Dwandnyaya, Eternalism, Nihilism, Middle Path, Emptiness.

Read Reference

  1. Singh, Jaidev (2024) The Concept of Buddhist Nirvana, Bhartiya Vidya Prakashan, Varanasi , p. 17.

2. Ibid p. 18.
3. Murti, T.R.V. (2016)  The Central Philosophy of Buddhism, Motilal Banarasidas, Delhi, p. 128.
4. Yadi kacana pratijna syan me tata esa me bhaveddosha| Nasti ca mama pratijna tasmannaivasti me dosah ||  Nagarjuna, Vigrahvyavartni, Shloka 29, Motilal Banarasidas, 1988, Jawahar Nagar, Delhi.
5. https://www.oxfordreference.com/display/10.1093/acref/9780198605607.001.0001/acref-9780198605607-e-2002, Assecced on 25/07/2025.
6. https://www.bu.edu/wcp/Papers/Asia/AsiaBerg.htm, Assecced on 23/07/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

बालक का जैसे-जैसे विकास होता है, वैसे-वैसे शारीरिक, मानसिक, संवेगात्मक एवं सामाजिक व्यवहार का भी विकास होता है। सर्वप्रथम बालक परिवार एवं समाज में अपना स्थान बनाता है। समाज मे स्थान बनाने के लिए परिवार का महत्वपूर्ण योगदान होता है। विकास बालक में तभी होगा जब उसे शिक्षा के उचित अवसर के साथ-साथ उचित वातावरण प्रदान किया जाएगा। विकास एक बहुमुखी प्रक्रिया है इसमें बहुत सी बातों का समावेश होता है, विकास के क्रम में बालक का बौद्धिक पक्ष ही नहीं बल्कि शारीरिक, मानसिक,सामाजिक तथा संवेगात्मक पक्ष भी महत्वपूर्ण है, विकास में यह सभी पक्ष परस्पर सह संबंधित है। परिपक्वता की ओर अग्रसर और विकास करता हुआ बालक न केवल शारीरिक बौद्धिक और संवेगात्मक व्यवहार में बल्कि सामाजिक रूप से भी उन्नति करता है। प्रस्तुत शोध का उद्देश्य उच्चतर माध्यमिक स्तर के विद्यार्थियों के लिंग के आधार पर सामाजिक परिपक्वता का अध्ययन करना है। प्रस्तुत शोध के लिए न्यादर्श के रूप में 600 विद्यार्थियों को यादृच्छिक विधि से चयनित किया गया है। आंकड़ों के विश्लेषण के लिए डॉ. नलिनी राव द्वारा निर्मित मानकीकृत उपकरण ‘‘सामाजिक परिपक्वता मापनी‘‘ का प्रयोग किया गया आंकड़ों के विश्लेषण हेतु शून्य परिकल्पनाओं का निर्माण करके टी-परीक्षण का उपयोग किया गया और निष्कर्ष में पाया कि उच्चतर माध्यमिक स्तर के विद्यार्थियों की लिंग के आधार पर सामाजिक परिपक्वता में सार्थक अंतर पाया गया। विद्यार्थियों की सामाजिक परिपक्वता की कमियों को दूर कर सामाजिक परिपक्वता को उच्च बनाने का प्रयत्न विद्यालय समाज एवं पारिवारिक स्तर पर किया जाना आवश्यक है।

Read Keyword

शिक्षा, समाज, बालक, विद्यार्थी, बौद्धिक.

Read Reference

  1. आलम, मोहम्मद महमूद (2016) सोशल एडजेस्टमेंट एंड सोशल मेच्योरिटी एंड प्रेडिकेटर्स आफ एकेडमी एचीवमेंट एमंग एडोलसेन्ट, इंटरनेशनल जर्नल ऑफ़ इनफॉर्मेटिव एंड फ्यूरि स्टिक रिसर्च, 3(12), 4495-4507।

2. सिंह, धर्मेंद्र कुमार (2018) उच्च शिक्षा स्तर पर प्रतिभाशाली छात्रों के नैतिक निर्णय एवं सामाजिक व्यवहार तथा शैक्षिक उपलब्धि का तुलनात्मक अध्ययन, लघु शोध प्रबंध राजा हरपाल सिंह पीजी कॉलेज, सिंगरामऊ, जौनपुर।
3. सिन्हा, बनिता (2014) उच्चतर माध्यमिक विद्यालय के विद्यार्थियों की शैक्षिक उपलब्धि पर संवेगात्मक बुद्धि, संवेगात्मक परिपक्वता एवं सामाजिक परिपक्वता के प्रभाव का अध्ययन, पी-एच.डी. शोध प्रबंध पंडित रविशंकर शुक्ल विश्वविद्यालय रायपुर, छत्तीसगढ़।
4. त्रिपाठी एवं सिंह (2016) रीवा संभाग में हाई स्कूल स्तर पर अध्यनरत् विद्यार्थियों के सामाजिक व्यवहार का उनकी शैक्षिक उपलब्धि पर पढ़ने वाले प्रभाव का अध्ययन, इंटरनेशनल जर्नल ऑफ़ एडवांसड, एजुकेशन रिसर्च, 1(5), 48-50।
5. त्रिवेदी, रश्मि (2017) माध्यमिक विद्यालय के किशोर विद्यार्थियों के व्यक्तित्व पर मूल्य के प्रभाव का अध्ययन, शोधयतन, ए. आई. एस. ए.सी. टी. यूनिवर्सिटी जर्नल, 4(8) 770-772।

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

यह शोध-पत्र ग्रामोदय की संकल्पना और ग्रामीण विकास में सूचना केन्द्रों की भूमिका पर केन्द्रित है, विशेषतः दीनदयाल शोध संस्थान (डी.आर.आई) चित्रकूट के योगदान के विश्लेषण के साथ। भारत की अधिकांश जनसंख्या गाँवों में निवास करती है, अतः राष्ट्र की प्रगति ग्रामीण उत्थान पर निर्भर है। नाना जी देशमुख द्वारा स्थापित डी.आर.आई ने शिक्षा, स्वास्थ्य, कृषि, उद्यमिता, कौशल विकास और पुस्तकालयों को ग्रामोदय का आधार बनाकर आत्मनिर्भर ग्राम की परिकल्पना को साकार किया। इस अध्ययन में सूचना केन्द्रों को ग्रामीण समाज में ज्ञान और जागरूकता के लोकतांत्रिक स्रोत के रूप में परिभाषित किया गया है, जो डिजिटल सशक्तिकरण, सांस्कृतिक धरोहर संरक्षण और सतत् विकास लक्ष्यों (SDGs) को प्राप्त करने में सहायक हैं। विश्लेषण से स्पष्ट होता है कि डी.आर.आई-चित्रकूट मॉडल सूचना केन्द्रों को शिक्षा, कृषि विज्ञान, उद्यमिता और कौशल विकास से जोड़कर ग्रामीण समुदायों में सामाजिक-आर्थिक परिवर्तन लाने में सफल रहा है। यह अध्ययन सूचना केन्द्रों की चुनौतियों, अवसरों और भविष्य की दिशा पर भी प्रकाश डालता है।

Read Keyword

ग्रामोदय, ग्रामीण विकास, दीनदयाल शोध संस्थान, सूचना केन्द्र, कृषि विज्ञान केन्द्र, सतत विकास लक्ष्य.

Read Reference

  1. चित्रकूट कृषि विज्ञान केंद्र, https://chitrakoot.kvk4.in/about-us.php, Accessed on 25/07/2025.

2. देशमुख, नाना जी (1998) ग्रामोदय से राष्ट्रोदय तक, दीनदयाल अनुसंधान संस्थान, नई दिल्ली।
3. विश्व बैंक (2020) भारत में ग्रामीण विकास और सूचना प्रौद्योगिकी का प्रभाव, विश्व बैंक प्रकाशन, नई दिल्ली।
4. Singh, P. (2021) Krishi Vigyan Kendra and sustainable agricultural development: A case study of Chitrakoot, Indian Journal of Rural Development, 29(2)  101-118.
5. संयुक्त राष्ट्र विकास कार्यक्रम (2019) सतत् विकास लक्ष्य और भारत, यूएनडीपी, नई दिल्ली।
6. भारतीय कृषि अनुसंधान परिषद् (2021) कृषि विज्ञान केन्द्रः ग्रामीण विकास की धुरी, आईसीएआर, नई दिल्ली।
7. Deshmukh, N. (1995) Gandhian philosophy and rural upliftment, Bharatiya Vidya Prakashan, Pune.
8. Pandey, S. & Tiwari, K. (2020) Digital inclusion in rural India: Role of information centers, International Journal of Information Dissemination and Technology, 10(1) 25–36.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

 “एक राष्ट्र, एक चुनाव” भारतीय लोकतंत्र के लिए एक प्रगतिशील, व्यवहारिक और संरचनात्मक सुधार की संकल्पना है, जिसका मूल उद्देश्य केंद्र और राज्य स्तर पर चुनावों को एक साथ कराकर लोकतांत्रिक प्रक्रिया को अधिक संगठित, पारदर्शी, किफायती और प्रभावी बनाना है। स्वतंत्रता प्राप्ति के बाद प्रारंभिक वर्षों में भारत में लोकसभा और राज्य विधानसभाओं के चुनाव एक साथ ही कराए जाते थे, किंतु 1967 के बाद राजनीतिक अस्थिरता, सरकारों के समय से पहले विघटन और अलग-अलग राज्यों की राजनीतिक संरचना के कारण यह क्रम टूट गया। आज स्थिति यह है कि हर वर्ष किसी न किसी राज्य में चुनाव होते हैं, जिससे सरकारी खर्च में भारी वृद्धि होती है, प्रशासनिक तंत्र पर बोझ बढ़ता है, आचार संहिता के कारण योजनाएं ठप्प हो जाती हैं और राजनीतिक दल लगातार चुनावी मोड में रहते हैं। यदि लोकसभा और विधानसभाओं के चुनाव एक साथ कराए जाएँ तो इससे वित्तीय खर्च में कमी, प्रशासनिक दक्षता में वृद्धि, सरकारी नीतियों की निरंतरता, मतदाता सहभागिता में बढ़ोतरी, और चुनावी भ्रष्टाचार में कमी देखी जा सकती है, इसके अतिरिक्त राजनीतिक दल भी व्यापक नीति एजेंडा के साथ सामने आ सकेंगे, जिससे विचारधारा आधारित राजनीति को बल मिलेगा। वहीं दूसरी ओर, इस परिकल्पना के क्रियान्वयन में कई संवैधानिक, व्यवहारिक और संघीय चुनौतियाँ भी निहित हैं। संविधान के कई अनुच्छेदों में संषोधन करना आवश्यक होगा, राज्यों की स्वायत्तता, कार्यकाल का समायोजन, और राजनीतिक सहमति सुनिश्चित करना अत्यंत कठिन कार्य है। इसके अतिरिक्त एक साथ चुनाव कराने के लिए ईवीएम, वीवीपैट, सुरक्षा बल, मानव संसाधन, मतदाता शिक्षा जैसे विषयों पर भी विस्तृत तैयारी अपेक्षित है। वर्तमान में केंद्र सरकार ने “एक राष्ट्र, एक चुनाव” के मुद्दे पर गंभीर पहल करते हुए पूर्व राष्ट्रपति रामनाथ कोविंद की अध्यक्षता में एक उच्च स्तरीय समिति का गठन किया है, जो इसकी व्यवहार्यता और कार्यान्वयन योजना पर कार्य कर रही है। चुनाव आयोग, विधि आयोग, नीति आयोग, और राज्य सरकारों से परामर्श की प्रक्रिया जारी है। कुछ राज्य सरकारें और राजनीतिक दल इस प्रस्ताव के पक्ष में हैं, जबकि कुछ इसे संघीय ढांचे के विरुद्ध मानते हुए विरोध कर रहे हैं। “एक राष्ट्र, एक चुनाव” एक उचित और समयानुकूल सुधारात्मक कदम है, जिसे यदि चरणबद्ध ढंग से, सर्वदलीय सहमति के साथ, और संविधान की मर्यादाओं के भीतर रहते हुए लागू किया जाए, तो यह भारत के लोकतंत्र को अधिक सक्षम, सशक्त और जनोन्मुखी बना सकता है।

Read Keyword

राष्ट्र, चुनाव, मानव संसाधन, प्रशासन.

Read Reference

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

This paper examines the life and reign of Nur Jahan, Empress of the Mughal Empire from 1611 to 1627, as a profound historical case study for modern women's empowerment. In a deeply patriarchal 17th-century society, Nur Jahan transcended the prescribed roles for women, wielding unprecedented political, economic, and cultural power. This study moves beyond a purely biographical account to analyze the specific strategies she employed to accumulate and legitimize her authority. Through a historical-analytical methodology, the paper explores four key pillars of her power: her astute political and administrative acumen, her establishment of economic independence through trade and enterprise, her influential role as a cultural and aesthetic tastemaker, and her decisive military leadership. The paper argues that these strategies navigating entrenched patriarchal systems, achieving financial autonomy, leveraging soft power and networks, and demonstrating decisive leadership in crises offer a powerful and relevant blueprint for female leaders today. By drawing direct parallels between Nur Jahan’s historical context and the challenges faced by women in contemporary corporate, political, and social arenas, this research repositions her not merely as a historical anomaly but as a timeless model of female agency and strategic leadership.

Read Keyword

Nur Jahan, Mughal Empire, Gender Studies, Female Leadership, Women’s Empowerment.

Read Reference

  1. Asher, C. B. (1992) Architecture of Mughal India, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.

2. Das Gupta, A. (1994) Indian Merchants and the Decline of Surat: c. 1700-1750, Manohar Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Eraly, A. (2004) The Mughal Throne: The Saga of Indias Great Emperors, Penguin Books India, Gurgaon.
4. Findly, E. B. (1993) Nur Jahan: Empress of Mughal India, Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK.
5. Gascioigne, B. (2002) A Brief History of the Mughals, Robinson Publishing, London, UK.
6. Grewal, J. S. (1986) The Mughals and the Jogis of Jakhbar: Some Madad-i-Maash and Other Documents, Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Himachal Pradesh.
7. Hansen, W. (1986) The Peacock Throne: The Drama of Mogul India, Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi.
8. Koch, E. (2001) Mughal Art and Imperial Ideology: Collected Essays, Oxford University Press, Cambridge, UK.
9. Lal, R. (2005) Domesticity and Power in the Early Mughal World, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.
10. Lal, R. (2018) Empress: The Astonishing Reign of Nur Jahan, W. W. Norton & Company, London, England, UK.
11. Mukherjee, S. (2001) Royal Mughal Ladies and Their Contributions, Gyan Publishing House, Delhi.
12. Nath, R. (1990) History of Mughal Architecture, (Vol. III), Abhinav Publications, New Delhi.
13. Prasad, B. (1962) History of Jahangir, The Indian Press,  Kolkata, West Bengal.
14. Schimmel, A. (2004) The Empire of the Great Mughals: History, Art and Culture, Reaktion Books, London, England, UK.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The sedition law, or Deshdroh has been a contentious issue in democratic Indi-an societies, sparking debates on Fundamental Rights of Freedom of Speech and Expression, National Security, and Individual Rights. This Paper examines the evolution of the law of sedition under the new criminal law, with a focus on its implications for modern Indian democracy. The Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita (BNS), India's new criminal code, has introduced significant reforms in offences against the state, previously referred to as Deshdroh. The BNS removes the offence of sedition, which was previously defined as bringing or attempting to bring hatred, contempt, or exciting disaffection to-wards the Government. The BNS introduces new offences, including exciting or attempting to excite secession, armed rebellion, or subversive activities, en-couraging feelings of separatist activities, or endangering sovereignty or unity and integrity of India. The paper argues that the traditional notion of sedition as a crime against the state is no longer tenable in today's democratic societies, where free speech and dissent are essential components of political participation. Instead, it proposes a nuanced approach that balances national security concerns with individual rights to free expression. It examines the tensions between the need to prevent the spread of hate speech and misinformation, and the need to protect freedom of expression and dissent.

Read Keyword

Sedition, Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, Free Speech, National Security, Democracy, Criminal Law.

Read Reference

  1. The Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023 BNS (Bare Act)

2. The Indian Penal Code 1860 IPC (Bare Act)
3. https://lawcommissionofindia.nic.in/cat_indian_penal_code/ website accessed on 22/07/2025.
4. https://prsindia.org/ website accessed on 24/07/2025.
5. https://www.mha.gov.in/sites/default/files/250883_english_01042024.pdf website accessed on 25/07/2025.
6. https://bprd.nic.in/uploads/pdf/BNS Book_After Correction.pdf website accessed on 26/07/2025.
7. https://bprd.nic.in/uploads/pdf/COMPARISON SUMMARY BNS to IPC .pdf website accessed on 26/07/2025.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

NEP 2020 is the first education policy of 21st century which proposed various reforms in education including higher education. It has been hailed as a transformative framework for India’s education system. The main goal of this policy is to provide high quality education to all and make India a global superpower as it used to be in ancient time “Viswa Guru”. It has a forward looking vision for India’s higher education system. The education system must aim to provide good quality education so that thoughtful and creative individuals and true global citizen. The policy believes that the nation is building outside the classrooms. The sentence is enough to clear that rather than focusing on knowledge only, the education should aim all around development of the students. It is providing the choice to opt and study the subjects of their own interest and respect towards also develop the ethical and moral values constitutional values. India is always a global teacher “jagat guru”. 

 

Read Keyword

NEP 2020, Globalization, Multidisciplinary Approach, Holistic, Digitization.

Read Reference

  1. Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government of India, (2022) National Education Policy 2020. 

2. Amala, P. Annie; et al. (2014) History of Education, Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi , pp 2-33.
3. Kamat, A.R. (1993) Educational History, People’s Publishing House, New Delhi, p. 6-16.
4. Dash B. N. (2009-10) Development of education system in India, Dominant Publishers and Distributers, Pvt, Ltd New Delhi, p. 6.
5. Mahamuni, A.J. (2023) National Education Policy (NEP) 2020: A comprehensive Frame work For the Indian education system, The spicerian, 72 (1), 9-13.
6. https://www.academics4nation.org/post/nep-2020-blueprint-to-make-india-seat-of-multidisciplinary-research-innovation, Accessed 13/08/2020.
7. NEP (2020) National Education Policy (2020) Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government of India: New Delhi, India, p. 1-66.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

The study of physico-chemical parameters such as density and surface tension provides valuable insight into solute–solvent and solvent–solvent interactions in mixed liquid systems. In the present work, the density (ñ) and surface tension (ã) of potassium oxalate in a sucrose water medium were measured at 298.15 K to understand interactions in mixed liquid systems. Surface tension indicates molecular interactions at the liquid-air interface, while density reveals structural arrangements in the solution. The study calculated thermodynamic quantities like apparent molar volume, surface tension deviations, and parachor values to assess interaction strength. Results show that sucrose significantly alters water’s hydrogen-bond structure and that potassium oxalate further impacts it, leading to changes in density and surface tension. These findings are important for understanding how electrolyte-carbohydrate-water systems work and have practical applications in food chemistry, pharmaceuticals, and industrial processes.

Read Keyword

Density, Surface Tension, Excess Molar, Volume.

Read Reference

  1. Adamson, A. W. & Gast, A. P. (1997) Physical Chemistry of Surfaces, 6th ed., Wiley-Interscience, New York, NY 10158-0012, USA.

2. Atkins, P. & de Paula, J. (2010) Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 9th ed., Oxford University Press, Oxford, United Kingdom.
3. Cibulka, I. (1982) Density and Excess Volume of Binary Systems Containing Alcohols, Journal of Chemical & Engineering Data, 27(1), 1–7.
4. Millero, F. J. (1971).The Apparent Molar Volumes of Electrolytes in Solution, Chemical Reviews, 71(2), 147–176.
5. Nikam, P. S.; Swant, A. B.; Aher, J. & Khaimer, R. S. (2000). Densities and Viscosities of Aqueous Solutions of Sucrose at Different Temperatures, Journal of the Indian Chemical Society, 77, 197–200.
6. RMaravkova, L.; Linek, J. (2003) Excess molar volumes of (benzene +isopropylbenzene, or 1, 3, 5-trimethylbenzene, or 1,2,4 trimethylbenzene)at temperatures between 298.15 to 328.15 K”; J. Chem, Thermodyn, 35, 1139–1149, 2003. 
7. Giner, B.; Lafuente, C.; Villares, A.; Haro, M.; Lopez, M. C. (2007) Volumetric and refractive properties of binary mixtures containing 1,4-dioxane and chloroalkanes, J. Chem. Thermodyn, 39, 148–157, 2007.
8. Emmerling, U.; Figurski, G. (1998) Densities and Kinematic Viscosities for the Systems Benzene + Methyl Formate, Benzene + EthylFormate, Benzene + Propyl Formate, and Benzene + Butyl Formate; J. Chem. Eng. Data, 43, 289 292.
9. B. E Levitt  (1973) Findlay’s Practical Physical Chemistry, 9th edn., Longman, London.
10. Rice, E  and Teja, A. S. (1982) A generalized corresponding-states method for the prediction of surface tension of pure liquids and liquid mixtures, J. Colloid and Interface Science, 86(1), 158-163.

  • Overview
  • Read Abstract
  • Read Keyword
  • Read Reference
Read Abstract

Artificial intelligence (AI) is moving from labs and pilot projects into the everyday institutions that shape social life in India schools, clinics, farms, welfare offices, courts, and city streets. This paper examines how AI can be implemented for social good in India, with attention to the country’s distinctive digital public infrastructure, linguistic diversity, demographic scale, and state capacity. We synthesize an implementation-oriented perspective that connects technology choices to program design, governance, and measurement. After outlining a framework grounded in inclusion, accountability, and safety, we map sectorial opportunities (health, education, agriculture, social protection, justice, and urban services) as well as cross-cutting risks (bias, exclusion, surveillance). We then propose a practical roadmap for responsible deployment: building “human-in-the-loop” systems on top of India’s digital rails; investing in datasets, evaluation, and model stewardship; and institutionalizing participatory governance and impact audits. The paper closes with a set of indicators to track whether AI deployments are producing equitable, reliable, and transparent benefits at scale.

Read Keyword

AI Implementation, Inclusion, Digital Public Infrastructure, Safety, Governance, India. 

Read Reference

  1. Bansal, A. & Sinha, R. (2021) Artificial Intelligence in Public Service Delivery in India: Opportunities and Challenges, Journal of Governance & Public Policy, 11(2), 45–59.

2. McKinsey Global Institute (2019) Notes from the AI Frontier: Tackling India’s Challenges with Artificial Intelligence. McKinsey & Company,  New York.
3. Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY) (2022) National Data Governance Framework Policy, Government of India, New Delhi.
4. NITI Aayog (2018) National Strategy for Artificial Intelligence: #AIforAll. Government of India. Retrieved from https://www.niti.gov.in/, Accessed on 04/08/2025.
5. NITI Aayog (2021) Responsible AI for All: Approach Document for India, Government of India, New Delhi.
6. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) (2021) AI and Education, AI and Education, Paris.
7. World Economic Forum (2020) Unlocking Value from Artificial Intelligence in India, WEF Insight Report, Geneva.